Home

Installation & Operation Manual Fusion4 MSC-L

1. R N KX N KA CN1 CN2 K 3 BH B z Dd E FIGURE 3 19 CAN IN OUT MSC functions top and physical layout bottom Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 30 Installation amp Operation Manual all Enraf System Description PCB Layout _ F WF B Ici Tu I w a E r z j FIGURE 3 20 CAN IN OUT MSC component locations Item reference JP7 to JP16 Description Jumper for EMR contacts setting CN1 CN2 Connectors for interfacing with the ARM1 BACKPLANE MSC or the ARM2 BACKPLANE MSC LE1 Health of the board LE2 Configurable LE3 Configurable U44 Cortex M4 CPU K1 K10 Electro Mechanical Relay K11 K14 Solid State Relay Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 31 System Description PCB Layout B 51 FlexConn jumper function switches Reference Jumper name Function when set to ON S1 1 FlexConn JP1 W amp M entities protection 51 2 FlexConn 2 Password is read protected S1 3 FlexConn JP3 Nothing is used 51 4 FlexConn 4 Spare 51 5 FlexConn JP5 Spare S1 6 FlexConn JP6 CAN bus termination m UP7 to JP16
2. X Page 1 of 4 Use the arrows to scroll 06 14 45 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 165 Operation Logs 5 11 4 Events m On the Logs screen select Events and then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD The Logs Event Log screen appears which displays all the event logs Logs Event Log Time stamp Event message 09 04 14 06 12 User Admin SL3 login 09 04 14 06 12 User logout 09 04 14 06 12 Transaction stopped 09 04 14 06 09 Batch stopped on Arm 3 09 04 14 06 08 Batch stopped on Arm 1 09 04 14 06 06 Batch started on Arm 3 09 04 14 06 05 Batch started on Arm 1 09 04 14 06 05 Batch stopped on Arm 3 09 04 14 06 04 Batch stopped on Arm 1 09 04 14 06 02 Batch started on Arm 3 09 04 14 06 02 Batch started on Arm 1 09 04 14 06 02 Transaction started 09 04 14 06 01 User JOHN SL1 login 09 04 14 06 01 W amp M sealed A n A PIS Page 1 of 20 Use the arrows to scroll mb ra 06 15 03 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 166 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Logs 5 11 5 Load Profiles m On the Logs screen select Load Profiles gt and then selec
3. amp Press OK to select ia 06 18 04 The following entities are available on the Transfer Calibration Records screen m All records This option retrieves all the calibration records available on the device m Range of records This option allows you to select the required range of calibration logs from the available records m Single record This option allows you to retrieve the calibration of a single record available on the device Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 232 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer 5 15 6 Recipes On the Transfer screen select Recipes to install and save the recipes available on the SD card The Transfer Recipes screen appears which displays the options to install and save recipes available on the SD card Transfer Recipes Install recipe Retrieve recipes oo eGGGGIUA o iO Press OK to select 2 aa 06 18 17 The following entities are available on the Transfer Recipes screen Install recipe Select this option to install a recipe present on the SD card lt Retrieve recipes Select this option to save the current recipes on the SD card Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 233 Operation Transfer 5 15 7 Langu
4. 3 38 Functional 3 38 5 3 40 Single Pulse eee xn Pea d 3 40 Functional 3 40 Chiaracteristi6S uade ERR E pumaqa EG PESE E SOR Edu 3 42 Dual Pulse Input Quad P 3 42 Functional Description 3 42 CHOFaGIEHNSICS raro 3 44 Analog Input Al z ck ae nen 3 44 Functional Description 3 44 CharacterisliGS s a8 rius u wx abu hua k i 3 46 Resistance Temperature Detector 3 46 Functional DescrIpUOLD i uu uem u l vos ra d ee sm maa do red doma uoi 3 46 Characteristics 4 a a a wa a s w na 3 48 Digital Input AC 3 48 Functional Description 3 48 Characteristics 3 49 Output Functions oat bea d b ac dd iis 3 50 Cae EREE PPP 3 50 Pulse Output PO DC 3 50 Functional 3 50 5 3 52 Ana
5. 5 119 NO PIOOUCI assise owes Rag Ta SOM S G a d oe aes 5 120 59 15303 NOPUMD u cu bed Cee eee RE e am qu pus ad 5 120 5 9 1 5 0 4 No Hydraulic Pump 5 121 5 9 1 5 05 Block valve Faull ai us acu nex ii u sS aka dat di 5 121 5 9 1 5 0 6 Blend Tolerance 5 122 5 9 1 5 0 7 Overrun S Gade shew sam usq RE EUR AUR 5 122 5 9 1 5 0 8 Valve 5 123 5 9 1 5 0 9 Volume Conversion 5 123 T GUL P 5 125 5 9 2 Stream Configuration Additive 5 126 5 9 2 1 Additive Stream Config Stream n Identification 5 127 5 9 2 2 Additive Config Stream I O Bindings 5 127 5 9 2 2 1 The I O Bindings Input Parameters 5 128 5 9 222 1 1 Pump Feedback siriani agua waqsa Ried P cR GE es 5 129 5 9 2 2 1 2 Tank Low Level Switch 5 129 5 9 2 2 1 29 Tank Emply SWICK a amma 9m eke ie pep here a 5 129 5 9 2 2 2 The I O Bindings Output Parameters 5 130 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Table of Contents
6. 5 140 The I O Bindings Output Parameters 5 141 Arm Configuration Arm Control Settings 5 141 Arm Configuration Arm Product 5 143 Arm Configuration Arm n Additive Streams 5 144 Arm Configuration Arm Recipes 5 145 Arm Configuration Arm 5 151 L OW RAG oe ier oct BH ww hot oot oe Be HA LIETI 0 152 Initial Flow Alarms 5 152 Full Flows PU AU INS cotta mck cost esse Bas esa he Aan Brose a eyes aa 5 152 Pre stop Flow lt 5 153 Programmable Alarms 5 153 Block valve Falli xa 5 23 2 1 23 92 9374 271 3 1 betana SE rE buo m mag 5 155 Preset OVErrrun 5 155 Clean Arm Underrun LL 5 155 Stop Switch not covered 5 155 LR EI 5 156 TF 5 157 ITOASAGIUON PEETT PP ME 5 158 sore coor seers aa RE UPS mam UNE Bata dE a 5 163 i i fee Tm 0 165 mug sei LE ei RETE 5 166 Load PONES aua aen urs RO ATE 5 167 DIAGNOSHOS 35 2c eee eae a oak eo ee ee ee a 5 168 1 VETTE 5 170 DashBOdld ease crex
7. 3 26 FUNCIONS spire ds a 3 26 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Table of Contents 3 6 1 2 2 3 6 1 3 3 6 1 3 1 9 5 1 9 2 3 6 2 3 6 2 1 3 6 2 2 3 6 2 3 3 6 2 4 3 6 2 4 1 3 6 3 3 6 4 3 6 5 3 7 3 8 3 8 1 3 8 2 3 8 2 1 3 8 2 2 3 8 3 3 8 3 1 3 8 3 2 3 8 4 3 8 4 1 3 8 4 2 3 8 5 3 8 5 1 3 8 5 2 3 8 6 3 8 6 1 3 8 6 2 3 8 7 3 8 7 1 3 8 7 2 3 9 3 9 1 3 9 2 3 9 2 1 3 9 2 2 3 9 3 3 9 3 1 3 9 3 2 3 9 4 3 9 4 1 Component Locations 3 28 CAN IN OUT MSC RR rr 3 29 FUNCION G 52334 3 29 Component Locations 3 31 CAN PSF MSC cegad aasa iama lila rr e aye eee es 3 32 xig TP v 3 32 Power Board Connection 3 33 Hardware Specifications 3 33 Fuse suede ne agua masm e ded E 3 35 MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 3 35 Device Electrical 3 35 SCA O 3 35 ENVIFONMIOHNE u u TET TIL TT TETTE TIT TETTE ee o 3 36 Available Input Output Functions of the MSC L 3 36 INPUPFUNGHONS Lierac 3 38 GOE sae ous adidas ot hae 3 38 Digital Input DC DI DC
8. 5 95 Bay Configuration I O Binding 5 96 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual vii Table of Contents viii 5 8 2 2 1 Bay Configuration I O Binding 5 96 5 8 2 2 2 Device Configuration I O Binding Outputs 5 96 5 8 2 3 Bay Configuration Alarms 5 97 5 8 2 3 1 System Config Alarms Programmable alarms 5 98 5 8 2 4 System Config Permissives 5 99 5 9 Stream Configuration 5 101 5 9 1 Stream Configuration Product Streams 5 102 5 9 1 1 Product Stream Config Stream n Identification 5 103 5 9 1 2 Product Stream Config Stream I O Bindings 5 103 5 9 1 2 1 The I O Bindings Input Parameters 5 104 5 9 1 2 1 1 Pump Feedback 5 104 5 9 1 2 1 2 Tank Low Level Switch 5 105 5 9 1 2 1 3 Tank Empty Switch ee 5 105 5 9 1 2 1 4 Hydraulic Pump Feedback 5 105 5 9 1 2 2 The I O Bindings Output Parameters cee 5 105 591221 Pump Demand eee de papap e Bene did 5 106 5 9 1 2 2 2 Block
9. Floor plan Signal Typical ID o ga name description RE functions 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 MA input for mode control temperature measurement S di Digital mode for La node digital input A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 MA input for mode control temperature measurement 24 V common de Digital mode for i bi mode digital input A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement ae GOMOD di Digital mode for ud mode digital input A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 MA input for mode control temperature measurement eA V common di Digital mode for H n mode digital input A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan Signal Typical se ID MELE description Type functions 12 V 12V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter C COMMON Common single
10. 5 196 5 13 3 Manual 5 198 5 13 3 1 Product Stream Selection 5 199 5 13 3 2 Additive Stream 5 5 204 5 13 4 Wizard Calibration 5 206 5 13 4 1 Product Stream Selection 5 207 5 13 4 2 Additive Stream Selection 5 215 5 14 Info Device Information 5 219 5 14 1 Device 5 219 5 14 2 Status Legend s sasssa bocce gb casae o o a 5 222 5 19 5 223 SS Generals abe ees eee E OR Span uq eet 5 224 5 15 2 Retrieving Transaction Records 5 226 5 15 2 1 Transaction Details 5 227 5 15 9 CONNGQUIAUONS lt 2202204 usus quer akapa saa pa quq sue qg PE 5 230 994 EveliS LOGS 445 26 rid bene B supa metet uha FER e amada 5 231 5 15 5 Calibration Records 5 232 9195 EOD dor SY ieee dE RE GE ERU PA FN Rue ud qs se ages 5 233 Delo Language PaCKS ant awu s imas A ee oes 5 234 5 16 LAD FUNCHONS ee 8 CN C eee we eee 5 236 Sind GCP ON ea
11. ADDITIVE mo PUMP x e ADDITIVE ADDITIVE INJECTOR 1 TANK ADDITIVE 2 ADDITVE ADDITIVE r E INJECTOR 2 8 TEMPERATURE SENSOR I STRAINER I DI D gt I ED Pd we A LOADING FLOW CONTROL I ARM PRODUCT a Lk ee el 1 TANK RE tcd dM ALL 1 I I VW TEMPERATURE I SENSOR STRAINER t Bo FoF 56 FLOW BLEND PUMP METER pu PRODUCT TANK FIGURE 1 1 Basic MSC L principle of operation example NOTE The MSC L can control up to six loading arms simultaneously Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 1 2 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf General Functionality Overview 1 2 Functionality Overview Functionality MSC L Global Ex approvals ATEX FM CSA IECEx Expandable I O hardware Firmware in situ upgradeable Fully configurable I O binding Diagnostics dashboard Configuration upload download Transaction and calibration logs upload download Lj J L 2j L 2 2 Interface to Fusion4 Portal printing and so on Multi language display Free programmable language pack Transaction storage Alarm log records Calibration log records Event records Comms ports Ethernet ports Single pulse inputs Pulse outputs Digital inputs Digital outputs Analog I O and RTDs
12. 4 35 Analog Cable 1 Gland 6 4 36 AC Cable S GlanG 7 1 449 2 299 WU CST ra Er Er 4 37 DC Cable 2 Gland 8 4 37 DC Cable 3 Gland 9 llle 4 38 DC Cable 4 Gland 10 4 39 DG Cable 54Gland 11 ina Ea radente 4 39 Comms Cable 1 Gland 12 4 40 DC Cable 6 Gland 13 4 40 DC Cable 7 Gland 14 orarie ed e RE Rea duci va deere gee aaa 4 41 Comms Cable 2 Gland 15 4 41 DC Cable 8 Gland 16 4 41 DC Cable 9 Gland 17 4 42 AC Cable 6 Gland 18 4 42 DC Cable 10 Gland 19 4 42 DC Cable 11 Gland 20 4 43 AC Cable 7 Gland 21 4 44 AC Cable 8 22 4 44 Analog Cable 2 Gland 23 4 45 AG Cable 9 Gland 24 pde rr oA ur dk dox wa 4 46 AC Cable 10 Gland 25 4 47 DC Cable 12 Gland 26 4 48 Connecting MSC L to NexWatch DR4208S Card Reader 4 48 ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Terminal Assignment Guide 4 48 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Termi
13. 2500 24V Common o CAN ARM MSC CN128 24V oc de E Al a M 5 M Analog Signal External DC 4 20mA power supply 2500 4 Al 2 24V Common Temperature or pressure transmitter FIGURE 3 27 e Analog Input connections Active mode top and Passive mode bottom For non MID applications the Al can be used for temperature pressure or any other type of analog 4 20 mA signal measurement The Al interface is not intrinsically safe and external devices connected to the Al must conform to Ex d safety standards when used in a hazardous area Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 45 System Description Input Functions 3 8 5 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation VLoop VLoop ISO IL oop ISO Nominal loop current range Loop current measurement range Maximum loop current 4 VELE 4 49775 4 50225 1 0 Without external transmitter 3 8 6 Resistance Temperature Detector 3 8 6 1 Functional Description The Resistance Temperature Detector RTD input allows the controller to read the temperature of a remotely connected PT100 resistance temperature detector FIGURE 3 28 illustrates the RTD connections The RTD input sup
14. 6 3 Alarm Output Configuration 6 5 Operations on alarms 6 6 II 4464 60 Chobe ae hone ESE ORDER ees Fant dhe 6 6 ANN PRE RR sn aka sas Gaede amp mam hau a 6 6 PEULE 6 6 ACKNOWICOGING e ie ba 6 6 Resetting allalarms 6 7 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual xi Table of Contents xii 6 5 6 Acknowledging all alarms 6 7 6 6 Active lt 6 8 6 7 Alarm 5 6 9 6 8 List ofall alarms 6 9 06 9 1 Device ue CERRAR bI E Buil een ns 6 9 Do Bay JAMBES radiale ele 6 10 59 AMANS 246266262206 dE S Gu eo ERE ww Edd Daci Nf E DR RUE US 6 11 6 10 Product Stream 6 12 6 11 Additive Stream Alarms 6 15 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf General Product Overview CHAPTER 1 GENERAL Product Overview Fusion4 Multi Stream Controller Loading MSC L is a Load Computer Batch Controller Unit BCU or a P
15. Honeywell Enraf Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 4 57 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan Signal Typical se ID Pigna name description TEE functions DI DC 28 H DC28 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 28 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 29 H DC29 hi Signal Input DI DC 29 C COMMON Common DI DC 30 H DC30 hi Signal Input DI DC 30 C COMMON Common Al 1 24V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 MA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 1 C 24 V common cu Digital mode for mode digital input Al 1 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 2 24V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 MA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 2 C 24 V common de Digital mode for mode digital input Al 2 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 3 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 3 C 24 V common Digital mode for mode digital input Al 3 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode I 58 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal I O
16. SS SI s All other activities NOTE SL1 contains the lowest level of privileges 5 5 2 Rules of Navigation A user with SL1 access can perform loading operations and monitor alarms by navigating through the operational screens by typing the correct password at the password entry prompt From anywhere holding ESC key displays a login prompt Only a user with level SL2 or higher can go to the Main Menu by typing the correct password when prompted A padlock symbol on the bottom right of the status bar indicates the device status For SL1 it is closed SL2 and higher it is open For one arm and two arm systems a person icon with a check is displayed in the left pane Each logon event is registered in the events log A user with higher security level overwrites the current session But when the user logs out the user with lower security level can still access it Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Security For example if an SL1 user has entered the system and SL2 SL3 logs in to reset the alarm then SL2 SL3 escapes from the Main Menu and logs out yet the SL1 user can access it Transaction ica vend Thank you transaction I No Yes ESC OK If no batches where possible running If alarm From anywhere in the ESC go back 1 screen Progress OK occurs Truck Driver screens
17. o 0 0 OA rm 2 0 IQ Arm 3 4 Press OK select Arm 1 n 10 02 14 2 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to select any one of the stream or all the streams The Diagnostics Arm n Execute Tasks screen appears which simulates the following actions by Comms Select recipe e Start batch Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 185 Operation Diagnostics e Pause batch e Resume batch Stop batch e End transaction Diagnostics Arm 1 Execute Tasks Select recipe Start batch Pause batch Resume batch Stop batch End transaction Press OK to select 5 m 10 02 25 5 12 8 3 Clear Tasks 1 On the Diagnostics Device Tasks screen select lt Clear tasks gt The Diagnostics Stream n Clear Tasks screen appears Diagnostics Clear Tasks Product streams Additive streams Press OK to select 2 ga 10 05 02 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 186 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Diagnostics 2 Select Product Streams The Diagnostics Clear Task Products screen appears Select the appropriate stream Diagnostics Clear Task Products 9 0 KO DIESEL Allstreams i9 Stream 2 TO Gasoline 1T n O Stream 4 O Ethanol O HS DIESEL 00 00 O stream 7 Stream 8 o Stream 9 O Stream 10 Stream 11 Stream 12 ew raras Press OK to
18. Injection FErcd dback l To 2a P Ey of Inject Of inject of Inject of Inject N Double Pulse Feedback ig gi Tar ext injectl of Inject Last 2545 Feedback Extended Piaton Switch Insee ries Extended Piston Switch Feedback FIGURE 5 24 Injector feedback signals Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 131 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 2 2 4 Factored Pulse Output m This functionality is enabled by defining the Factored pulse out I O binding m When the functionality is enabled the output is driven based on the transaction additive volume and the factored pulse output setting m The factored pulse output setting can be one of the following values e 1 pulse for each unit of additive volume dispensed 10 pulses for each unit of additive volume dispensed 100 pulses for each unit of additive volume dispensed 1000 pulses for each unit of additive volume dispensed m The unit of volume is defined by the device unit of volume configu ration entity and not by the additive volume unit entity m The maximum frequency of the pulse output channel is 300 Hz 5 9 2 3 Additive Stream Config Stream n Control Settings On the Additive Stream Config Stream n screen select Control settings The Additive Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen is displayed with the followin
19. Arm parked The arm parked input is detached Batch initialization error A problem inside the device prohibits the batch to be initial ized Calibration batch ini tialization error A problem inside the device prohibits the calibration batch to be initialized Batch start error A problem inside the device prohibits the batch to be started Calibration batch start error A problem inside the device prohibits the calibration batch to be started Batch stop error A problem inside the device prohibits the batch to be stopped Calibration batch stop error A problem inside the device prohibits the calibration batch to be stopped Batch pause error A problem inside the device prohibits the batch to be paused Batch resume error A problem inside the device prohibits the batch to be resumed Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Alarm Handling Product Stream Alarms Leaking valve 6 10 Product Stream Alarms Alarm Cause The volume accumulated on the product stream meter exceeds the Leaking Volume Limit entity within the Leaking Timeout period when the stream is idle No product No product flow is detected from the product stream meter within the no product timeout period No pump The pump feedback signal is not detected within the pump feedback timeout It is only possible if
20. VCF supercritical fluid The Superficial fluid error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF no reference fluid No reference fluid error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF memory allocation Memory Allocation error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF temperature out of range The temperature sensor output is out of range during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF pressure out of range The pressure sensor output is out of range during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF density out of range The density sensor output is out of range during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF alpha60 out of range The Alpha60 out of Range error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Product Stream Alarms VCF no solution Alarm Cause The No Solution error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF illegal argument The Illegal argument error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF pressure com pensation not sup ported The Pressure Compensation not supported error occurs during the volume correction calculation us
21. Al 12 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 12 C 24 V common ai Digital mode for mode digital input Al 12 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 13 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 13 C 24 V common ui Digital mode for mode digital input Al 13 A Analog signal Sgnal Input active passive mode Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 74 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical LO ID Pona mame description Type functions Al 14 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 14 C 24 V common i Digital mode for mode digital input Al 14 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode QPI 7A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 7A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 7A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 7B 12 V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 7B COMMON Common QPI 7B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B QPI 8A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER
22. Display shutdown Display pause default Pump feedback timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the product stream pump must give feedback to the MSC L If no pump feedback is received in Pump feedback timeout an alarm occurs depending on Alarm action lt 1 gt S lt 255 gt s default 15 5 5 120 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 0 4 No Hydraulic Pump Alarm action On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select No hydraulic pump The Product Stream Config Stream n No Hydraulic Pump screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Pump feedback timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the product stream hydraulic pump must give feedback to the MSC L If no hydraulic pump feedback is received in Pump feedback timeout an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action 5 9 1 5 0 5 Block Valve Fault Entity Alarm action lt 1 gt lt 255 gt S default lt 15 gt 5 On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select lt Block valve fault gt
23. FIGURE 5 23 Stream Configuration icon 2 On the Stream Configuration screen select Product streams or Additive streams Stream Configuration Product streams Additive streams Press OK to select Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 101 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 Stream Configuration Product Streams On the Stream Configuration screen select Product streams The Stream idi 4 Product Stream Selection screen appears Stream n Config Product Stream Selection 3 0 le Stream 1 O All streams O Stream 2 C Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 O Stream 8 i9 Stream 9 O Stream 10 Stream 11 Lat O Stream 12 u Io Press OK to select Stream 1 F v 2 Select the required stream or all the streams The Product Stream Config Stream n screen appears Product Stream Config Stream 1 Identification I O binding Control settings Volume conversion Alarms u Press OK to select x 10 55 57 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 102 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 1 Product Stream Config Stream Identification On the Product Stream Config
24. Pump run timeout With this entity you can enter the time in minutes between the last injection and the additive pump stop 1 min 255 mins default 10 mins Block valve location 5 9 2 3 2 Entity Number of retries With this entity you can configure the physical position of the block valve pertaining to the additive meter Solenoid Upstream from meter default Downstream from meter On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen select lt Solenoid gt The Additive Stream Config Stream n Solenoid screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can set the number of retries for opening the solenoid again in case additive pulses are not received Value range 0 2 default lt 2 gt Close delay With this entity you can set the time in ms The additive pulses must be stopped after the solenoid is closed 500 ms 10000 ms default 500 ms Dwell time With this entity you can set the minimum time in ms that the solenoid opens and closes The parameter value is normally set to zero in injectors that require the solenoid to open and stay open until the full volume per cycle is injected The numeric value represents the ON time of the solenoid in milliseconds The OFF time is equal to the ON time When this value is non zero the controller continues to pu
25. NC DCV With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n source for the DCV function PO n or None Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 105 Operation Stream Configuration Description Can be linked to Low flow 2SV With this entity you can select the output Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n used in a two stage value to enable low prod PO n or None uct flow output is also enabled in high flow stage High flow 2SV With this entity you can select the output Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n used in a two stage value to enable high PO n or None product flow Pump demand With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n source for the pump demand function PO n or None Block valve control With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n source for the block valve control function PO n or None Hydraulic pump With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n demand source for the hydraulic pump demand func PO n or None tion Factored pulse output With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n source for the factored pulse output PO n or None 5 9 1 2 2 1 Pump Demand m Product stream pump demand output should be driven high w
26. Power Consumption The maximum consumed mains power depends on the external loads which can add up to 690 W The MSC L contains DO SSR AC interfaces The SSR relays are used for switching AC signals connected to the MSC L load The following boards in the MSC L contain DO SSR AC interfaces 1 CAN ARM MSC one per backplane 2 CAN IN OUT MSC two per backplane On each CAN ARM MSC board there are 12 SSR interfaces and on each CAN IN OUT MSC board there are four SSR interfaces Every DO SSR AC needs an optional fuse to protect the internal electronics for the high current drawn The 22 fuses are placed on the optional MSC SHORTCUT BOARD These fuses when placed on the MSC L protect the electronics against the high current condition For the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD board only the fuses are assembled and not the OE resistors The MSC SHORTCUT BOARD board has 22 fuses and the SSR output is connected to the MSC L load through the fuse The MSC SHORTCUT BOARD is directly interfaced to the backplane through the 48 pin connector The following table provides an example of the maximum dissipation of the boards based on the specific main voltage conditions for the particular region country for the site where the MSC L is installed Dissipation Description The dissipation is based on the maximum load CAN IN OUT MSC The dissipation is based on the maximum load CAN HMI MSC The dissipation is based on the maximum load
27. x 0V Namur Flow meter connected through external barrier with NPN open collector emitter outputs for example Stahl 9170 series FIGURE 3 26 Dual Pulse Input connections NOTE The connector CN135 used in the illustration refers to the connector on the backplane that connects to OPI1 It is only an example Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 43 System Description Input Functions 3 8 4 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation voltage Switching level Vy Switching level Vi Switching current law Input switching frequency Input on time Ton Input off time Torr DPI Phase 3 8 5 Analog Input Al 3 8 5 1 Functional Description The Analog Input Al supports 2 wire 4 20 mA and can be configured by a switch to operate in active mode or passive mode See FIGURE 3 27 In the active mode the external transmitter is directly powered from the 24 V which is generated by the MSC L power supply Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 44 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions In the passive mode the transmitter is powered externally External equipment CAN ARM MSC CN128 24V fe e 4 20mA o Al 1 Al 3 Analog Signal Temperature or pressure transmitter External equipment
28. 9 9 2 2 2 1 9 9 2 2 2 2 9 9 2 2 2 3 9 9 2 2 2 4 5 9 2 3 5 9 2 3 1 5 9 2 3 2 5 9 2 4 5 9 2 4 1 5 9 2 4 2 5 9 2 4 3 5 9 2 4 4 5 9 2 4 5 5 9 2 4 6 5 10 5 10 1 5 10 2 5 10 2 1 5 10 22 5 10 3 5 10 4 5 10 5 5 10 6 5 10 7 5 10 7 1 5 10 7 1 1 5 10 7 1 2 5 10 7 1 3 5 10 7 2 5 10 7 3 5 10 7 4 5 10 7 5 5 10 7 6 5 10 7 7 5 11 5 11 1 5 11 2 5 11 3 5 11 4 5 11 5 5 12 5 12 1 5 12 2 5 12 2 0 1 9 12 2 0 2 5 12 2 1 Solenoid 5 130 Block Valve Control 5 130 Injection 5 130 Factored Pulse 5 132 Additive Stream Config Stream Control Settings 5 132 Additive COO RR EE 5 132 lon 5 133 Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms 5 134 Leaking 5 135 Nest 5 135 ND PUND a oa ARIETE III 5 136 Block Valve 5 136 ECC 5 137 blo m 5 137 Arm Configuration 5 139 Arm Configuration Arm n Identification 5 139 Arm Configuration Arm n I O Bindings 5 140 The I O Bindings Input Parameters
29. DI AC 2 2 L AC2 L Live DI AC 3 3 L AC3 L Live DI AC 4 5 N AC NEUTRAL Neutral AC input control Programmable 6 inputs DI AC 4 4 L AC4 L Live EDU DI AC 5 5 L 5 L Live DI AC 6 6 L AC6 L Live DI DC 1 H DC1 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 1 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 2 H DC2 hi Signal Input DI DC 2 C COMMON Common DI DC 3 H DC3 hi Signal Input DI DC 3 C COMMON Common Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 55 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID Pigna meme description functions DI DC 4 H DCA hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 4 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 5 H DC5 hi Signal Input DI DC 5 C COMMON Common DI DC 6 H DC6 hi Signal Input DI DC 6 C COMMON Common DI DC 7 H DC7 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 7 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 8 H DC8 hi Signal Input DI DC 8 C COMMON Common DI DC 9 H DC9 hi Signal Input DI DC 9 C COMMON Common DI DC 10 H DC10 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 10 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 11 H DC11 hi Signal Input DI DC 11 C COMMON Common DI DC 12 H DC12 hi Signal Input DI DC 12 C COMMON Common DI DC 13 H DC13 hi Signal Inpu
30. Following are the batch details that appear on the Logs Trans action Log Batch Details screen e Arm name e Arm number e Batch number Compartment number e Product name Batch start Batch stop e W amp M compliant e Unintended stop e Preset volume e Returned quantity Batch GOV e Batch GSV e Batch mass Blend type gt Press OK to view batches The Logs Transaction Log Stream Overview screen appears Logs Transaction Log Stream Overview x00 Product Volume PPM Gasoline 1598 77 L 79 77 96 Ethanol 405 08 L 20 22 96 Dye 400 00 ml 199 A Press OK to view stream details E ra 06 13 39 Select the required stream and Press OK to view the stream details Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 161 Operation Logs If the selected stream is a product stream then Logs Transaction Log Stream Details screen appears De Logs Transaction Log Stream Details Product name Gasoline Accumulated start GOV Accumulated stop GOV Accumulated start GSV Accumulated stop GSV Accumulated start mass Accumulated stop mass Stream GOV Stream GSV Stream mass 6831 L 8429 L 6645 L 8201 L 6645 26 kg 8200 64 kg 1598 77 L 1555 42 L 1555 42 kg Actual blend percentage 79 77 96 Average density Average temperature Average pressure Commodity group 1000 0 kg m 55 00
31. Programmable alarms hard wired inputs and alarm outputs Emergency stop hard wired Loading active hard wired Bay light hard wired Loading arm in Fusion4 MSC L 5 52 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 System Configuration To perform the System Configuration 1 On the Main Menu screen select the System Configuration icon The System Configuration screen appears which displays the functions available for system configuration Main Menu System Configuration VA n 07 41 01 FIGURE 5 22 System Configuration icon 2 On the System Configuration screen select either lt Device gt or lt Bay gt to configure the MSC L System Configuration Device Bay Press OK to select Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 53 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 Device Configuration m On the System Configuration screen select Device The System Config Device screen appears which displays the functions available for the device configuration System Config Device General I O bindings Communication O settings Alarms Authorization Base conditions Workflow settings RIT Panel e i Press OK to select 5 8 1 1 Device Configuration General 1 On the Device Configuration screen select
32. Stream 7 Stream 8 Stream 9 Stream 10 Stream 11 Stream 12 OOOOOOOOOOOO Stream 13 Stream 14 Stream 15 Stream 16 Stream 17 Stream 18 Stream 19 Stream 20 Stream 21 Stream 22 Stream 23 Stream 24 Press OK to select Stream 1 Q All streams A EA E 07 47 25 FIGURE 5 11 Additive Stream Selection screen Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 18 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Menu and Navigation FIGURE 5 12 5 4 6 Arm Selection For some of the entities available in the MSC L for example the Arm Configuration a specific arm needs to be selected When this menu is selected the respective screen appears on which you can select the required arm See the following screen for an example of the arm selection Arm Configuration Arm Selection Arm 3 0 Q 070 o Arm 2 0000 0 0 Q Arm 4 Press OK to select Arm 1 Arm Selection screen Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 19 Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 7 Text Input Screen oee FIGURE 5 13 for a sample text input screen Device Configuration Site name Title bar Enter Site name Single line edit field Selected letter PFA Pel nunnBunwmHH Va eos PER Press OK to enter character p 2 OF 48 14 Action message Device Configuration Site na
33. The following table lists the entities available for the IR HHC communication on the System Config Communication IR HHC screen Description Value range Long IR access Disabling this entity default uses the Long IR disabled short login sequence of pressing only Long IR enabled default the ATTN key Enabling this entity makes the controller require the long login sequence of four buttons being pressed ATTN F1 F2 and FS IR access With this entity you can enable the IR disabled default IR interface if it is turned off IR enabled NOTE Ina few installations of Honeywell Enraf controllers it is reported that sunlight or any strong artificial light sources can unlock the infrared port the same way as pressing the ATTN key on the Hand Held Controller If this occurs parameter values may acci dentally be changed Note that this is an EXTREMELY rare possibility NOTE The Long Infrared access parameter enables or disables an extended login sequence of characters for the infrared communications port on the bezel of the MSC L Using an extended login character sequence raises the odds of a random pattern of interference matching the correct login sequence to astronomical levels Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 68 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 System Config Device I O Settings 1 On th
34. WARNING Treat the flange surface of the cover and the housing To open the MSC L Lid 1 Remove the W amp M seal if present 2 Remove the cosmetic cover by gently pulling the cover 3 Loosen all the 32 bolts by loosening one or two threads of the bolts with an 8 mm Allen key The MSC L lid can now be opened Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 8 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Opening the MSC L 4 f the MSC L lid is stuck due to the air seal carefully force it to open with the screwdrivers as illustrated in the following figure WARNING Do not force the MSC L lid to open in other places Also take care not to damage the flame path WARNING For ensuring intrinsic safety of the MSC L the grounding connection of the lid to the main box and the box to the local grounding system is very crucial 5 Remove the screw of the earth strap protection cable on the MSC L lid Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 9 Installation Opening the MSC L 6 Remove the screw on the earth strap assembly from the MSC L lid NOTE The screw must be removed only by Honeywell Enraf trained service technicians 7 10 Remove the screws that hold the boards fastened to the enclosure with a 4 mm allen key Remove the CAN IN OUT MSC boards and CAN ARM MSC boards Remove the 2x cabling from the backplane
35. 2 DO SSR 1 0 M Mn DOSSR 1 0 Digtal Connled o Solenoid DO SSR 1 N HI DO SSR 1 N FIGURE 4 14 AC cable 3 gland 4 4 7 6 5 AC Cable 4 Gland 5 e bo ssn DO SSR2 0 DO SSR 2 7 00 5582 N FIGURE 4 15 AC cable 4 gland 5 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 35 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 6 Analog Cable 1 Gland 6 Cable gland Shielded Ca ble 42 1 24V 21 C A2 1 A 24V A3 1 C A3 1 A AS 1 26V A4 1 A 24V A5 1 C A5 1 A AG 1 24 AB8 1 C AB 1 A AT 1 24V A7 1 C A7 1 A Analog Outputs Temperature Sensors 3 5 FIGURE 4 16 Analog cable 1 gland 6 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 36 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 7 AC Cable 5 Gland 7 Cable gland Unshielded Cable DO SSR 3 0 DO SSR 3 0 Digtal Controlled Valve o Solencid DO SSR 3 N DO SSR 3 N FIGURE 4 17 AC cable 5 gland 7 4 7 6 8 DC Cable 2 Gland 8 Connector Cable gland S hielded Cable OF P QPI 5A 12V OF A Digtal DC or Pulse Img ues FIGURE 4 18 DC cable 2 gland 8 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 37 In
36. 6 2 6 2 1 6 2 2 General You can set various alarm configurations using the MSC L menu Also the active alarms and alarm logs can be viewed through the MSC L menu Basic Concepts An alarm is an indication that an undesired situation has occurred In MSC L the following collection of information is associated with an alarm Name Scope State Action Date Time Alarm Name The alarm name is used for describing the situation in which the alarm has occurred Alarm Scope Conceptually an MSC L device has loading bays A bay has multiple loading arms and loading arms have zero or more streams associated with them They are referred to as scope type There are five scope types in the MSC L as follows Device Bay or transaction Loading arm or batch Product stream Additive stream On the alarm log screen the emphasized first character of the alarm chapter is used for indicating the chapter to which the alarm belongs to Consider the example of an Tank empty alarm on product stream 3 The scope type is a Product stream But this information is not enough to uniquely identify the source of the alarm The index of the product stream 3 in this case is missing Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 6 1 Alarm Handling Basic Concepts 6 2 3 6 2 4 In general the scope of an alarm is the scope type together with the index within that sco
37. If permissives are configured then permissive connect screen appears for each of the permissive similar to the grounding Attach grounding e m 09 24 28 The Enter Pin screen appears only if the permissives are connected 2 On the Enter Pin screen enter the truck driver password using the keyboard Press OK on the keyboard to confirm the password Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 245 Operation Truck Driver Operations NOTE The password is validated against the local database or the remote database based on the configuration If the password entered is not valid then an error message is displayed Enter PIN o Press DEL to clear Press to confirm OS 09 24 46 NOTE Asterisks appear as you type each character of your password If the vehicle carrier trailer contract identification is enabled then you can enter the respective IDs These IDs are validated against the local or the remote database based upon your device authorization settings 3 Enter the ID on the vehicle ID screen Enter vehicle ID Press DEL to clear Press CK to confirm 2 9 ga 09 25 07 4 Enter the following attributes using the keyboard to perform the transaction setup Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 246 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations NOTE Press the ESC key on the keyboard to r
38. Installation Wiring Termination Guidance FUNCTION PSF BOARD 1 CAN PSF MSC 1 ARM BOARD 1 A CAN ARM MSC 1 ARM BOARD 1 B CAN ARM MSC 1 IN OUT BOARD 1 A CAN IN OUT MSC 1 IN OUT BOARD 1 B CAN IN OUT MSC 1 IN OUT BOARD 2 A CAN IN OUT MSC 2 IN OUT BOARD 2 B CAN IN OUT MSC 2 FUSE BOARD 1 MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 1 4 7 2 4 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC DOMINI 777 se eas sai NN e RAMS eae sax 23 dm Rasa tas FIGURE 4 9 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 25 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 2 5 Floorplan The following image illustrate the floorplan for ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC board ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC 2074296 D02 All primary wiring must be rated with insulation for minimum 300 V and with a max temperature of at least 105 C 221 F CN E NO N lt F N cN FIGURE 4 10 Blackplane arrangement of ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 26 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 2 6 Connector Overview The following table provides an overview of the ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC connector ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y
39. Loading application overview Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 27 Operation Device Commissioning level 1 level 2 level 3 level 4 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 1 System Configuration oystem Configuration Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning Device Configuration A1 6 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Device Configuration General Device Configuration I O Binding Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning Device Configuration Alarms Device Configuration Communication Device Configuration Authorization Device Configuration Workflow Settings Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 32 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Bay Configuration Bay Configuration I O Binding Bay Configuration Alarms For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5
40. Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 97 Operation System Configuration 5 8 2 3 1 System Config Alarms Programmable alarms On the System Config Bay Alarms screen select Programmable alarms The following entities are displayed The MSC L contains five bay programmable alarms Programmable alarm 1 Programmable alarm 2 Programmable alarm 3 Programmable alarm 4 and Programmable alarm 5 When any of the device programmable alarm arises the MSC L stops or pauses all the running batches based on the configuration To clear the programmable alarm the programmable input must be connected disconnected based on the expected input state configured Then the alarm disappears and the MSC L resumes again However it is not required to reset the condition with normal alarms NOTE You can configure Emergency Stop as the MSC L programmable alarm Entity Description Value range IO binding With this entity you can select the Any of the unused Al n DI AC n physical input source for the DI DC n or None programmable alarm function The default value is None Alarm action With this entity you can configure the Disabled alarm behavior in case this particular Display alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Alarm name With this entity you can configure the A maximum of 32 alphanumeric character
41. Stream n screen select Identification The Product Stream Config Stream n Identification screen appears with the following entities Entity Description Value range Product name With this entity you can enter the name A text string of maximum 20 characters of the wild stream product can be entered The Product name appears on the Use maximum of 12 characters to view the running screens complete name on the MSC display screen The default value is Stream n 5 9 1 2 Product Stream Config Stream n I O Bindings On the Product Stream Config Stream n screen select lt 1 0 binding The new Flexible I O Allocation architecture forms the basis of the Fusion4 product family The architecture is designed around the common I O building blocks that can be arranged in different configurations to be used in the MSC L I O allocation can either be performed through the IR controller through the infrared link or LAD connected to the MSC L front connector To configure Input Output entities On the Main Menu screen select the Stream Configuration icon The Stream Configuration screen appears On the Stream Configuration screen select Product streams The Stream Config Product Stream Selection screen appears On the Stream Config Product Stream Selection screen select any one of the stream or all the streams The Product Stream Config Stream n screen appears gt On the Product Stream
42. System Config COM 1 FlexConn SLIP Modbus Authorization Press OK to select The following sections provide the entities that are available for the Serial communication 5 8 1 3 1 1 Setup On the System Config COM n screen select lt Setup gt The System Config COM n Setup screen appears with the following entities Description Communication protocol With this entity you can select the protocol for the communication port Value range lt FlexConn gt default lt Modbus RTU gt lt Snet gt lt Nedap CR LF gt lt SLIP gt lt Minicomp Host gt Terminal Host Fusion4 MSC L 5 64 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Baudrate Description With this entity you can select baud rate for the communication port Value range Baudrate 1200 Baudrate 2400 Baudrate 4800 Baudrate 9600 default Baudrate 19200 Baudrate 38400 Baudrate 57600 Baudrate 115200 Baudrate 128000 Parity With this entity you can set the parity for the communication port Odd Even None default Stop bits With this entity you can configure the number of stop bits for the communication port One default Two Turn around delay With this entity you can enter the time between when the request is received from the master and the mom
43. comms Alarm shutdown hard wired comms Pump start hard wired Pump feedback hard wired Additive Volume Output hard wired Volume Output hard wired comms Analog Load Blend Load Blend Additive Hydraulic pump feedback HPP hard wired Pressure input hard wired Al Density input hard wired Al Volume conversion API tables mass calculation manual density IR remote LAD comms Permissive hard wired Al comms Strainer status hard wired Blend flow pulses hard wired S PI Q PI Solenoid control hard wired 2 x DO T PPM etiim ini Main stream flow pulses hard wired S PI Q PI Solenoid control hard wired 2 x DO Bay barrier hard wired Bay active hard wired Additive flow pulses hard wired S PI Q PI Solenoid control hard wired DO Loading arm parked hard wired Tank empty hard wired Block valve control hard wired Alarm reset hard wired comms Fusion4 IR contr LAD Dead man outputs hard wired FIGURE 5 21 Loading application overview Hydraulic pump start HPP hard wired Temperature input hard wired RTD AI W amp M MID sealing FlexConn jumper LAD System interlock ESD Dead man hard wired
44. default 300 s Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 63 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 5 5 System Config Alarms Fixed 1 On the System Config Device Alarms screen select Fixed The System Alarms Fixed screen appears System Config Alarms Fixed Power supply fault Display Loss of TAS Comms Display fa 08 03 43 2 On this screen the following entity is displayed Description Value range Power supply fault Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Loss of TAS Comms Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 84 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 6 System Config Device Authorization m On the System Config Device screen select Authorization The System Config Device Authorization screen appears System Config Device Authorization General setup Databases Press to select a m aa 10 29 29 5 8 1 6 1 System Config Authorization Setup On the System Config Device Authorization screen select General setup The following entities are displayed on the System Config Authorization Setup screen Description Value range Authorization mode With this entity the
45. 1 fuel oil High sulfer no 1 fuel oil HS no 1 fuel oil Low sulfer no 2 fuel oil LS no 2 fuel oil High sulfer no 2 fuel oil HS no 2 fuel oil Ultra low sulfer kerosene ULS kerosene 5 146 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration Description Menu text displayed Low sulfer kerosene LS kerosene High sulfer kerosene HS kerosene E5 596 Alcohol based fuel E10 1096 Alcohol based fuel API E10 E20 2096 Alcohol based fuel API E20 B5 596 Bio blended diesel B10 1096 Bio blended diesel API B10 B20 20 Bio blended diesel API B20 Observation or monitoring well Monitoring well Vapor recovery Vapor Recovery o mooeoectas For the E U related market select from the following list of symbols as defined in Code of practice for a product identifi cation system for petroleum products Energy Institute Description Menu text displayed Lead Replacement Petrol Lead repl petrol Premium unleaded Petrol 95 octane PU petrol Super unleaded petrol 97 octane SU petrol ZA Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 147 Operation Arm Configuration Description Menu text displayed Symbol E5 596 ethanol 9595 pet
46. 263 Operation Truck Driver Operations m Select No if you want to resume the batches A screen is displayed with a list of paused arms You must first pick a paused arm before choosing the action to perform on it Select Paused Arm Arm 2 Arm 3 Arm 4 Press OK to select Select the arm that needs to resumed and press OK A screen is displayed that allows you to select the desired action Choose action 2 2 Resume Stop U MVI lt K E IIIGNI I II I IYIOII TIIIIIIZIIKI II IIIIIII IIIIIII I Q I IIQIIII I I lt III I I I IIISIq HI III I IIW II IIII IIIISQIIOIIMI TNGGIVIII IIII GCGC GCGGTC CCC lt _ I I II I Press OK to select T g 10 23 29 Perform one of the following m Select Resume to restart the arm and a screen is displayed with a list to select the remaining paused arms Choose the action for the other arms m Select Stop to stop the selected paused arm if there are no more paused arms then the Load another compartment screen appears 5 264 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations 5 17 5 Error Scenarios 5 17 5 1 Invalid Pin If the entered pin is not available in the database then an invalid PIN message is displayed Invalid PIN 001320 5 17 5 2 Invalid Preset If a valid preset is not entered then an erro
47. 4 7 2 Backplane 4 18 4 7 2 4 ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC er 4 19 Area FIOODA Ras bua odes ih IRE 4 20 4 7 2 3 Connector Overview 4 21 4 7 2 4 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC lr 4 25 4 29 oo si qid rapa ia o a e 4 26 4 7 2 6 Connector Overview 4 27 d 5 Generali irritare ener 4 31 4 7 3 1 Wire Sizes and Types es 4 31 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Table of Contents 4 7 4 4 7 5 4 7 6 4 7 6 1 4 7 6 2 4 7 6 3 4 7 6 4 4 7 6 5 4 7 6 6 4 7 6 7 4 7 6 8 4 7 6 9 4 7 6 10 4 7 6 11 4 7 6 12 4 7 6 13 4 7 6 14 4 7 6 15 4 7 6 16 4 7 6 17 4 7 6 18 4 7 6 19 4 7 6 20 4 7 6 21 4 7 6 22 4 7 6 23 4 7 6 24 4 7 6 25 4 7 6 26 4 7 7 4 7 8 4 7 9 5 5 1 5 1 1 5 1 2 5 2 5 3 5 3 1 5 3 2 5 3 2 1 5 3 2 2 5 3 3 5 3 4 Recommended Cables 4 32 Wife CHIMPS soa dod Edo d aqa 4 32 Internal Wiring diagram 4 33 AC Cable 1 Gland 1 lille 4 33 AC Cable 2 Gland 2 4 34 DC cable 1 3 4 34 AC Cable 3 Gland 4 4 35 AC Cable 4 Gland 5
48. B DO EMR 26 A DO EMR 28 A DO EMR 28 B DO EMR 26 B DO EMR 27 A DO EMR 27 A DO EMR 27 B DO EMR 27 B DO EMR 28 A DO EMR 28 B Puncta DO EMR 34 A DO EMR 31 B DO EMR 32 A DO EMR 32 B DO EMR 33 A DO EMR 33 B DO EMR 34 A DO EMR 34 B DO EMR 35 A DO EMR 35 B DO EMR 3B A D O EMR DO DC EMR 37 D 2 EMR 37 DO EMR 38 A DO DO EMR 34 FIGURE 4 35 AC cable 10 gland 25 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 47 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 26 DC Cable 12 Gland 26 Cable gland Armoured Unshielded Cable DO EMR 38 DO EMR 38 A DO EMR 38 B DO EMR 39 B DO EMR 40 A DO EMR 40 A DO EMR 4 B DO EMR 40 B FIGURE 4 36 DC cable 12 gland 26 4 7 7 Connecting MSC L to NexWatch DR4208S Card Reader 2 Wire COM Port MSC L NexWatch DR4208S Card Reader Connector Pi Cable gland Shielded Cable COM 6 COM 6 COM 6 c COM 7 Supply ground COM 7 S NET DC Return COM 7 c Positive Supply Je Power Supply 10 8 28 V DC 250 mA max COM 1 COM 1 COM 1 c COM 2 COM 2 COM 2 c COM 5 R4 COM 5 R COM 5 T4 COM 5 T COM 5 C 4 7 8 ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Terminal Assignment Guide The following table provides information for the basic function assignment to spe
49. CAN IN OUT MSC Pulse Output DC PO Analog Output 4 20 mA Passive AO AO Digital Output Electromechanical DO EMR DC Relay DC Digital Output Electromechanical DO EMR AC or DC Relay AC or DC Digital Output AC Solid State DO SSR DO SSR AC Relay Pulse Output PO DC Functional Description The Pulse Output DC PO DO allows the controller to switch DC signals to interface a PLC TAS or other systems The PO is not designed to switch the high current loads The two output terminals behave as volt free contacts and require an external power supply to drive a load Real time PO circuitry contains a multiplexer and a selector which is controlled by a micro controller to select certain pulse input circuitry to the pulse output channel Factored PO circuitry is controlled by a micro controller to present a certain pulse input signal factored scaled to the pulse output channel FIGURE 3 30 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the external PO connections Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions CAN ARM MSC External equipment CN144 1 or 3 Pox HI External Ia C DC PSU 2 or 4 Pox LO e LOAD NPN IE or CAN ARM MSC External equipment CN144 1 or 3 Pox HI e LOAD External
50. DI DC 3 DI DC 5 DI DC 7 DI DC 9 DI DC 11 DI DC 13 DI DC 15 DI AC 2 DI DC 31 Low LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW lt lt lt _ lt _ lt _ 8 lt DI DC 2 DI DC 4 DI DC 6 DI DC 8 DI DC 10 DI DC 12 DI DC 14 DI AC 1 DI AC 3 DI DC 32 DI DC 34 DI DC 36 DI DC 38 DI DC 40 LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW LOW On the Diagnostics Dashboard screen select Digital output The Diagnostics Dashboard Digital Outputs screen appears which displays the state or value of all the available Digital output blocks cs G G G lt i i cs G G Q SS Diagnostics Dashboard Digital Outputs DO SSR 1 Inactive DO SSR 3 DO SSR 5 DO SSR 7 DO SSR 9 DO SSR 11 DO EMR 1 DO EMR 3 DO EMR 5 DO EMR 7 DO EMR 9 DO SSR 13 DO SSR 15 DO SSR 21 Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive lt lt lt Aa Press OK to toggle output DO SSR 2 DO SSR 4 DO SSR 6 DO SSR 8 DO SSR 10 DO SSR 12 DO EMR 2 DO EMR 4 DO EMR 6 DO EMR 8 Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive DO EMR 10 Inactive DO SSR 14 DO SSR 16 DO SSR 22 Inactive Inactive Inactive ira 06
51. Display KOE TX20D26VMOAAA The dissipation is based on the maximum load Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Number PC CT Boards bo Dissipation Description CAN PSF MSC Internal dissipation is 0 2 53 6 10 7 W External 12 V dissipation is 0 2 24 4 8 W External 24 V dissipation is 0 2 24 4 8 W Total dissipation 73 9W 4 6 3 Disconnecting breaker device WARNING A readily accessible disconnecting breaker device with a 20 A fuse shall be incorporated external to the equipment 4 7 Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 1 Wiring Architecture Exiwiring is separated from other wiring m To limit the interference between low voltage and high voltage signals a logical separation between cables containing the signals are created High voltage Low voltage High voltage B Kl 7 2 3 F all 2345 est M n UU LEK LR Shia 2 42 oi 223434 Pe PO y a 1 sees UI LNG a elele e aaa male ea aLL 1 ee Eee OTE eee i teze ANTI ASINO IRVINE RARE E ieee 2 m lito ne I Bl IL ME NE 5 sees live veces ER ni
52. Do not open battery compartment in a hazardous area Use only approved batteries see label Class 1 Division 2 WARNING Do not open battery compartment ina hazardous area Use only approved batteries see WARNING Do not open battery compartment in a hazardous area Use only approved batteries see label label 2 4 1 General The Fusion4 IR Controller is a hand held remote controller which is an infrared type control device The device facilitates programming the Enraf Fluid Technology IR Controlled Equipment remotely The device contains all the necessary program codes installed Hence the user programming is not required 2 4 2 Precautions m Clean the device with a damp cloth m Use additional protection in areas where damage may occur m Do not repair the device without permission to avoid the invalidation of the certificate m Do not leave the device in direct sunlight or place it near a heat source m Handle the device gently Do not drop the device or subject it to other types of stress m Do not touch any solvent or aggressive substances before touching the enclosure as it is made of plastic B Store the device at room temperature in a clean and dry location m avoid damage to the device or shortening of battery life use the correct type of batteries prevent battery usage when storing the device in an unused condition for a long time make sure that the
53. Example M C L 54639823 A xml File name format for Debug logs are as follows lt device type gt lt serial number gt lt file id gt xml e Example MSC L 54639823 D xml File name format for Recipes are as follows lt device type gt lt file id gt lt recipe name gt xml Example MS C L R 20 xml File name format for Configurations are as follows lt user defined string gt xml Example MY CONTROLLER 1 xml Generic files built edited in a computer envi ronment can differ from the previous format Generic files built edited in a computer envi ronment MUST BE PLACED in the corre sponding Generic folders as mentioned previously otherwise they cannot be selected during the MSC L LAD interaction Firmware files MUST be placed in the corre sponding folders for the LAD and the MSC L otherwise they cannot be selected during the MSC L LAD interaction 5 3 4 5 Language Packs NOTE The procedure to build a language pack for the MSC L will be available in a later release 5 3 4 5 1 Building a Local Language Pack for the MSC L NOTE The procedure to build a custom language pack for the MSC L will be available in a later release 5 3 4 5 2 Configuring a User Display Language for the MSC L NOTE The procedure to configure a user display language for the MSC L will be available in a later release Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell
54. H DI DC 54 C DI DC 55 H DI DC 55 C DI DC 56 H DI DC 56 C DI DC 57 H DI DC 57 C DI DC 58 H DI DC 58 C DI DC 59 H DI DC 59 C DI DC 80 H DI DC 80 C Digital DC Inputs Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 21 AC Cable 7 Gland 21 Cable gland Unshielded Cable Dig tal Controlled Valve or Solenoid FIGURE 4 31 AC cable 7 gland 21 4 7 6 22 AC Cable 8 Gland 22 Cable gland Unshielde d Cable Digital Gontolled Valve zr Solenoid DO SSR 23 M Ju 1 DO SSR 23 N FIGURE 4 32 AC cable 8 gland 22 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 44 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Connector FIGURE 4 33 4 7 6 23 Analog Cable 2 Gland 23 Cable gland Shielded Cable Analog cable 2 gland 23 Destination AJ 8 24V Al 8 C 8 A 2 24 2 C 2 A A3 10 24V A3 101C A2 101 A A4 11 24V A441 C A4 11 A A5 12 24 A5 12 C A5 12 A AB 13 24V AB 131C AB 13 A A7 14 24V A7 14 C AT 18 A AD 5 RTD 5 A Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 24 AC Cable 9 Gland 24 Connector Pin Cable gland Amoured Unshielded Cable
55. High percentage With this entity you can configure the high percentage value for monitoring the full flowrate alarm The full flowrate high alarm is raised if the actual flow rate during the full flow stage is above the configured full flowrate by high per centage value 1 0 96 99 99 default 5 0 96 5 152 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 7 1 3 Pre stop Flow Alarms Description Alarm action With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Alarm start delay With this entity you can configure a delay after which the MSC L starts monitoring the full flow rate alarm after the load profile enters from full flow state to pre stop state 0 5 lt 255 gt S default 5 S Low percentage With this entity you can configure the low percentage value for monitoring the prestop flowrate alarm The Prestop flowrate low alarm is raised if the actual flowrate during the prestop stage is below the configured prestop flowrate by low percentage value 1 0 96 99 99 default 5 0 96 High percentage With this entity you can configure the high percentage value for monitoring the prestop flowrate alarm The Presto
56. Honeywell Enraf Operation Logs 5 11 Logs FIGURE 5 26 To perform the Logs functions m On the Main Menu screen select the Logs icon The Logs screen appears in which the various logs maintained in the non volatile memory can be viewed Main Menu Logs icon On the Logs screen you can view the following data logs m Transaction logs Displays the complete information about all the available transaction records The storage space for the transaction logs in the MSC L is 10 000 records Calibration logs Displays the product meter factor and additive meter factor calibrations over time for all the available calibration records The storage space for the calibration logs in the MSC L is 1200 records Alarm logs Displays a chronological list of the occurrence of the alarms and the type of alarms for all the available alarm records The storage space for the alarm logs in the MSC L is 2000 records Events logs Displays a log of important device events The storage space for the event logs in the MSC L is 1000 records Load Profiles Displays a log containing a list of Load Profile batches processed over time The storage space for the Load Profile logs in the MSC L is 100 records When the log record is full the oldest one is automatically deleted and overwritten Then the transaction cannot be retrieved through the Fusion4 Portal or the LAD Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC
57. Maintenance and Troubleshooting 2 3 Personal Safetly 2 3 tcr MPH 2 4 Opening the MSC L 2 4 Commissioning and 2 4 TOO 2 4 VC I l 2 4 Clu A 2 4 Accordance to lt 2 6 Explosion Safety Limiting 2 6 Explosion Safely 2 6 Low Voltage Directive 2 6 MEI c m 2 7 Safety Instructions for the 2 8 2 9 EC declaration of conformity for EU 2 9 Control Drawings for amp CSA 2 9 Explosion Safety edd drReretdsesz sesqprvtibgore9bedx equ 2 9 COMMISSIONING 2 9 elenina Teti 2 9 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 2 9 Additional Information 2 10 Environmental Conditions 2 10 The LAD Labels s 2 11 Safety Instruction
58. N gt C DC PSU 2 or 4 Pox LO e NPN FIGURE 3 30 PO connections Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 51 System Description Output Functions 3 9 2 2 Characteristics Isolation Minimum Typical Maximum Output load voltage Output load current Sink Output load current Source Fmax Switching frequency ToN and Torr pulse width Vy Control voltage logic high VL Control voltage logic low Control current 3 9 3 Analog Output 3 9 3 1 Functional Description The Analog Output AO supports 2 wire passive 4 20 mA The AO does NOT provide a power supply to power the loop FIGURE 3 31 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the AO connection to the external devices CAN ARM MSC or CAN IN OUT MSC External equipment CN DAS e AO il 1 3 or 5 AO ax External DC p N power supply T 4 20mA AO e 2 4 or 6 AO bx NG FIGURE 3 31 AO connections Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 52 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions 3 9 3 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation Vi ooP Nominal loop current range Loop current control range Accuracy without external receiver Update time Load resistance 3 9 4 Digital
59. Operation Manual Enraf Operation Info Device Information The following FM HMI n Info appears EUNT Device serial number Production date Sales code License Info Device Info 12345678 2014 04 11 XL4 Fusion4 MSC L XL4 FM HMI Info Application checksum 00004FE4 Hardware version FlexConn library version FlexConn build Serial number chip Board serial number Manufacturer serial number B Select FM IN OUT n The following FM IN OUT n Info appears 0 V2_001 1188M 062189104021000000 10050 ga 07 40 31 Info Device Info Device serial number Production date Sales code License 12345678 2014 04 11 XL4 Fusion4 MSC L XL4 FM IN OUT 1 Info Application checksum 0000B6A 7 Hardware version FlexConn library version FlexConn build Serial number chip Board serial number Manufacturer serial number 1 2 001 1188M 019196103021000000 4 1234567890000000 my 07 40 18 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 221 Operation Info Device Information The MSC L software version format is explained in the following figure A1000 bug fixes minor functionality W amp M related part main functionality hardware modifications FIGURE 5 34 Software version format To have W amp M compliant MSC L check that the firmware versions are the certified software versions as mentioned in the
60. Press OK to select G ia 06 53 58 NOTE You can activate or de activate the individual output for testing by selecting the output and then selecting OK on the IR controller or the LAD Activating the output energises the actual field equipment connected NOTE The content of the following sections may differ depending on the particular Model that is bought Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 171 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 2 0 1 Dashboard I O Type Symbols The diagnostic dashboard displays the detailed I O diagnostics together with the NAMUR NE 107 compliant icons which reflect the high level category of the I O diagnostics The following table lists the icons on the Diagnostics Dashboard screen Description Maintenance is required Out of specification Check the function Failure Diagnostics is active Diagnostics is passive Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 172 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics 5 12 2 1 5 12 2 0 2 Digital Input On the Diagnostics Dashboard screen select Digital input The Diagnostics Dashboard Digital Inputs screen appears which displays the state or value of all the available Digital input blocks A G G a a SS i SS acu Digital Output Diagnostics Dashboard Digital Inputs DI DC 1
61. The language used by operator during transaction Contract ID A string that represents the Contract or Order Num ber Vehicle ID A string that uniquely identifies the vehicle used in the transaction Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 227 Operation Transfer Transaction Record Description Parameter Batch Details Batch Number The batch number associated with the current batch record Batch Start Time The time at which the batch began sampled from RTC entity Batch Start Date The date when the batch began sampled from RTC Batch Stop Time The time at which the batch ended sampled from RTC entity Batch Stop Date The date when the batch ended sampled from RTC Arm Name The name of ARM used for dispensing the blended product Arm Number The number of the arm used for bringing the batch Blend Type Specifies the type of blend none ratio or side stream Batch Recipe Definition The recipe used during the batch name blend API symbol W amp M Compliant Batch If the device was W amp M compliant during the com plete batch Unintended Stop if the batch stopped unexpectedly during the load Compartment Number The trailer compartment associated with this batch Returned Quantity The amount of product in the compartment at the s
62. These streams are not physical streams but abstract placeholders to be able to configure a stream Each stream must also have an associated flow meter CAUTION Be aware that the stream configuration is limited by the remaining free pulse inputs In the MSC L there are always un configured and not allocated streams left Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 144 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 6 Arm Configuration Arm n Recipes 1 On the Arm Configuration Arm n screen select Recipes The Arm Configuration Arm n Recipes screen appears with the configured recipes 50 recipes can be configured for each arm 2 Select the required recipe number and press OK to view the recipe The Arm Configuration Arm n Recipes screen appears Arm Configuration Arm 1 Recipes 01 DIESEL 02 HS DIESEL 03 an 4 E 111240 3 Press OK to change the recipe Arm Configuration Arm 1 Recipe 5 Main stream None 0 00 Blend stream None 0 00 Blend stream None 0 00 Blend stream None 0 00 Additive stream None O PPM 0 00 L Additive stream None O PPM 0 00 L Additive stream None 0 PPM 0 00 L Additive stream None 0 PPM 0 00 L Additive stream None 0 PPM 0 00 L Additive stream None 0 PPM 0 00 L au x f LT Press OK to change recipe 51 09 39 19
63. With this entity you can configure the Temperature sensor alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause Tank low level With this entity you can configure the Tank low level alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display default Display shutdown Display pause Tank empty With this entity you can configure the Tank empty alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause 5 138 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 Arm Configuration To perform the Arm Configuration 1 On the Main Menu screen select the Arm Configuration icon The Arm Configuration Arm Selection screen appears Main Menu gt l Arm Configuration FIGURE 5 25 Arm Configuration icon 2 On the Arm Contiguration Arm Selection screen select the required arm For example Arm 1 The Arm Configuration Arm n screen appears with the following entities 5 10 1 Arm Configuration Arm Identification On the Arm Configuration Arm1 screen select Identification The Arm Configuration Arm1 Identification screen is displayed with the following entity Entity Description Value range Arm name With this entity you can en
64. and this is determined on national level Evaluation Certificate provides demonstration that the MSC L as a component of an MID compliant instrument is approved per MID and OIML requirements Component level Requirements For blending applications such as ethanol and biodiesel blending the minimum required accuracy of the metering line is 0 5 class 0 5 The flow metering element of the system is allowed 0 3 in accuracy and the remainder of the system is permitted to show maximum errors to 0 296 As the errors are directly related to inaccuracies they are added to get the total maximum Therefore 0 5 is the maximum allowed discrepancy between what the seller states as the volume transferred and the actual volume the buyer receives Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description MID Compliance MID essentials flow accuracy error 6 e FIGURE 3 4 Component level requirements flow accuracy In the metering line the essential parts of the system are the flow meter the temperature sensor and the load controller itself The flow meter physically measures the flow and generates pulses which are related to the volume passed through the meter For reliability the pulses are dual phase shifted and are constantly checked by the electronic load controller for integrity according to API and ISO Through the temperature s
65. blend tolerance limit blend tolerance high alarm if the blend ratio between delivered product quantity with delivered batch quantity is greater than blend tolerance limit 5 9 1 5 0 7 Overrun Volume Alarm action 0 10 default 5 On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Overrun volume The Product Stream Config Stream n Overrun volume screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Overrun volume limit With this entity you can configure the overrun volume limit The MSC L raises Exceeds overrun limit alarm if the product quantity delivered exceeded the preset quantity by the configured overrun volume limit default 0 00 L 5 122 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 0 8 Alarm action Valve Fault On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Valve fault gt The Product Stream Config Stream n Valve Fault screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range l
66. resp Zone 2 WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Safe Zone Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the LAD 2 3 1 General The LAD is a hand held controller used for interfacing with the MSC L WARNING Only use the instrument for its intended purpose 2 3 1 1 EC declaration of conformity for EU Refer to the EC declaration of conformity and ATEX certificate s shipped with the device for EC declarations 2 3 1 2 Control Drawings for FM amp CSA Refer to the control drawings shipped with the MSC L for FM and CSA 2 3 2 Explosion Safety Approval Certificate no Type of protection identification KEMA 10ATEX0152 112 G IECEx KEM 10 0070 Zone 1 3041202 Class Division 1 group C D T4 Ex ia IIB T4 Gb 20 65 4 F 149 F Class I Division 1 group C D T4 Zone 1 Ex ia IIB T4 11 2395571 connected to devices with compatible intrinsically safe parameters such as the MSC L Connection of non intrinsically safe signals inval idates the approval The electrical data of the intrin sically safe circuits is to be taken from the certificate WARNINGI This is an intrinsically safe device and may only be 2 3 3 Commissioning The LAD and the Fusion4 parent devices must be commissioned using this controlle
67. uw OV E RS 485 OV TRANSCEIVER OV connection is omitted for some RS 485 applications FIGURE 3 37 RS Communication 4 wire connections CAN HMI MSC only Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 61 System Description Communication Functions 3 10 2 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation R1 Terminator resistor Driver output short circuit current Data transmission rate 3 10 2 3 Cable Specifications Cable length 1000 m Cable characteristic 120 Q impedance Cable DC loop resistance 100 Q Cable capacitance 55 77 pF m 3 10 3 Ethernet Communication 3 10 3 1 Functional Description The function of the Ethernet Communication ETHERNET block is to allow the FlexConn microprocessor to communicate through an Ethernet compliant physical layer with external devices including a TAS system Fusion4 Portal or other remote interfaces Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 62 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Communication Functions FIGURE 3 38 illustrates the Ethernet connections using the external cables or Ethernet connections to the external devices External equipment CAN ARM MSC or CAN HMI MSC CNx Orange white RJ45 pin 1 1 ARM HMI_ETHER_TXP ETHERNET Orange RJ45 p
68. 11 DO EMR 1 DO EMR 3 DO EMR 5 DO EMR 7 DO EMR 9 DO SSR 13 DO SSR 15 DO SSR 21 DO SSR 2 0 DO SSR 4 0 DO SSR 6 0 DO SSR 8 0 DO SSR 10 0 DO SSR 12 0 DO EMR 2 0 DO EMR 4 0 DO EMR 6 0 DO EMR 8 0 DO EMR 10 0 DO SSR 14 0 DO SSR 16 0 DO SSR 22 0 SES lt Vi vi i SS Mc C C aaa lt _ lt _ lt _ lt _ lt _ lt _ lt lt faa 10 10 27 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 189 Operation Diagnostics 3 On the Diagnostics Maintenance screen select The Diagnostics Power Supply screen appears which status the power supply status of the arm boards Diagnostics Power Supply Power supply Status Failure count ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Good ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Good 101014 5 12 10 Advanced 1 On the Diagnostics screen select The Diagnostics Advanced screen appears Diagnostics Advanced Load profile W M info OIML info Press OK to select a um fia 10 10 45 2 Select Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 190 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics The Diagnostics Load Profile Arm Selection screen appears Select the appropriate arm Diagnostics Load Profile Arm Selection KO Ami O U o Arm 2 Q Arm 3 O Arm 4 Press OK to select Arm 1 The Load profile diagnostic screen appears which displays the targe
69. 255 minutes default 10 mins Factored pulse out With this entity you can select the amount of pulses for each unit of the product volume dispensed 1 Pulse Unit default 10 Pulses Unit 100 Pulses Unit 1000 Pulses Unit Block valve activation time With this entity you can configure the time that the MSC L waits after the activation of block valve before controlling the DCV This entity is used only if the block valve feedback is not configured 0 sec 999 secs default 0 sec Factored pulse width With this entity you can select the width lt 1 gt msec 500 msec of the factored pulse output default 1 msec Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 108 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 3 2 Valve type Valve Control On the Product Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen select Valve control The Product Stream Config Stream n Valve screen is displayed with the following entities Description Value range With this entity you can select an entity None default for configuring the valve type lt DCV gt lt Two stage valve gt lt Simulated DCV gt Valve closing volume With this entity you can configure the default lt 0 gt maximum stream volume that is allowed after the permissive is removed If the MSC L detects mo
70. 274 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation W amp M Compliance 5 20 1 5 20 2 NOTE Following sections explain the criteria in more details W amp M Intended For the MSC L to be intended for W amp M custody transfer the configuration entity W amp M intended should be set to True See section 5 8 1 1 1 System Config General Identification for more information This setting can be changed by a user who has SL2 or higher access typically a service technician or a notified body engineer W amp M Sealing The MSC L can be W amp M sealed in the following two ways 1 Using a board jumper switch on every Flexconn board in the MSC L The MSC L W amp M relevant configuration and the MSC L relevant firmware is sealed when the jumper is set to ON The MSC L W amp M relevant configuration and the MSC L relevant firmware is not sealed when the jumper is set to OFF The W amp M board jumper switches are daisy chained logical OR ed hence only one board needs to have the W amp M board jumper switch in the ON position to seal all boards Consequently multiple W amp M board Jumper switches placed in the ON position must be removed before the device is unsealed 2 Using a switch on the keyboard of the MSC L NOTE Switch The MSC L W amp M relevant configuration and the MSC L relevant firmware is sealed when this switch is activated When the switch is deactivated the MSC L W amp M rel
71. 3 1 3 SLIP On the System Config COM n screen select lt SLIP gt The System Config COM n SLIP screen appears with the following entities Entity Description Slip unit address With this entity you can enter the starting unit address This entity is only Value range default lt 123 gt applicable in case the protocol is Slip Fusion4 MSC L 5 66 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 3 1 4 Modbus Entity Modbus byte order On the System Config COM n screen select lt Modbus gt The System Config COM n Modbus screen appears with the following entities Description With this entity you can select the byte order used for the data when Modbus protocols are used 5 8 1 3 1 5 Authorization Entity Database selection On the System Config COM n screen select Authorization Value range Little endian default Big endian gt The System Config COM n Authorization screen appears with the following entities Description With this entity you can select the authorization database used to authorize users or objects connected to this device Value range User default Object Attribute Applicable if the database selected is object With this entity you can add an attribute to the selected object Loading bay With this entity yo
72. 3 8 4 1 NOTE Dual Pulse Input Quad PI Functional Description The Dual Pulse Input Quad PI can accept signals from one dual pulse flow meter for applications requiring a high level of pulse integrity offered by a dual pulse flow meter This is also referred to as a quad quadrature flow meter or one single pulse flow meter See section 3 8 3 Single Pulse Input The dual pulse input cannot be used for accepting signals from two separate single pulse flow meters FIGURE 3 26 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the Dual Pulse Input connections Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions External equipment CAN ARM MSC 12Vdc ext 5V CN135 I METER POWER Z 1 e Ss R R PULSE A c 3 7 PULSE B 6 Shi e COMMON Z 5 Flowmeter with NPN open collector outputs for example Tuthill FPP TS Series or Monoblock 10 31558 Pulse B is omitted for single pulse flowmeters or External equipment CAN ARM MSC 12Vdc ext 5V CN135 1 e R R PULSE A Z 3 gt K gt COMMON Z 2 PULSE B 6 gt K COMMON z 5
73. 3a Mi 10 29 41 2 On the System Config device base conditions screen select each entity to configure the MSC L 5 8 1 7 1 Base Temperature Description Value range Value With this entity you can configure the default 15 temperature at which the standardize volume is calculated Units With this entity you can configure the Degrees Celsius default units of the temperature at which the Degrees Fahrenheit standardize volume is calculated 5 8 1 7 2 Base Pressure Description Value range Value With this entity you can configure the default 0 pressure at which the standardize volume is calculated Units With this entity you can configure the lt Pascal gt units of the pressure at which the lt Kilo Pascal gt default standardize volume is calculated lt Pounds per Square Inch gt lt PSI large gt lt Bar gt Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 69 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 8 Device Configuration Workflow Settings 5 8 1 8 1 Entity Max simultaneous loads 1 On the System Config Device screen select Workflow settings The System config device Workflow settings screen appears System Config Device Workflow settings Prompts Press OK to select 2 On the System config device Workflow settings screen select each entity to configure the MSC L
74. 4 2 Gland Entries 4 2 4 General The mechanics of the MSC L requires gland entries to connect the cables inside the controller and the wires to the terminals and the connectors The gland cable entries are positioned at the bottom of the MSC L The MSC L external cables enter the enclosure through one of the cable entries 4 2 2 Metric Gland Entries The MSC L implements an optional metric gland assembly layout which supports the following glands m 2xM20 meters solenoids m 6xM40 m 6 x M32 auxiliary m non metric 1 2 not for wiring but for optional breather FIGURE 4 1 Metric gland entries overview Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 6 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Gland Entries 4 2 3 NPT Cable Entries The MSC L with an optional NPT cable entry layout supports the following thread sizes m 4x 1 2 NPT m 4 34 NPT B 1x 1 2 NPT optional breather FIGURE 4 2 NPT cable entries overview Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 7 Installation Opening the MSC L 4 3 Opening the MSC L WARNING Do NOT open when an explosive atmosphere is present It is forbidden to open the MSC L in an explosive hazardous environment unless otherwise stated on the safety label with care Keep the flange surface free of dirt The O ring must be present and undamaged
75. 54 28 Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 173 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 2 2 Pulse Input On the Diagnostics Dashboard screen select Pulse input The Diagnostics Dashboard Pulse Inputs screen appears which displays the state or value of all the available Pulse input blocks Diagnostics Dashboard Pulse Inputs 0 00 QPI 2A 0 00 i 0 00 i QPI 4A 0 00 QPI 4B 0 00 QPI 5A 0 00 Neri 0 00 QPI 6A 0 00 QPI 6B 0 00 a B Bi a m KJ gt QPI 1B 000 QPI 2B 000 QPI 3B 000 QPI 7A 0 00 QPI 7B 0 00 OPI 8A 0 00 OPI 8B 0 00 QPI 9A 0 00 QPI 9B 0 00 10 0 00 QPI 10B 0 00 11 000 QPI 11B 000 OPI 12A 0 00 QPI 12B 0 00 BR E K S lt lt lt 06 54 42 5 12 2 3 Pulse Output On the Diagnostics Dashboard screen select lt Pulse output gt The Diagnostics Dashboard Pulse Outputs screen appears which displays the state or value of all the available Pulse output blocks Diagnostics Dashboard Pulse Outputs PO 1 Inactive 07 PO 2 Inactive PO 3 Inactive PO 4 Inactive Press OK to toggle output aa ga 06 54 55 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 174 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics 5 12 2 4 5 12 3 NOTE Analog I O On the Diagnostics Dashboard screen select Analog O gt T
76. 8 System Configuration Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 33 Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 2 Stream Configuration otream Configuration Fusion4 MSC L 5 34 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Product Stream Config Stream n Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning Product Stream Config Stream n I O Bindings Product Stream Config Stream n Control Settings Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 36 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning Additive Stream Config Stream n B2 Additive Stream Config Stream n 1 0 Bindings Additive Stream Config Stream n Control Settings Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 38 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms For information regarding th
77. ARM MSC 1 Green S 1 Al 7 CN 135 6 QPI A 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green M 6 QPI 1A QPI B 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 1B CN 136 6 QPI A 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green J 5 QPI 2A QPI B 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 2B CN 137 6 QPI A 3 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green J 4 QPI 3A QPI B 3 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 3B CN 138 6 QPI A 4 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green Q 6 QPI 4A QPI B 4 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 4B CN 139 6 QPI A 5 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green N 5 QPI 5A QPI B 5 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 5B CN 140 6 QPI A 6 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green N 4 QPI 6A QPI B 6 CAN ARM MSC 1 QPI 6B CN 141 4 RTD 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green R 5 RTD 1 CN 142 4 RTD 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green R 4 RTD 2 CN 143 4 RTD 3 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green R 3 RTD 3 CN 144 4 PO 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green P 2 PO 1 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 PO 2 CN 145 6 AO 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green J 3 AO 1 2 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 AO 2 AO 3 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 AO 3 CN 146 6 COMMS 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Black N 3 COM 1 COMMS 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 COM 2 CN 147 4 ETHER1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Black M 1 ETH 1 CN 148 3 MAINS INPUT 1 Internal external Red A 3 MAINS 1 CN 149 3 MAINS INPUT 2 Internal external Red A 2 MAINS 2 CN 150 6 COMMS 3 CAN HMI MSC Black L 2 COM 3 COMMS 4 CAN HMI MSC COM 4 CN 151 5 COMMS 5 CAN HMI MSC J 1 COM 5 CN 152 4 ETHER 2 CAN HMI MSC Black P 1 ETH 2 subD15 FUNCTION HMI LINK 1 BOARD CAN HMI MSC subD15 HMI LINK 2 CAN HMI MSC subD25 BACKPLANE LINK 1 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Fusion4 MSC L 4 24 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf
78. Additive 2 PPM Additive 3 PPM Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 1 4 System Config General Time On the System Config Device General screen select Time The following entities are displayed Date display format Description With this entity you can select the format of the date Note The local site time must be configured synchronized in the MSC L to have all the transactions and the alarms being timestamped correctly in the local time The MSC L does not support Daylight Saving Time Value range lt DD MM YY gt default lt MM DD YY gt lt YY MM DD gt lt DD MM YYYY gt lt MM DD YYYY gt Note Only the first three selections are completely visible on the MSC L screen Time display format With this entity you can select the format of the time lt 12 hour gt lt 24 hour gt default Note Only the 24 hour selection is completely visible on the MSC L screen With this entity you can select the actual date that is used for time stamping of transactions calibrations and alarms Year Month Day Note By default the current date appears To change the default date enter the year month and day With this entity you can select the actual time that is used for time stamping of transactions calibrations and alarms 5 8 1 1
79. Alarm Handling Additive Stream Alarms 6 11 Additive Stream Alarms Leaking valve Volume accumulated on the additive stream meter within the leaking timeout period is more than the leaking Volume limit when the stream is idle or in between injections No additive The number of retries no additive timeout is elapsed after the additive pulses stop during a batch As soon as the additive solenoid opens the timer no additive timeout starts No pump The pump feedback signal is not detected within the pump feedback timeout It is only possible if the I O binding for the pump is ON OFF and the pump indications are configured Block valve fault The block valve feedback signal is not detected within the block valve feedback timeout It is only possible if the I O binding for the block valve is ON OFF and the block valve indications are configured Low volume deviation The average of the additive injection volume calculated over the configured number of cycles is lower than the additive deviation percentage The alarm is evaluated after every injection With the entity Additive volume deviation the acceptable deviation can be set With the entity Number of cycles before deviation alarm evaluation the number of additive injection cycles that are used for calculating the average of the injection volume for the deviation calculations can be set High volume deviation The average of
80. Bay name With this entity you can configure the A text string of maximum 20 characters name of the bay Use maximum 7 characters to view the complete name on the MSC L screen Bay number Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 95 Operation System Configuration 5 8 2 2 Bay Configuration I O Binding On the System Config Bay screen select l O binding The Bay I O bindings screen appears System Config Bay 1 0 bindings Outputs Press OK to select 2 On the System Config Bay I O bindings screen select each entity to configure the MSC L 5 8 2 2 1 Bay Configuration I O Binding Inputs On the Bay Configuration I O binding screen select lt Inputs gt The following entities are displayed on the Bay Configuration I O Binding Inputs screen Entity Description Value range Grounding With this entity you can configure the Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI physical source for the grounding input n Al n or None The default value is None Overfill With this entity you can configure the Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI physical source for overfill protection n Al n or None input The default value is None Vapour recovery With this entity you can configure the Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI physical source for the vapor recovery n Al n or None input The de
81. Clean arm underrun The measured clean arm volume is less than the specified clean arm vol ume minus the clean arm tolerance 5 10 7 6 Stop Switch not covered Description default 5 00 L Value range Alarm action With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Stop switch timeout With this entity you can configure the time within which a feedback should be received from the Stop Low High flow rate switches lt 0 65535s gt lt 10s gt default Stop switch auto clear timeout With this entity you can reset the Stop switch not covered alarm and continue unloading the truck until its empty lt 0 65535s gt lt 10s gt default Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 155 Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 7 7 Fixed Entity Arm parked alarm action Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Invalid switch states lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default 5 156 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05
82. Closed RS 485 communication NOT terminated 3 6 1 3 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 6 1 3 1 Functions The function of the CAN IN OUT MSC board is to provide I O functions which are necessary to control the enhanced loading and additive injection processes Following are the functions of the CAN IN OUT MSC board Function Description 3 Digital Input AC DI AC circuits Converts high voltage switched AC signals into an isolated logic signal that can be read by the FlexConn generic microprocessor 15 Digital Input DC DI DC circuits Converts switched DC signals into an isolated logic signal that can be read by the FlexConn microcontroller Analog Output AO circuit Converts signals from the FlexConn microcontroller into scaled 4 20 mA analog signals 4 Digital Output Solid State Relay AC DO Converts logic signals from the FlexConn generic microcontroller into SSR AC circuits isolated high voltage switched AC signals 10 Digital Output Electromechanical Relay Converts logic signals from the FlexConn generic microcontroller to AC or DC DO EMR AC or DC circuits switched high power AC or DC signals Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 29 System Description PCB Layout AO DO EMR 2 wire AC DC passive 1 Watchdog FlexConn generic ium
83. Config Stream n screen select lt l O binding gt Select Inputs or Outputs and then select OK on the Fusion 4 IR controller Fusion 4 LAD or the integrated keyboard A specific entity for example Pump feedback Pump demand and so on can be selected and linked to a specific I O function such as DI AC 1 Digital Input AC1 number 1 DO EMR Digital Output Electrome chanical Relay and so on Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 103 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 2 1 The I O Bindings Input Parameters NOTE The default value for the Input entities are None NOTE When the temperature and or pressure correction is Product stream meter used link them as below for the W amp M compliance Select the I O binding for the Product Temperature as RTD input 4 wire Select the I O binding for the Product Pressure as Al 4 20 mA B Select the I O binding for the Product Density as Al 4 20 mA or use the lab density Description With this entity you can select the physical source for the product stream meter function Can be linked to Any of the unused QPI 1A to QPI 6B for product streams 1 to 6 Any of the unused QPI 7A to QPI 12B for product streams 7 to 12 Product temperature With this entity you can select the physical source for the product stream temperature function RTD 1 RTD
84. Configuration arm is a combination of the loading state idle running and so on and the alarm severity of the loading arm From that icon the highest severity among the active alarms associated with the loading arm can be read Other screens Loading progress screen Alarm screen Focus in right hand pane Selected tab Not selected tabs Truck driver alarm Gray on black White on black Gray on gray Overview Loading Paused mr m n AES TES lt a Herm uu Idle Critical alarm 6 4 Alarm Output Configuration In the MSC L two different alarm output bindings per loading arm can be configured These are m The alarm indication output can be set with Alarm indication I O binding entity m The alarm shutdown output be set with Alarm shutdown I O binding entity The alarm shutdown output of a loading arm activates when the alarm severity of that loading arm becomes critical A critical severity is a severity that is equal to either Pause amp Display or Shutdown amp Display The reverse is also possible If the alarm severity of the loading arm becomes non critical then the alarm shutdown for that loading arm is deactivated The severity is non critical when it is not critical so it is either None or Display The de activation of the alarm indication output is dependent on the number of unacknowledged active alarms that affect the loading arm When the number changes from zero to a number larger t
85. DC 9 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 9 CN 121 6 DI DC 10 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Green M 8 DI DC 10 DI DC 11 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 11 DI DC 12 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 12 CN 122 6 DI DC 13 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Green M 7 DI DC 13 DI DC 14 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 14 DI DC 15 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 15 CN 123 6 DI DC 16 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Green Q 11 DI DC 16 DI DC 17 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 17 DI DC 18 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 18 CN 124 6 DI DC 19 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Green Q 10 DI DC 19 DI DC 20 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 20 DI DC 21 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 21 CN 125 6 DI DC 22 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Green Q 9 DI DC 22 DI DC 23 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 23 DI DC 24 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 24 CN 126 6 DI DC 25 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Green Q 8 DI DC 25 DI DC 26 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 26 DI DC 27 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 27 CN 127 6 DI DC 28 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Green Q 7 DI DC 28 DI DC 29 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 29 DI DC 30 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI DC 30 CN 128 3 Al 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 11 Al 1 CN 129 3 Al 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 10 Al 2 CN 130 3 Al CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 9 Al 3 CN 131 3 Al 4 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 7 Al 4 CN 132 3 Al5 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 6 Al 5 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 23 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME CN 133 3 AI 6 CAN ARM MSC 1 Green U 5 Al 6 CN 134 3 Al 7 CAN
86. Device tasks The Diagnostics Device Tasks screen appears which displays the options to reset tasks execute tasks and clear tasks Diagnostics Device Tasks Reset tasks Fxecute tasks Clear tasks u A A A Press OK to select 2 aa 10 01 45 5 12 8 1 Reset Tasks 1 On the Diagnostics Device Tasks screen select Reset tasks The Diagnostics Reset Tasks screen appears which displays the following options to reset the device e Re enable device Allows you to clear all the alarms and re enable the MSC L Reset device Allows you to reset the MSC L HResetto factory settings Allows you to reset to the default config uration settings 5 184 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics e Format all memory Allows you to reset to the default configu ration settings and reset to the default calibration settings For example K factors and clear remove logs Diagnostics Reset Tasks Re enable device Reset device Reset to factory settings Format all memory Press OK to select Mig a 10 01 57 5 12 8 2 Execute Tasks On the Diagnostics Device Tasks screen select lt Execute tasks gt The Execute Task Arm Selection screen appears Diagnostics Execute Task Arm Selection 0 0
87. Display Display shutdown Display pause default Pulse phase With this entity you can configure the Pulse phase alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Tank low level With this entity you can configure the Tank low level alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Tank empty With this entity you can configure the Tank empty alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Temperature sensor With this entity you can configure the Temperature sensor alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Low temperature With this entity you can configure the Disabled Low temperature alarm behavior in Display case this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default High temperature With this entity you can configure the Disabled High temperature alarm behavior in Display case this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Pressure sensor With this entity you can configure the Pressure sensor alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs
88. Enraf Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 5 4 1 5 4 2 5 4 3 Menu and Navigation General The menu based Human Machine Interface HMI on the MSC L is Intuitive and informative With the HMI interface you can operate configure and service the MSC L The Main Menu consists of colored icons and logically structured sub menus Key benefits of the HMI on the Main Menu Following are the key benefits of the menu based HMI of the MSC L B Clean intuitive and informative user interface m t is not necessary to memorize parameter codes and enumeration value Wizard based configuration for meter calibration Flexible I O configuration Diagnostic screens Record based approach to transactions recipes and calibrations to make reuse possible m Interoperable with Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD and the inte grated keyboard m Graphical user interface for Fusion4 LAD The following sections provide a brief explanation of the main menu items and aspects Navigation Rules for the Menu based Screens Following are the navigation rules for the menu based screens of the MSC L m By default the Diagnostics icon is selected m When an entity is selected a white color focus rectangle appears around it m When a single stream is selected the values for the entities of a single stream are displayed on the screen m When a single arm is selected the values for the entities of a single arm are displaye
89. Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD m ue gt EX sg w y Bw F 2 j The key functions of the Fusion4 IR Controller NOTE m The IR controller range is limited to m 10 ft m The switch on the right hand side if present is not functional Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 3 Operation Service Tools 5 3 2 5 3 2 1 Fusion4 Local Access Device General The Local Access Device LAD is a hand held controller used for interfacing with the Fusion4 product family allowing tasks such as parameter adjustment alarm resetting and calibration The device facilitates two way data communication between a parent device and LAD see section 5 2 Service Interfaces The functions supported by LAD are as follows 1 Rapid transfer of transaction data configuration of files and cali bration of records 2 Upgrade the firmware in the field SD card RS 485 power USB SD card LAD Key Panel reader Board Keys FIGURE 5 3 LAD and its system overview NOTE The LAD connection is not recognized by the MSC L during an active IR Controller session The LAD must be disconnected and then connected again after the IR Controller session is complete Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 4 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools 5 3 2 2 LAD Ap
90. General The System Config Device General screen appears System Config Device General Identification Units Display Time Settings Press OK to select 7 ME 4 n 10 28 22 2 On the System Config Device General screen select each entity to configure the MSC L Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 54 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 1 1 System Config General Identification Entity Site name The System Config Device General screen select Identification The following entities are displayed on the System Config General Identification screen Description The name of the site at which the MSC is located Value range A text string of maximum 20 characters Device name The name of the MSC L This entity specifies a unique identification of the device by a text string A text string of maximum 8 characters WnM intended reboot required 5 8 1 1 2 Entity Units of preset This entity denotes if the MSC L is W amp M intented Note You need to restart the MSC L after changing the entity System Config General Units rue W amp M compliant default False Not W amp M compliant On the System Config Device General screen select Units The following entities are displayed on the System Config General Units screen Description With this entity you can
91. Installation amp Operation Manual 5 251 Operation Truck Driver Operations Balance Icon Transaction details 01 Comp 1 2003 L DIESEL 02 Comp 2 2002 L KEROSINE 03 Comp 3 2003 L PETROL 04 Comp 4 2002 L USED OIL End transaction No A Press CK to select z A 11 20 16 A Balance icon is displayed on the screens of the MSC L which are intended for W amp M custody transfer The Transaction details screen is a W amp M intended screen It displays the balance icon as displayed in the figure above The screen displays all the batches in the GOV when the preset type is configured as the Load control on the GOV The Transaction details screen can be viewed by the truck driver or the operator having security level SL1 or higher 14 Perform any one of the following m Select No to load another batch m Select Yes if you want to end the transaction 5 252 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations A Disconnect screen appears where it is expected to disconnect the permissives like grounding overfill and so on Disconnect 5 17 3 Installation and Operation of NexWatch 1 On the Device Configuration COM n Setup screen select the following entities a Communication protocol Select lt Snet gt value range MSC L communicates with the NexWatch card reader b Baudrate Select lt Bau
92. Jumper for Electro Mechanical Relay contacts setting Position Description NO Relay contacts normally open NC Relay contacts normally closed 3 6 2 CAN PSF MSC 3 6 2 1 Functions The function of the CAN PSF MSC is to convert single phase AC main voltage into multiple DC voltages This powers the other modules in the MSC L and also provides DC power to external devices such as flow meters temperature sensors and so on On the system level two separate Power Supply Units PSUs operate the sharing current The two PSUs make the system powering redundant One PSU is able to power the complete system at maximum temperature See FIGURE 3 21 for the functions of the MSC L 24VDC isolated ARMI 24VDC Isolated ARM2 s a C sAaF r sma nn 111 _ _t nn _ 12VDC isolated ARMI 12VDC isolated ARM2 ARMI ARM2 control AG input FIGURE 3 21 CAN PSF MSC functions Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 32 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout 3 6 2 2 Power Board Connection The CAN PSF MSC is mounted inside the MSC L Ex d box through a DIN41612 F type 48 pins connector It is mounted on the ARM x BACKPLANE MSC and connected to AC input and DC outputs The heat generating components are conducted to the enclosure A mechanical cooling method is implemented together with the mechanical design of the
93. L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 157 Operation Logs NOTE To view the logs use the right arrow on the LAD or IR Controller to view the previous set of records in a list of records which spans more than a page and left arrow on the LAD or IR Controller to view the next set of records in a list of records which spans more than one page Logs Transaction Calibration Alarm Events Load profiles gt M TES Press OK to select ga 06 12 30 5 11 1 Transaction 1 On the Logs screen select Transaction and then select OK on the IR controller the LAD or the keyboard The Logs All Arms Transaction Log screen appears which displays all the transaction records Logs All Arms Transaction Log Date Time Driver sen N Page 1 of 2 Use the arrows to scroll 09 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 08 04 14 06 12 17 13 24 15 12 22 08 12 18 15 11 44 18 10 12 28 10 07 53 10 03 3 10 02 00 10 00 41 09 47 41 09 46 03 09 32 37 09 26 56 JOHN Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin Admin B ira 06 12 43 2 Select any one of the transactions and then select lt OK gt on the IR controller or the LAD Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp
94. Load GOV 19 13 L Remaining qty 87 L 283 Flow rate min Press OK to continue LX NC 093029 FIGURE 5 43 Loading progress for the default language with progress bar color white See FIGURE 5 44 for a sample of a loading progress when the default language selected in the User display language is English UK and different colors are selected for the arms Arm 1 03 05 Arm 1 Load Progress 3961 3000 SS u Compartment 2 x 3456 Recipe s Load GOV 3 9 6 1 L Remaining qty 4039 L 1790 Flow rate min Press OK to continue 2 aa 10 11 52 FIGURE 5 44 Loading progress for the default language with different colors for the arms Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 272 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Running Screens The following table describes the operational data on the Load Progress screen Acronym used on the Load Progress screen Compartment Description Displays the Compartment ID entered Arm name Displays the name of the Arm that is selected Recipe name Displays the name of the Recipe that is selected Load GOV Displays the GOV of the finished product being loaded Remaining qty Displays the remaining quality of the finished product that is yet to be loaded Flow rate Displays the actual flow rate The Load GOV the Remaining qty and the Flow rate are the default labels These labels can be co
95. NAME CN 201 8 DO EMR AC DC 21 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Yellow Q 10 DO EMR 21 DO EMR AC DC 22 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 22 DO EMR AC DC 23 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 23 DO EMR AC DC 24 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 24 CN 202 8 DO EMR AC DC 25 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Yellow L 10 DO EMR 25 DO EMR AC DC 26 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 26 DO EMR AC DC 27 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 27 DO EMR AC DC 28 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 28 CN 203 8 DO EMR AC DC 31 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Yellow Q 9 DO EMR 31 DO EMR AC DC 32 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 32 DO EMR AC DC 33 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 33 DO EMR AC DC 34 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 34 CN 204 8 DO EMR AC DC 35 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Yellow L 9 DO EMR 35 DO EMR AC DC 36 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 36 DO EMR AC DC 37 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 37 DO EMR AC DC 38 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 38 CN 205 8 DO EMR AC DC 29 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Yellow Q 8 DO EMR 29 DO EMR AC DC 30 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO EMR 30 DO EMR AC DC 39 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 39 DO EMR AC DC 40 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO EMR 40 CN 206 8 DO SSR AC 21 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange L 8 DO SSR 21 DO SSR AC 22 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 22 CN 207 8 DO SSR AC 23 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange Q 7 DO SSR 23 DO SSR AC 24 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 24 CN 208 8 DO SSR AC 25 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange L 7 DO SSR 25 DO SSR AC 26 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 26 CN 209 8 DO SSR AC 27 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange Q 6 DO SSR 27 DO SSR AC 28 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 28 CN 210 8 DO SSR AC 29 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange L 6 DO SSR 29 Part No 4418 309
96. NOT disconnect during data transfer test dual color e green mapped I O function has good health and is active red mapped I O is inactive red blinking mapped I O has bad health off no I O mapping exists Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 9 Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools 5 3 4 3 Special Function Key Only LAD User defined LAD functions such as transferring transactions to the LAD display of the diagnostics screen and calibration wizard process can be mapped to the F key You can configure the special function key through the HMI of the Fusion4 device Note The Fusion4 LAD special function key may not be applicable for all Fusion4 devices Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 10 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools 5 3 4 4 SD Card NOTE Format the SD card before using it for the first time See section 5 16 6 Format SD Card for more infor mation about formatting the SD card The LAD contains an SD card slot which is located at the top front face of the LAD See FIGURE 5 7 FIGURE 5 7 SD card location in LAD lid opened m The SD card uses a FAT file system to allow interpretability with Microsoft Windows platforms m The SD card is used for the storage of the following e LAD firmware e LAD license key
97. Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 30 L L Live Additive blocking valve DO SSR 31 F SSr31 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 31 O SSr31 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 31 N N Neutral DO SSR 31 L L Live DO SSR 32 F SSr32 feed ac Feed DO SSR 32 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 32 L L Live Additive blocking valve Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID gat pets description Type functions DO SSR 33 F SSr33_feed_ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 33 O SSr33_sw_ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 33 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 33 L L Live DO SSR 34 F SSr34 feed ac Feed DO SSR 34 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 34 L L Live Additive blocking valve DO SSR 35 F SSr35 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 35 O SSr35 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 35 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 35 L L Live DO SSR 36 F SSr36 feed ac Feed Alarm shutdown DO SSR 36 N N Neutral Pump start Additive blocking DO SSR 36 L L L
98. Operation Device Commissioning Diagnostics Advanced Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Diagnostics Comms Info Serial Diagnostics Comms Info Ethernet Diagnostics Clear tasks For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 12 Diagnostics Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 49 Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 7 Transfer Transfer For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 15 Transfer Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 50 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 8 LAD Functions LAD For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section NOTE The language settings are applicable at a workflow level and are available for use after restarting the MSC L device Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 51 Operation Loading Application Overview 5 7 Loading Application Overview NOTE FIGURE 5 21 illustrates the loading application for each stream This overview is also applicable for 6 Arms Load recipe IR remote LAD comms Alarm indication hard wired
99. Operation Menu and Navigation FIGURE 5 10 5 4 5 Stream Selection 5 4 5 1 Product Streams For some of the entities available in the MSC L for example the Accumulated totals a specific product stream needs to be selected When the entity is selected the respective screen appears on which you can select the required stream See the following screen for an example of the product stream selection be Diagnostics Accu Totals Products DINI Stream 1 All streams O stream 2 xm Stream 3 1T n O Stream 4 ANHO Stream 5 O Stream 6 C Au Stream 7 0 0 O Stream 8 O Stream 9 i O Stream 10 Stream 11 i9 Stream 12 u scr Press OK to select Stream 1 Product Stream Selection screen Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 17 Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 5 2 Additive Streams For some of the entities available in the MSC L for example the lt Accumulated totals gt a specific stream needs to be selected for the additive stream When the entity is selected the respective screen appears on which you can select the required stream See the following screen for an example of the additive stream selection Diagnostics Accu Totals Additives O Stream 1 O Stream 2 Stream 3 GNE GENTE Stream 6
100. Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical die ID eel netu description Type functions Feed Pulse output control Signal Output Feed Signal Output Signal Output Analog output control Signal Output Signal Output Signal Output Signal Output Signal Output RS485 A CH6 Receive RS485 Preferred interface communication to eee AI interface 2 wire TAS RS485 Commo 0V Fusion4 Portal n_CH6 Smart Additive 5485 A CH7 Receive RS485 A CH7 Transmit RS485 Commo 0V n CH7 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 78 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical se ID gat mene description Type functions CN 247 1 ETH 3 T ETHER_TXP Transmit Ethernet Preferred interface positive communication to interface TAS 2 ETH 3 T ETHER_TXN Uo Ponal VON Smart Additive 3 ETH 3 R ETHER_RXP Receive positive 4 ETH 3 R ETHER_RXN Receive negative MAINS 3 L Live Live Mains AC power Redundant input external AC power MAINS 3 N Neutral Neutral device MAINS 3 E Earth Earth operation MAINS 4 L Live Live Mains AC power Redundant ext
101. Provides an overview of the switch counts which maintains the number of times certain output is switched on or off m Advanced Provides the Load profile W amp M info and OIML infor mation Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 169 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 1 Alarms On the Diagnostics screen select Alarms to reset or acknowledge the alarms The Diagnostics Alarms screen appears which displays the alarms available The alarms can be reset or acknowledged Alarms All alarms 2 alarms Arm 3 Gasoline 09 49 Blend tolerance high Arm 3 Ethanol 09 49 No product a A Use arrow keys to select E n 09 50 00 Alarms can be reset or acknowledged individually by scrolling to each of them All alarms can be reset or acknowledged together also Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 170 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics 5 12 2 Dashboard On the Diagnostics screen select Dashboard to view the state or value of all the available I O blocks in the MSC L The Diagnostics Dashboard screen appears which displays the following input output features Diagnostics Dashboard Digital input Digital output Pulse input Pulse output Analog I O
102. Provides the firmware to control the pulse input signals from the connected flow meters CAN IN OUT MSC FM IN OUT Provides I O functions which are necessary to control the enhanced loading and additive injection processes CAN PSF MSC Delivers the internal power for the MSC L MSC SHORTCUT BOARDS Protects the internal electronics so that the high current can be withdrawn a A PCB with software installed 3 5 3 Grounding Concept The CAN ARM MSC board and the CAN IN OUT MSC board contain two grounding points which are mechanically connected with the metal housing using the metal spacers as displayed in FIGURE 3 11 In addition these boards connect the GND cables which are connected to the backplane through multiple pins of the DIN41612 F type 48 pins connector LIS ILL Ai a ui ka 1424667 803452768 IFE ESTS A cud I I T4 to P A 7 SIC PEEP a i red 17543 2112 4 C112 S s aa d 03 12 3 42 allies 42 6012 226 ue 77722 MERI ipapa nana i pop a ga ee te O SERS WERTE j Shs 72 e PE DREW kE ETTI 2345 0234 il 21 al fr cu sd 5 2 I t bag Kam ka mkarikiarikas rZ 2 342557288234 557 i 125 45 47 5808 2 14 24 7 5 2324567022424 Z 0 WEEP WIE WERE Ps 227 27 2 LO Re nnw sal IF
103. RTD 8 RTD 4 RTD 5 RTD 6 Al 1 Al 2 Al 3 Al 4 Al 5 Al 6 Al 7 Al 8 Al 9 Al 10 Al 11 Al 12 AI 13 Al 14 None Block valve feedback With this entity you can select the physical source for the block valve feedback function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None 5 128 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 2 1 1 Pump Feedback m If the Pump feedback I O binding is defined then the controller should generate an error if the pump indication input is inactive after the pump demand is active m he allowable delay is defined by the Pump feedback timeout entity defined in the alarm settings submenu for this alarm 5 9 2 2 1 2 Tank Low Level Switch Supply tank level monitoring is useful in applications where a very small supply tank is used This is typical in portable or mobile applications such as truck mounted systems By monitoring a hardware input connected to a level switch in the supply tank the controller can detect when the level in the tank is nearing empty and take appropriate action This prevents the pump from running completely dry and prevents fueling operations from being interrupted mid load The tank level signals used should provide a simple form contact closure upon the detection of a low level in excess of some low point in the supply tank Considera
104. STOP key to stop all the run ning batches Select the navigation buttons to move left right up or down to configure parameter Navigation entities in the device buttons eb Navigation buttons Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 7 Operation Service Tools 5 3 4 Navigation with Fusion4 IR Controller and Fusion4 LAD 5 3 4 1 Basic Navigation Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD The basic navigation of the Fusion4 IR Controller the Fusion4 LAD and the Integrated keyboard are identical See FIGURE 5 6 Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD Integrated Keyboard A Up V Down lt Left gt Right OK Select ESC Back DEL keyboard Clear FIGURE 5 6 Basic navigation Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD Integrated keyboard Fusion4 MSC L 5 8 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools 5 3 4 2 LEDs Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD Button send blinking Description Fusion4 IR control ler is ready for operation NOTE When the LED is OFF select the ATTN key on the LAD to wake up the Fusion4 IR controller Button status dual color Description e green OK red Fault data amber ON data transfer Note Do
105. Source Destination Mains 3 L Mains 3 L Mains Supply Ma ns 3 N Y i Mains 3 Ni DI AC N DLAC N DI AC 7 L DI AC 7 L DI AC 8 L 1 DI AC 9 L DI AC 9 L DLAC N CN218 AC Inputs DI AC 10 L D1 AC 11 D DI AC 11 L DI AC 12 L DO SSR 24 0 DO SSR 24 0 DO SSR 24 HM DO SSR Z25 0 DO SSR Z2h5 NH DO SSR 26 0 DO SSR Z8 NH DO SSR 27 0j DO SSR 27 HM DO SSR 28 0 DO SSR 28 N DO SSR 28 0 DO SSR 28 MH DO SSR 30 0 DO SSR 30 N DO SSR 34 O Block Valve ar DO SSR 31 N So Encid o Pump DO SSR 32 0 nda DO SSR 32 M DO SSR 33 0 DO SSR 33 MN DO SSR 34 0 DO SSR 34 DO SSR 35 0 DO SSR 35 HN DO SSR 38 0 DO SSR 38 MH DO SSR 37 O DO SSR 37 N DO SSR 38 0 DO SSR 38 N DO SSR 39 0 DO SSR 38 NH DO SSR 40 0 DO SSR 40 N CN210 CN211 CN212 CN213 CNZ14 CNZ15 FIGURE 4 34 AC cable 9 gland 24 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 46 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 25 AC Cable 10 Gland 25 Amoured Unshielded Cable De stination DO EMR 21 DO EMR 21 B DO EMR 21 B DO EMR 22 A e DO EMR 22 A DO EMR 23 A DO EMR 23 A DO EMR 23 B DO EMR 23 B 2 DO EMR 22 B DO EMR 22 B EH e 7 DO EMR 24 A DO EMR 24 A DO EMR 24 B DO EMR 24 B DO EMR 25 A DO EMR 25 DO EMR 25 B 2 DO EMR 25
106. System Config Options On the System Config Device Workflow settings screen select lt Options gt The following entities are displayed Description Value range Allows you to configure the maximum default 0 number of batches that can be loaded simultaneously using different arms Multiple loads per arm Allows you to enable or disable the Enable default functionality to perform multiple Disable batches on an arm in the same transaction Batch start When configured as remote the batch lt Local gt default can be started remotely through TAS Remote When configured as local the batch can only be started using the START key Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Entity Description Workflow Selection This configuration selects which workflow is started when the device is powered up The MSC L can support two independent workflow configurations Default and Custom One of these two configurations Default is programmed in the factory and contains sufficient functionality to perform compartment loading without any TAS interaction The MSC L prompting configuration settings enable and disable certain specific prompts used in this default workflow The custom workflow can be initialized by first changing the workflow selection setting to custom and then applying a custom work
107. a single fuse on the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Fusing and Power Consumption FIGURE 4 4 illustrates the architecture of the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 10 1 A with Pt 1 6 AC FUSED 1 AC FUSED 2 AC FUSED 3 AC FUSED 4 AC FUSED 5 AC FUSED 6 10 A with 1500 breaking current AC FUSED 7 AC IN AC FUSED 8 AC FUSED 9 AC FUSED 10 TO 1 A with lt lt 1 6 AC FUSED 1 AC FUSED 2 AC FUSED 3 AC FUSED 4 AC FUSED 5 AC FUSED 6 10 A with 1500 breaking current AC FUSED 7 AC FUSED 8 AC FUSED 9 AC FUSED 10 FIGURE 4 4 Architecture of MSC SHORTCUT BOARD Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 15 Installation Fusing and Power Consumption Boards CAN ARM MSC 4 6 1 2 NOTE 4 6 2 Number of boards External Fusing External fuse can also be connected to the AC mains input available for the MSC L There are two different power supply units which can either be powered using the individual AC sources or the common AC source m Use two 217 005 P little fuse or equivalent on each AC source for a system with separate AC mains for each power supply m Use a single 217 010 P little fuse or equivalent for the common AC source External fusing is not required as all the fusing is done internally on the CAN PSF MSC board
108. amp Operation Manual 5 207 Operation Calibration Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to select the calibration point The Calibration Stream n Edit Meter Profile Wizard screen appears when a calibration record is selected Delete Calibrate Save Press OK to select 2 07 48 18 The following functions can be performed e Add Adds a new calibration point to the meter profile Delete Deletes the selected calibration point Calibrate Re calibrates the selected calibration point Saves Saves the meter profile generates Calibration Log record NOTE While adding a new calibration point the initial meter factor is considered to be 1 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 208 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration 4 5 If the Add function is selected then the Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears on which the preset volume must be entered Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard Enter preset volume L 1000 00 nunn m DoT Boe 00 Press to confirm value Enter the preset volume and then select Confirm The Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears on which the flowrate must be entered Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard Enter flowrate L min uno m Docce i VA 07 5351 Press to enter character Enter the flowrate and then selec
109. at the Display severity 4 f the Device alarm D is deactivated then it is removed from all the loading arms But since there is still one active alarm Display severity on the product stream 1 it affects the loading arm L1 Hence L1 will have Display severity 5 Now if PS3 is activated it does not affect any loading arm as stream P3 is not associated to any loading arm However this alarm appears in the alarm screens and in the alarm log 6 If the alarm action for PS1 is changed from Display to Shutdown amp Display there is no effect at this point This is because the alarm action used in the MSC L is only sampled at the time the alarm is activated 7 If PS1 is deactivated it removes the last activated Display alarm for L1 and hence L1 changes to Alarm severity None 8 If PS1 is activated then it uses the configured Shutdown amp Display alarm action and brings the alarm severity of L1 to Shutdown amp Display 9 Ifa stream has an active alarm then it is not allowed to associate the stream to a loading arm or to dissociate from a loading arm You need to try and clear the alarms first or reboot the MSC L after the faulty re configuration is made The loading progress bars at the left side of the screen display an icon which indicates the state of the loading arms The state of the loading Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Alarm Output
110. blocking valve Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf 4 51 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan Signal Typical HS ID Pigna name description RE functions DO SSR 5 F SSr5 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 5 O SSr5 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 5 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 5 L L Live DO SSR 6 F SSr6 feed ac Feed Alarm shutdown DO SSR 6 N N Neutral Pump start Product block DO SSR 6 L L Live valve Additive blocking valve DO SSR 7 F SSr7_feed_ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 7 O 55 7 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 7 N N Neutral DO SSR 7 L L Live DO SSR 8 F SSr8 feed ac Feed DO SSR 8 N N Neutral Aarm Incication Pump start DO SSR 8 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve 4 52 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID Pigna name description functions DO SSR 9 F SSr9_feed_ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Addit
111. bra nd eae ee a a 5 237 5 16 2 Firmware Update 5 238 5 16 2 1 Verify the Firmware Update 5 240 5 16 3 Test LED and LAD Information Submenus 5 241 5 16 4 Function 5 242 5 16 5 LAD 5 242 9410 5 Format SD Gard dcos didici B ede dcin Mec d AS a k Gi k doa asa aoa Ce a 5 243 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Table of Contents 5 17 5 17 1 5 1 7 2 9 17 3 9 17 4 9 17 5 5 17 51 5 17 5 2 5 17 5 3 5 1 5 4 5 18 5 18 1 5 18 2 5 18 3 5 18 4 5 19 5 19 1 5 19 2 5 20 5 20 1 5 20 2 5 20 3 5 20 4 CHAPTER 6 6 1 6 2 6 2 1 6 2 2 6 2 3 6 2 4 6 2 5 6 3 6 3 1 6 3 2 6 3 3 6 4 6 5 6 5 1 6 5 2 6 5 3 6 5 4 6 5 5 Truck Driver Operations 5 244 OVOIVIOW s sordi pirelli e eredi Ps 5 244 Default standalone MSC L workflow 5 245 Installation and Operation of 5 253 STOP Key Operations 5 262 Error Scenarios eee 5 265 IVa PIN 5 265 Invalid G u hale oa dos alit 5 265 Batch not Feasible 5 266 Batc
112. control Product block valve DO EMR 10 B EMR_common Neutral DO EMR 19 A EMR19 no Signal Output Deadman bell DO EMR 19 B common Neutral DO EMR 20 A EMR20 no Signal Output Secondary DO EMR 20 B common Neutral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance DO SSR 1 Floor plan ID Signal name SSr1 feed ac Signal description Feed DO SSR 1 SSr1 sw ac Signal Output DO SSR 1 N Neutral DO SSR 1 L Live DO SSR 2 SSr2_feed_ac Feed DO SSR 2 SSr2_sw_ac Signal Output DO SSR 2 N Neutral DO SSR 2 L Live Type High frequency fast switching AC output control Typical functions Actuator outputs Additive solenoid Additive injection feedback Alarm shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Product block valve Additive blocking valve SSr3 feed ac Feed SSr3 sw ac Signal Output N Neutral L Live SSr4_feed_ac Feed SSr4 sw ac Signal Output N Neutral L Live High frequency fast switching AC output control Actuator outputs Additive solenoid Additive injection feedback Alarm shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Product block valve Additive
113. default lt 300 gt L min Full flowrate With this entity the target flow rate of the final product when it is neither in Ini tial or pre stop states is determined lt 1 gt L min to lt 1000000 gt L min default lt 1800 gt L min Pre stop flowrate With this entity the target flow rate of the final product when the amount of delivered product is greater than the following Batch Preset Volume Pre stop Volume is determined lt 1 gt L min to lt 1000000 gt L min default lt 300 gt L min Low flow rate lt 1 gt L min to lt 1000000 gt L min default lt 300 gt L min High flow rate 1 L min to 1000000 L min default 1800 L min Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 142 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration C AUTION 5 10 4 NOTE CAUTION Arm Configuration Arm n Product Streams 1 On the Arm Configuration Arm n screen select Product stream selection The Arm Configuration Arm n Product Streams screen appears Arm Configuration Arm 1 Product Streams Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream 3 Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 Stream 9 Stream 10 Stream 11 Stream 12 enabled To clear the checkbox press lt OK gt again Streams that are bound to the Arm selected have the checkbox enabled Streams that are bound to another arm are dimmed On
114. detected on the temperature sensor on the product stream Tank low level The Tank low level signal is received This signal is received only when the I O binding input DI PI and so on are not active for the Tank low level input Tank empty The Tank empty signal is received This signal is received only when the I O binding input DI and so on are not active for the Tank empty input Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf For More Information To learn more about Honeywell Enraf s solutions contact your Honeywell Enraf account manager or visit www honeywellenraf com Americas Honeywell Enraf Americas Inc 2000 Northfield Ct Roswell GA 30076 USA Phone 1 770 475 1900 E mail enraf us honeywell com Europe Middle East and Africa Honeywell Enraf Delftechpark 39 2628 XJ Delft The Netherlands Phone 31 0 15 2701 100 E mail enraf nl honeywell com Asia Pacific Honeywell Pte Ltd 17 Changi Business Park Central 1 Singapore 486073 Phone 65 6355 2828 E mail enraf sg honeywell com 4418309 Revision 05 March 2015 2015 Honeywell International Inc Honeywell Enraf
115. determine the amount of product that must be deliv ered into the compartment at the Initial Flow Rate to ensure that the risk of static discharge is eliminated 0 L to 1000000 L default 300 L Batch pre stop quantity With this entity you can determine the volume before the end of the batch at which the flow rate must be adjusted to dispense the exact quantity requested 0 L to 1000000 L default 300 L Batch clean arm quantity With this entity the amount of the unblended main product at the end of a batch can be determined The flow rate to obtain this volume is not defined though it is still restricted due to the lim itations mentioned previously How ever blending during delivering the clean arm volume is not permitted 0 L to 1000000 L default 300 L Minimum preset quantity With this entity the minimum preset quantity can be configured Presets entered below this value are not accepted for a valid batch default 0 L Maximum preset quantity With this entity the maximum preset quantity can be configured Presets entered above this value are not accepted for a valid batch default 30000 L Initial flowrate With this entity the rate at which the final product is initially filled into the container until the delivered volume is greater than the Initial Volume is deter mined lt 1 gt L min to lt 1000000 gt L min
116. device for example the MSC L the Fusion4 IR Controller can be used for its intended purpose Perform the following steps to use the device 1 Direct the device at the IR port of the equipment to be programmed 2 Select ATTN on the IR Controller to turn the device and provide the initial program command to the MSC L Refer to the specific equipment s user s manual for defined programmed functions The device automatically stops after 30 seconds if an activity is not performed This helps in preserving the battery life Maintenance and Troubleshooting In the unlikely event of a malfunction only a qualified service technician trained by Honeywell Enraf and with the knowledge of safety regulations for working in hazardous areas must be allowed to repair the MSC L Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the IR Controller 2 4 7 Additional Information For additional information about Honeywell Enraf s solutions see the back cover of this manual to contact Honeywell Enraf or its representative 2 4 8 IR Controller Labels Honeywell Enraf GCHMC R CONTROLLER PROCESS CONTROL EQUIP 5R41 FOR USE IN HAZLOC LISTED INTRINSICALLY SAFE CLASS GROUPS C D TEMP T 3G 95D 118535 EEx lb A T4 WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY AVERTISSMENT LA SUBSTITUTION DE COMPOSANTS PEU
117. diagonal display m Multi language support for main screens which are as follows English US English UK e French Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 35 System Description Available Input Output Functions of the MSC L e German e Dutch Spanish e Chinese Japanese Polish Portuguese e Italian Thai One additional configurable user language m Menu driven service interface e LAD intrinsic safe interface e IR interface which is compatible with the Fusion4 IR Controller Real time clock for time stamping Seven communication ports and three ethernet ports for inter facing with the safe area tools and systems 3 6 5 Environment Parameter Operating temperature 40 C 65 C 40 F 149 F 20 C 65 C A F 149 F Electronics designed 40 85 C 40 F 185 F 40 85 C 40 F 185 F and and RoHS RoHS Storage temperature 85 C 40 F 185 F 85 C 40 F 185 F Ingress protection IP66 NEMA 4X IP54 NEMA 3R SD card compartment behind lid IP20 1 Restriction of Hazardous Substances 3 7 Available Input Output Functions of the MSC L The following table lists the different types of interfaces supported by the boards Refer to section Single Pulse Input DI DC Input 3 8 2 and 3 8 3 Dual Pulse Input Qu
118. driver can perform loading operations by navigating through the various screens designed for truck loading FIGURE 5 39 provides an overview of the truck loading operations The screens displayed in grey are optional The vehicle authorization prompts can be enabled or disabled from the workflow options on the device configuration menus The permissive connect screens appear only if the respective I O bindings are configured on the Bay I O Bindings menu This navigation is the factory default navigation which is available when using the MSC L is stan dalone and is not controlled by the TAS The data entered on a few screens are validated and the invalid entry can result in errors Attach Attach Vapor Attach Overfill Re ry Enter Load Enter Contact Enter Trailer Enter Vehicle Enter Carrier number Select arm Select recipe End Transaction Load another compartment Press start number ID ID Enter Enter return compartment qty Batch details Confirm Enter preset FIGURE 5 39 Sequence of Truck driver operations Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 244 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations 5 17 2 Default standalone MSC L workflow NOTE This procedure is applicable in standalone mode and is not controlled by the TAS 1 When the MSC L displays the Welcome screen press OK on the keyboard Welcome Press OK to begin m 092114
119. enclosure See FIGURE 3 22 for information regarding the mechanical specification of CAN PSF MSC FIGURE 3 22 Mechanical specification drawings 3 6 2 3 Hardware Specifications The following table specifies the hardware I O specifications of the AC port Conditions Minimum Typical Maximum Input voltage Input frequency Inrush current Power Factor at the maximum current Power consumption Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 33 System Description PCB Layout Conditions Minimum Typical Maximum Efficiency Insulation voltage AC Input to all DC outputs Insulation voltage AC Input to PE Leakage current AC Input to PE The following table specifies the hardware I O specifications of the DC output 1 DC output 2 and DC output 3 DC Output Conditions Minimum Typical Maximum Output 1 DC Voltage DC Current DC OVP Over Current Limit Output 2 DC Voltage DC Current DC OVP Over Current Limit Output 3 DC Voltage DC Current DC OVP Over Current Limit The following table specifies the hardware l O specifications of the common DC output Conditions Minimum Maximum S C protection DC outputs all Load Regulation DC outputs all Line Regulation DC outputs all Ripple and Noise DC Outputs all R
120. entity you can enter the time 10 lt 600 gt s in seconds between the last key default 300 s pressed on the IR Controller and the moment the display switches back to one of the running screens Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 58 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Description Value range User display language With this entity you can select the display language for the running screens English UK English US default French German Dutch Spanish Chinese Japanese Polish Portuguese Italian Thai Local Language 5 8 1 1 3 2 System Config Display Operational Screen Entity Dynamic label 1 Dynamic label 2 and Dynamic label 3 On the System Config General Display screen select Operational screen The following entities are displayed Description With this entity you can select the values which are required to appear on the Load progress screen Value range Preset Load GOV Load GSV gt Remaining time Flow rate Mass Accumulated GOV Accumulated GSV gt Remaining quantity Temperature Pressure Density Blend 1 GOV Blend 2 GOV Blend 3 GOV Blend 1 GSV gt Blend 2 GSV gt Blend 3 GSV gt Blend 1 ratio Blend 2 ratio Blend 3 ratio Additive 1 PPM
121. following table The version can be checked in the Info Device Info screen Firmware Software version CAN HMI MSC FM HMI A N N xx CAN ARM MSC FM ARM A N N xx CAN ARM MSC FM PI A lt N gt lt N gt xx CAN IN OUT MSC FM IN OUT Not legally relevant NOTE NN is the version mentioned in the W amp M certificate 5 14 2 Status Legend The Status Legend displays the overview of the status characters that are displayed along with the PV data Following table explains when the status character are displayed See the following figure for more information Status Character Category Data is not W amp M approved Data is actual Data is stored Data has reduced accuracy Data is killed Data is under range Data is manually overwritten Data is old Data is over range Data is uninitialized Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 222 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer Status Character Category Data is in Fail Info Status Legend Data is not W amp M approved Data is actual Data is stored Data has reduced accuracy Data is killed Data is underrange Data is manually overwritten Data is old Data is overrange Data is uninitialized Data is in fail ga 12 11 47 5 15 Transfer NOTE The Transfer functions are available only when LAD is connected to the MSC L Main Menu Transfer FIGU
122. grounding facilities are available to ground the MSC L enclosure with an external ground reference point See section 2 2 6 1 Grounding for more information 9 nternal grounding is available for each gland entry to ground the internal electronics and ground earth signal of the cables See section 2 2 6 1 Grounding for more information 10 Metric or the NPT cable entry layout See section 4 2 Gland Entries for more information 11 Mounting facilities for the type plates and an optional tag plate as illustrated in the following figure Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 4 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Mounting and Dimensions Typeplate Tagplate Typeplate 12 Optional breather drain as illustrated in the following figure 13 Intrinsically safe interface connector for LAD as illustrated in the following figure 14 Glass window for display and IR interface for IR controller as illus trated in the following figure Glass window Keyboard LAD interface connector LOG x WARNING Do arill into the housing as this invalidates the explosion safety approvals REMARK Refer to the specific equipments guides for directions to carry and lift the equipment or parts that weigh more than 18 kgs Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 5 Installation Gland Entries
123. hi Signal Input DI DC 57 C COMMON Common DI DC 58 H DC58 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 58 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 59 H DC59 hi Signal Input DI DC 59 C COMMON Common DI DC 60 H DC60 hi Signal Input DI DC 60 C COMMON Common Al 8 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 8 C 24 V common ae Digital mode for m de digital input Al 8 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 9 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 9 C 24 V common di Digital mode for mode digital input Al 9 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical die ID eel netur description Type functions Al 10 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 10 C 24 V common i Digital mode for mode digital input Al 10 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode Al 11 24 V 24 V Power active Analog input 4 20 mA input for mode control temperature measurement Al 11 C 24 V common di Digital mode for node digital input Al 11 A Analog signal Signal Input active passive mode
124. intended and compliant for W amp M custody transfer operations See FIGURE 5 16 for an example of the status bar displaying the seal icon The seal icon is displayed with a black strikethrough when the MSC L is configured as W amp M intended but not compliant for W amp M custody transfer operations See FIGURE 5 17 for an example of the status bar displaying the seal icon with a strikethrough The seal icon is not displayed when the MSC L is not configured as not intended for W amp M custody transfer See FIGURE 5 18 for an example of the status bar not displaying the seal icon LAD icon Lock icon Press OK to select J e a 09 25 38 Message bar TAS icon Seal icon without strikethrough FIGURE 5 16 Status bar displaying the seal icon LAD icon Lock icon Br ETE Press to select co A 10 05 02 Message bar TAS icon Seal icon with strikethrough FIGURE 5 17 Status bar displaying the seal icon with a strikethrough Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 22 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Security FIGURE 5 18 TAS icon LAD icon Lock icon Status bar without the seal icon 5 5 Device Security A security level based access controls the activities which a user can perform using the MSC L The MSC L user management takes care of the following actions m Identify entering a pin or providing a card B Authorize
125. luni OK new batch hi to j Stren if dn inia ESC previous Back to From Fe E e a LC S hold ESC Login for Login for Login for main menu stream details alarm overview i From anywhere in the E Ld i Service Engineer i Screens hold ESC L t Stream Alarm FORA details overview i Service Engineer screens FIGURE 5 19 Rules of Navigation NOTE If you forget the password JP2 of SW1 must be set to ON on the CAN HMI MSC see FIGUHE 5 20 Holding ESC key on the keyboard allows you to Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 25 Operation Device Security directly login to the Main Menu as a Power User The event is registered in the events log LEV LE2 LE3 LE4 LES 1 6 CN3 FIGURE 5 20 SW1 on CAN HMI MSC board Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 26 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 5 6 1 5 6 2 Device Commissioning Using the Menu Commissioning of the MSC L is performed by its menu based interface You can select various submenus by using the Fusion4 IR Controller the Fusion4 LAD or the keyboard and by starting from the Main Menu In this way all entities can be reached and set Menu Structure The following images provide an overview of all the entities and the parameters For the complete description of all possible configuration settings see FIGURE 5 21
126. n QPI 1 QPI 1B AI 1 DO SSR 1 AO 1 AO 2 DO SSR 13 PO 1 DO EMR 1 0 00686 Active 947500 947500 Active Active Active QPI 4A 0 QPI 4B 0 AI 2 0 00685 DI AC 2 Low AI 3 0 00683 AI 5 0 00684 DI AC 1 Low DI DC 1 Low DI DC 2 Low LAD OK Error Keyboard OK fa 12 59 00 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 193 Operation Calibration 5 13 Calibration 5 13 1 Why Calibrate A flow meter provides a number of pulses per amount of fuel that passes the meter The number of pulses per unit of volume the meter provides is called K factor This K factor is specified per delivered flow meter by the manufacturer To increase the accuracy of the flow meter a calibration process can be performed This process is performed by comparing the actual resulting fuel volume received in a calibrated vessel see FIGURE 5 28 with the displayed value on the MSC L display which is the result of the value returned from the flow meter MSC L High frequency pulses Product stream Control valve Calibrated vessel FIGURE 5 28 Calibrating the flow meter for the Product Stream Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 194 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration MSC L High frequency pulses Additive stream Solenoid valve Cal
127. of the unused DO SSR n DO EMR n physical source for the additive PO n or None solenoid control function Block valve control With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR n DO EMR n physical source for the block valve PO n or None control function Injection feedback With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR n DO EMR n physical source for the injection PO n or None feedback function Pump demand With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR n DO EMR n physical source for the pump demand func PO n or None tion Factored pulse out With this entity you can select the PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 or None physical source for the factored pulse out function 5 9 2 2 2 1 Solenoid Control If a running batch contains additives the particular additive solenoid must be opened and closed when an additive injection is triggered solenoid open close is signalled 5 9 2 2 2 2 Block Valve Control m f the Block valve I O binding is defined then the block valve output must be active when the permissive is True m The block valve must remain active until the stream permissive is lt False gt 5 9 2 2 2 3 Injection Feedback m This functionality is enabled by defining the additive injector feedback I O binding m Some injector feedback modes produce pulses of a fixed length For these modes the length of the pulse is determined by t
128. pulse signals from external flow measuring devices into numeric data that can be read by a FlexConn microprocessor 7 Analog Input Al 4 20 mA Active Passive circuits Converts analog signals received from a single external 4 20 mA trans mitter into a signal that can be read by the FlexConn microprocessor 2 Pulse Output DC PO DO circuits Converts logic signals from the FlexConn microprocessor into isolated switched DC signals 12 Digital Output Solid State Relay AC DO SSR AC circuits Converts logic signals from the FlexConn microprocessor into isolated high voltage switched AC signals Analog Output AO 4 20 mA Passive cir cuit Converts signals from the FlexConn microprocessor into scaled 4 20 mA analog signals 2 COMMS circuits 2 wire The RS 485 serial communication block which can be configured as a 2 wire circuit allows the MSC L to communicate with external devices through an RS 485 compliant connection An ETHER circuit The Ethernet communication block allows the FlexConn microprocessor to communicate with external devices through an Ethernet physical com pliant layer 3 Resistance Temperature Detector RTD 3 wire or 4 wire circuits Converts the temperature data from a remotely connected PT100 RTD into a resistance value that can be read by the FlexConn microcontroller and then converted back into a temperature value Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Man
129. required A loading arm can have product streams and additive streams Each of the logical streams contain a flow meter and a control valve solenoid to control the flow of the product or the additive The arm is physically on a bay and both the arms and the bays are logically part of the MSC L See FIGURE 5 40 for the configuration order Device Configuration Configuration Stream Bay Configuration Configuration Configuration order 1 Device Configuration Includes configuration of the MSC L level permissive like ESD device level alarms I O settings for various Os including the pulse inputs and so on See 5 8 1 Device Configuration for more information regarding the configuration of the parameters and the entities 2 Stream Configuration Includes the configuration of I O bindings for flow meter actuator DCV solenoid and various control settings for the streams For example the maximum flow rates minimum flow rates stream level alarms and so on See 5 9 Stream Configuration for more information regarding the configuration of the parameters and the entities 3 Arm Configuration Includes assigning streams to an arm configuring recipe arm level control parameters arm alarms and so on See 5 10 Arm Configuration for more information regarding the configuration of the parameters and the entities 5 268 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell En
130. set the smallest quantity specified for which the flow meter is capable of measuring within the applicable prescribed limit of error The preset value entered is validated against the MMQ If the value is less than the MMQ then a batch cannot be started default 0 00 L Minimum linear flow rate With this entity you can program the minimum linear flowrate for the flow meter installed default 200 00 L min Maximum flow rate With this entity you can set the maximum allowed flow rate default 2000 00 L min Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration Entity Description Value range Flow rate range margin With this entity you can set a band default 5 00 around the minimum linear meter flow and the maximum meter flow that ensures a certain amount of margin is used above the minimum and under the maximum flow rates The margin is defined as the percentage of the range between the minimum linear meter flow rate and the maximum meter flow rate and is applied to both limits That is the range of the meter is effectively reduced by twice the amount of the factor in terms of the loading profile Meter error threshold With this entity you can enter the default 3 maximum number of quad pulse errors permitted for every 1000 pulses If more than the specified number of pulses a
131. streams The Additive Stream Config Stream n screen appears On the Additive Stream Config Stream n screen select lt l O binding gt Select Inputs or Outputs and then select OK on the Fusion 4 IR controller Fusion 4 LAD or the integrated keyboard The following table provides the possible entities and the I O functions to which a specific entity can be linked 5 9 2 2 1 The 1 0 Bindings Input Parameters Additive stream meter Description With this entity you can select the physical pulse input for an additive pulse input NOTE The default value for all the Input entities are None Can be linked to Any of the unused QPI 1A to QPI 6B for additive streams 1 to 12 Any of the unused QPI 7A to QPI 12B for product streams 13 to 24 Pump feedback With this entity you can select physical source for the pump feedback function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Tank low level switch With this entity you can select the physical source for the tank low level function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Tank empty switch With this entity you can select the physical source for the tank empty function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Additive temperature With this entity you can select the physical source for the additive stream temperature measurement RTD 1 RTD 2
132. the I O binding for the pump is ON OFF and the pump indications are configured No hydraulic pump The feedback signal is not detected within the hydraulic pump feedback timeout It is only possible if the I O binding for hydraulic pump is ON OFF and the hydraulic pump indication is configured Block valve fault The block valve feedback signal is not detected within the block valve feedback timeout It is only possible if the I O binding for the block valve is ON OFF and the block valve indications are configured Blend tolerance low The blend ratio between the delivered product quantity with the delivered batch quantity is less than the blend ratio specified in the recipe by blend tolerance limit Blend tolerance high The blend ratio between the delivered product quantity with the delivered batch quantity is more than the blend ratio specified in the recipe by blend tolerance limit Stream exceeds over run limit The product quantity delivered exceeds the preset quantity by the configured overrun volume limit Valve fault The product stream valve is not closed in the Valve fault timeout entity after sending the signal to close the product stream valve VCF out of range The calculated VCF is out of range during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF non convergence The Non convergence error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L
133. the additive injection volume calculated over configured number of cycles exceeds the additive deviation percentage The alarm is evaluated after every injection With the entity Additive volume deviation the acceptable deviation can be set With the entity Number of cycles before deviation alarm evaluation the number of additive injection cycles that are used for calculating the average of the injection volume for the deviation calculations can be set Control fault The MSC L is not configured appropriately and does not have sufficient time to handle all the inject triggers NOTE The maximum number of triggers that can be stored inside the buffer is 10 Solenoid fault The system cannot activate or deactivate the solenoid This is an internal firmware control failure Pulse hardware fault The pulse input module detects the following error conditions e Reading information from the Pulse Input processor e Pulse overflow errors BAD health of the pulse input function Pulse phase fault The dual pulse input are out of phase It is only possible if the MSC L is configured for quad pulse Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 6 15 Alarm Handling Additive Stream Alarms Factored pulse out fault The configured number of pulses cannot be generated on the pulse output Temperature error The temperature sensor fault is
134. the calculated equilibrium pressure at the observed temperature and the actual measured pressure Pm in the vessel results in a pressure difference AP that is then used for calculating the compressibility factor Fp of the product at the observed conditions using MPMS 11 2 2 Finally the compressibility factor and the pressure differential between the observed pressure and the equilibrium vapour are used for calculating the CPL for blend product Table of valid ranges for this commodity group as stipulated in MPMS 11 2 4 Fluid Property Minimum value Maximum value Temperature F 50 8 1199 4 Temperature C 46 93 60 0 F relative density 0 3500 0 6880 Density at 15 0 C kg m 351 7 687 8 Density at 20 0 C kg m 331 7 683 6 Compensation for pressure effects should be used above 10 bar product pressure When density sensor input is used not all sets of observation values may result in a proper calculation values bound by stipulated ranges This is the expected behaviour for these calculations an exception is raised if a proper value cannot be calculated EN14214 2008 Commodity Group FAME Fatty Acid Methyl Esters There is currently no compensation for pressure effects for this commodity group Table of valid ranges for this commodity group Maximum value 60 0 900 Minimum value 20 0 860 Fluid Property Temperature C Density at 15 0 C kg m Part No 44
135. the files The Select File screen appears Select File FM IN OUT APP bin FM HMI FC APP bin FM ARM FC APP bin FM HMI FC IMG bin FM HMI FC FPGA bin u A d Press to select a 06 22 46 5 On the Select File screen select the firmware files in the following order to update the files The Transfer Progress screen appears for the particular file selected displaying the progress of the file download and the status of the installation in the LAD Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 239 Operation LAD Functions a FM IN OUT APP bin if required The total time for the firmware update file is 35 seconds approximately If there are more than one CAN IN OUT MSC boards firmware on all those boards gets updated simultaneously Update the file only if it is available b FM ARM FC APP bin The total time for the firmware update file is 2 minutes approxi mately f there are more than one CAN ARM MSC boards firmware on all those boards are updated simultaneously c FM HMI FC APP bin The total time for the firmware update file is 3 5 minutes approximately d FM HMI FC FPGA bin The total time for the firmware update file is 3 minutes approxi mately Update the file only if it is available e FM HMI FC IMG bin The total time for the firmware
136. the meter factor and then select Confirm The Calibration Stream n Meter Profile Manual screen appears which displays the Calibration No Meter Factor and the Flowrate Calibration Stream 1 Meter Profile Manual Calibration No Meter Factor Flowrate 1 0 99245 905 28 L min 2 1 01000 1000 00 L min 3 0 99000 1500 00 L min Press OK to select 09 19 41 7 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to save the calibration point The Calibration Stream n Edit Meter Profile Manual screen appears Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 201 Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 1 Edit Meter Profile Manual Add Delete Update Save Press OK to select 2 ga 09 17 08 8 Select Save and then select OK on the IR controller or LAD The Calibration Stream n Manual screen appears which displays the Meter Factor old Flowrate old Meter Factor and Flowrate Calibration Stream 1 Manual fleter Factor Old Flowrate Old Meter Factor Flowrate 0 99245 905 28 L min 0 99245 905 28 L min 1 01000 1000 00 L min 1 01000 1000 00 L min 0 99000 1500 00 L min A Press commit ESC to go back ga 09 19 58 9 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to commit the calibration or lt ESC gt to terminate the calibration If OK is pressed then the Calibration Stream n Overview screen appear
137. timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the additive pump must providea feedback to the MSC If the feedback from the pump is not received in Feedback timeout then an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action lt 1 gt lt 255 gt s default lt 15 gt S 5 136 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 4 5 Deviation Alarm action On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Deviation The Additive Stream Config Stream n Deviation screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display default Display shutdown Display pause Add volume deviation With this entity you can set the percentage of additive volume that is accepted without resulting in an alarm situation If this percentage is exceeded an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action The alarm is evaluated after every injection 1 100 default 10 96 Num cycles for alarm With this entity you can set the number of additive injection cycles over which the deviation is calculated 5 9 2 4 6 Fixed Control fault 1 99 gt default lt 1 gt On the Additive Str
138. using the Fusion4 LAD The recipes are an important part of the MSC L configuration The recipes can be retrieved or installed using the Fusion4 LAD B The recipes are saved with the configured recipe name on the Fusion4 LAD m The recipe is validated after installation e he sum of all product stream blend ratios must be 100 96 he product and additive streams must be bound to the ARM m he Fusion4 LAD provides an easy mechanism to transfer the recipes between the devices 5 19 Running Screens 5 19 1 Loading Progress During an active transaction with batches running on the arms the Arm n Load Progress screen appears See FIGURE 5 42 for a sample of a loading progress when the default language selected in the User display language is English UK and the Progress bar is green Arm 1 01 05 Arm 1 Load Progress 1555 2000 _ _ C Compartment l p Recipe name DIESEL Load GOV 1 5 5 5 L Remaining qty 44 5 L Flow rate 1800 OK to continue FIGURE 5 42 Loading progress for the default language Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 271 Operation Running Screens See FIGURE 5 43 for a sample of a loading progress when the default language selected in the User display language is English UK and the Progress bar color is white Arm 1 00 24 Arm 1 Load Progress 1913 2000 Compartment 1 Recipe name DIESEL
139. 09 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions 3 9 5 3 9 5 1 1 For physical location s see CHAPTER 4 Installation Digital Output Electromechanical Relay AC or DC Functional Description The Digital Output Electromechanical Relay DO EMR AC or DC allows the controller to switch DC signals or AC signals to control alarms and other loads The two output terminals are volt free contacts and require an external power supply to drive a load The relay output contacts are effectively Single Pole Single Throw SPST and are configurable through a jumper to be either Normally Open NO or Normally Closed NC oee FIGURE 3 33 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the DO EMR connections Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 55 System Description Output Functions CAN IN OUT MSC JPx External equipment N O N C CNx m i 1 3 5 7 EMRx no 2 CORE _ External 2 4 6 8 EMR_common DC PSU e LOAD SPST Configurable as N O or N C via jumper CAN IN OUT MSC External equipment JPx N O N C CNx E I 1 3 5 7 IEMRx_no lt TT M 3A T L CJ I 2 4 6 8 EMR common N n e LOAD SPST Configurable as N O or N C via jumper FIGURE 3 33 DO EMR connections Fusion4 MSC L Installatio
140. 09 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 163 Operation Logs 2 On the Logs All Streams Calibration Log screen select any one of the transactions and then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD Logs All Streams Calibration Log Meter Serial No PK1111 B Date 27 03 14 27 03 14 27 03 14 27 03 14 27 03 14 Page 1 of 1 Use the arrows to scroll 3 Perform one of the following m Select the calibration log for an additive stream Time 07 07 29 07 06 44 07 02 45 07 00 01 06 53 45 07 07 45 The Logs All Streams Calibration Record screen appears which displays the data of the flow meter calibration process It contains the current and the new meter factor value so that the precision of the flow meter can be checked Logs All Streams Calibration Record Date 09 04 14 Time Calibration id Bay Arm Preset volume Actual volume Metered volume Difference Original meter factor New meter factor Meter serial RTD serial Press OK to save on LAD m Selectthe calibration log for a product stream 09 33 46 8 Bay 01 Arm 3 1000 00 ml 1002 00 ml 1001 90 ml 0 01 96 1 05000 1 04990 AMO1 xa 09 34 41 The Logs All Streams Calibration Record screen appears which displays the data of the flow meter calibration process
141. 1 For example 0 or not active from 4 12 mA and 1 or active from 12 mA to 20 mA AI logic state With this entity you can determine how lt Positive gt default the injector controller uses the analog lt Negative gt input signal e Positive 0 or inactive from 4 Al threshold mA and 1 or active from Al threshold to 20 mA e Negative 1 or active from 4 Al threshold mA and 0 or inactive from Al threshold to 20 mA Al serial With this entity you can enter the serial Alphanumeric string of maximum 8 number of the connected analog input characters device or transmitter Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 75 Operation System Configuration Description Value range HH alarm threshold With this entity you can set the high NOTE The entity is blank empty by high PV alarm threshold When default exceeded a PV alarm occurs H alarm threshold With this entity you can set the high PV alarm threshold When exceeded a PV alarm occurs L alarm threshold With this entity you can set the low PV alarm threshold When exceeded a PV alarm occurs LL alarm threshold With this entity you can set the low low PV alarm threshold When exceeded a PV alarm occurs Alarm hysteresis With this entity you can set the hysteresis around the alarm levels This hysteresis is used for avoiding alarm O
142. 1 6 1 5 8 1 6 2 5 8 1 6 2 1 5 8 1 6 2 2 5 8 1 7 5 8 1 7 1 5 8 1 7 2 5 8 1 8 5 8 1 8 1 5 8 1 8 2 5 8 1 9 5 8 2 5 8 2 1 5 8 2 2 System Config Display General Settings 5 58 System Config Display Operational Screen 5 59 System Config General 5 60 System Config Device Settings 5 60 System Config Device I O Binding 5 62 System Config I O bindings 5 62 System Config I O bindings Outputs 5 62 System Config Device Communication 5 63 5 64 5 64 FIOXCONN M 5 65 CHIP m 5 66 MOODUS 644568455664 ASILI 5 67 PUMONZAION RR RO ia TE 5 67 Fei S esilaranti age 0 67 ligi e 5 68 System Config Device I O Settings 5 69 DI for both AC and 5 70 a Tm 5 71 PIO 5 73 Plt vee iissosra dotata loin 5 75 AO gdo iI sS sss 5 77 zc 5 78 EN ss cosette 5 78 System Config Device Alarms 5 79 System Config Alarms Next scheduled service 5 80 System Config Alarms Programmable Alar
143. 11 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 39 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 12 Comms Cable 1 Gland 12 Connector i Cable gland Shielded Cable ETH 2 T ETH 2 R ETH 2 R COM 2 C COMS COMS R COME T COM 5 T CON 5 C FIGURE 4 22 Comms cable 1 gland 12 4 7 6 13 DC Cable 6 Gland 13 Cable gland Shielded Cable Dusi Pube QPF3B F FIGURE 4 23 DC cable 6 gland 13 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 40 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 14 DC Cable 7 Gland 14 Cable gland Shield ed Cable FIGURE 4 24 DC cable 7 gland 14 4 7 6 15 Comms Cable 2 Gland 15 Cable gland Shielded Cable COM B C COM 7 COM 7 FIGURE 4 25 Comms cable 2 gland 15 4 7 6 16 DC Cable 8 Gland 16 Cable gland Shield ed Cable FIGURE 4 26 DC cable 8 gland 16 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 41 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 17 DC Cable 9 Gland 17 Cable gland shield ed Cable Destinafion QPESA C GPEBB FA FIGURE 4 27 DC cable 9 gland 17 4 7 6 18 AC Cable 6 Gland 18 Cable gland Unshielded Cable Connector Pin DO SSR 21 0 C Z possauziig CED
144. 15 8V li21 7A 2 5W Ci 72nF Li OuH Ex ia IIB T4 Gb OO rECcrLOE Honeywell Enraf Americas Inc 2000 Northfield Court Roswell GA 30076 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 LAD Serial nr 392 xx xxx Test date 2009 xx xx Ui 15 8V li 1 7A Pi 2 5W Ci 72nF Li OuH I S Class Division 1 GR Group C amp D T4 Zone1 Ex ia IIB T4 Ta 20 C to 65 C NEMA 3R IP54 Certificate No CSA11 2395571 OO 9ECPLOE Connect and use per control drawing 135 1392001 Warning Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Honeywell Enraf Americas Inc 2000 Northfield Court Roswell GA 30152 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 LAD Serial nr 392 xx xxx Test date 2009 xx xx cf l S Class Division 1 NOTE to FM label A Group C amp D T4 Ui 15 8V li21 7A 2 5W 2nF Li Ta 20 C to 65 C NEMA 3R O0Qq seevZ0e Ta 4 F to 149 F Connect and use per control drawing 135 1392001 4 Warning Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety FIGURE 2 5 Identification labels with safety note on the LAD Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Safety Safety Instructions for the IR Controller 2 4 Safety Instructions for the IR Controller Honeywell 2000 Northfield Court Roswell Georgia USA TEL 770 475 1900 GCHHC 4 IR CONTROLLER IECEx ITS 11 0017 Ex ib IIB T4 Gb YEAR OF BUILD 5 SERIAL No fZHHH
145. 18 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 115 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 4 2 5 Volume Conversion Terms lab product lab sample density Tag product lab sample temperature Pb product lab sample pressure 060 product thermal expansion factor at 60 F Pm product metering conditions density measured or calculated Tg product metering conditions temperature Pu product metering conditions pressure Vm product metering conditions volume Pb product base conditions density Tb product base conditions temperature Pp product base conditions pressure Vp product base conditions volume M product mass Ps product equilibrium vapour pressure Fp product compressibility factor CTLA B temperature correction factor from conditions A to conditions B CPLA B pressure correction factor from conditions A to conditions B CTPLA B temperature and pressure correction factor from conditions A to con ditions B 5 9 1 4 2 6 Calculation of Gross Standard Volume The calculation of the Gross Standard Volume GSV is performed incrementally by performing a volume conversion calculation on an incremental measured product stream volume The volume converted values of these incremental product stream observed volumes are then added together to generate the running accumulative GSV value The gross standard volum
146. 2 RTD 8 RTD 4 RTD 5 RTD 6 Al 1 Al 2 Al 3 Al 4 Al 5 Al 6 Al 7 Al 8 Al 9 Al 10 Al 11 Al 12 AI 13 Al 14 None Product pressure With this entity you can select the physical source for the product stream pressure func tion Al 1 Al 2 Al 3 Al 4 Al 5 Al 6 Al 7 1 8 Al 9 Al 10 Al 11 Al 12 Al 13 Al 14 None Product density With this entity you can select the physical source for the product stream density func tion Al 1 Al 2 Al 3 Al 4 Al 5 Al 6 Al 7 1 8 Al 9 Al 10 Al 11 Al 12 Al 13 Al 14 None Pump feedback With this entity you can select the physical source for the pump feedback function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Tank low level switch With this entity you can select the physical source for the tank low level function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Tank empty switch With this entity you can select the physical source for the tank empty function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Hydraulic pump feed back With this entity you can select the physical source for the hydraulic pump feedback function Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI n Al n or None Block valve feedback 5 9 1 2 1 1 With this entity you can select the physical source for the block valve feedback function Pump Feedback Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n Q
147. 2 3 screen appears which displays the new meter factor Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 204 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 2 Manual 2 3 New meter factor 0 99800 Press accept ESC reject xa 09 29 30 4 On the Calibration Stream n Manual 2 3 screen select OK on the IR controller or LAD to accept the new meter factor and view the calibration details The Calibration Stream n Manual 3 3 screen appears which displays the calibration details Date Time Calibration Bay Arm Preset volume Actual volume Metered volume Difference Original meter factor New meter factor Meter serial RTD serial NOTE Select lt ESC gt to restore the old meter factor Calibration Stream 2 Manual 3 3 09 04 14 09 29 40 6 Bay 01 Arm 3 0 00 ml 0 00 ml 0 00 ml 0 00 1 00000 0 99800 AMO1 m 09 29 48 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 205 Operation Calibration 5 13 4 Wizard Calibration The built in calibration wizard makes it easy to re calibrate the flow meter WARNING Do all the necessary preparations calibrated vessel in place and so on before starting the actual cali bration 1 On the Calibration screen select Wizard calibration and then select OK on the IR controller or LAD The Calibration A
148. 3 Green C 8 DI DC 40 DI DC 41 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 41 DI DC 42 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 42 CN 222 6 DI DC 43 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Green C 7 DI DC 43 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 28 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME DI DC 44 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 44 DI DC 45 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 45 CN 223 6 DI DC 46 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Green G 11 DI DC 46 DI DC 47 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 47 DI DC 48 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 48 CN 224 6 DI DC 49 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Green G 10 DI DC 49 DI DC 50 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 50 DI DC 51 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 51 CN 225 6 DI DC 52 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Green G 9 DI DC 52 DI DC 53 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 53 DI DC 54 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 54 CN 226 6 DI DC 55 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Green G 8 DI DC 55 DI DC 56 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 56 DI DC 57 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 57 CN 227 6 DI DC 58 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Green G 7 DI DC 58 DI DC 59 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 59 DI DC 60 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI DC 60 CN 228 3 AI 8 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 11 Al 8 CN 229 3 Al 9 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 10 Al 9 CN 230 3 Al 10 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 9 Al 10 CN 231 3 Al 11 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 7 Al 11 CN 232 3 Al 12 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 6 Al 12 CN 233 3 Al 13 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green A 5 Al 13 CN 234 3 Al 14 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green C
149. 3 Ethernet Communication 3 62 3 10 3 1 Functional Description 3 62 9 10 9 2 CRHAFdGlensios sx aute ote sawu a fip ama gp os WA ad beide Pot 3 63 3 10 3 3 Cable Specifications 3 63 CHAPTER 4 Installation 1 55 uud uos a 4 1 4 1 Mounting and 5 lt 4 1 42 Gland Pies oreren codons ERG SES pa uu OS DOS dr g a 4 6 42 1 asp a 2 4 6 4 2 2 Metric Gland Entries 4 6 4 2 3 NPT Cable 4 7 4 3 Opening the MSC L 4 8 4 4 Closing the MSC Lid 4 11 4 5 Removing Replacing the PCBs 4 12 4 6 Fusing and Power Consumption 4 13 AG Pisi lidi elia 4 13 4 6 1 1 Internal FUSING oid eo ene cea ew ee eee ew an ea ee ee D eio e 4 13 4 6 1 2 External Fusing seep Red ee at oun we been dees 4 16 4 6 2 Power Consumption 4 16 4 6 3 Disconnecting breaker device 4 17 4 7 Wiring Termination 4 17 4 7 1 Wiring Architecture 4 17
150. 3 L L Live DO SSR 24 F SSr24 feed ac Feed DO SSR 24 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 24 L L Live Additive blocking valve DO SSR 25 F SSr25 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 25 O SSr25_sw_ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 25 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 25 L L Live DO SSR 26 a SSr26 feed ac Feed DO SSR 26 N N Neutral Alarm Indication Pump start DO SSR 26 L L Live Additive blocking valve Honeywell Enraf Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 4 67 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID gat pets description Type functions DO SSR 27 F 55127 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 27 O SSr27 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 27 N N Neutral DO SSR 27 L L Live DO SSR 28 F SSr28 feed ac Feed Alarm shutdown DO SSR 28 N N Neutral Pump start Additive blocking DO SSR 28 L L Live valve DO SSR 29 F SSr29 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 29 O SSr29 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 29 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 29 L L Live DO SSR 30 F SSr30 feed ac Feed DO SSR 30 N N
151. 4 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 4 CN 102 8 DO EMR AC DC 5 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Yellow F 10 DO EMR 5 DO EMR AC DC 6 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 6 DO EMR AC DC 7 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 7 DO EMR AC DC 8 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 8 CN 103 8 DO EMR AC DC 11 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Yellow A 9 DO EMR 11 DO EMR AC DC 12 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 12 DO EMR AC DC 13 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 13 DO EMR AC DC 14 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 14 CN 104 8 DO EMR AC DC 15 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Yellow F 9 DO EMR 15 DO EMR AC DC 16 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 16 DO EMR AC DC 17 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 1 DO EMR AC DC 18 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 18 CN 105 8 DO EMR AC DC 9 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Yellow A 8 DO EMR 9 DO EMR AC DC 10 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 10 DO EMR AC DC 19 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 19 DO EMR AC DC 20 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO EMR 20 CN 106 8 DO SSR AC 1 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange F 8 DO SSR 1 DO SSR AC 2 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 2 CN 107 8 DO SSR AC 3 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange A 7 DO SSR 3 DO SSR AC 4 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 4 CN 108 8 DO SSR AC 5 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange F 7 DO SSR 5 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 21 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME DO SSR AC 6 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 6 CN 109 8 DO SSR AC 7 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange A 6 DO SSR 7 DO SSR AC 8 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 8 CN 110 8 DO SSR AC 9 CAN A
152. 5 905 28 L min 2 1 01000 1000 00 L min Press OK to select 3 Select lt OK gt on the IR controller or LAD to select the calibration point The Calibration Stream n Edit Meter Profile Manual screen appears Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 199 Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 1 Edit Meter Profile Manual Add Delete Update Save Press OK to select 2 09 17 08 The following functions can be performed for the calibration e Add Adds a new calibration point to the meter profile Delete Deletes the selected calibration point Update Updates the selected calibration point e Saves Saves the meter profile generates Calibration Log record 4 If the Add function is selected then the Calibration Arm Stream n Manual screen appears on which the flow rate must be entered Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Manual Enter flowrate L min nunn s mun oo _ Press to confirm value 2 A 09 17 29 5 Enter the flow rate and then select Confirm Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 200 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Calibration The Calibration Arm n Stream n Manual screen appears on which the meter factor must be entered Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Manual Enter meter factor nunn m muu DOO lt _ Press to confirm value 6 Enter
153. 5 Al 14 CN 235 6 QPI A 7 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green C 6 QPI 7A QPI B 7 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 7B CN 236 6 QPI A 8 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green F 5 QPI 8A QPI B 8 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 8B CN 237 6 QPI A 9 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green F 4 QPI 9A QPI B 9 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 9B CN 238 6 QPI A 10 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green G 6 QPI 10A QPI B 10 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 10B CN 239 6 QPI A 11 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green J 5 QPI 11A QPI B 11 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 11B CN 240 6 QPI A 12 CAN ARM MSC 2 Green J 4 QPI 12A QPI B 12 CAN ARM MSC 2 QPI 12B Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 29 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance FUNCTIONS RTD 4 CAN ARM MSC 2 RTD 5 CAN ARM MSC 2 RTD 6 CAN ARM MSC 2 5 2 PO 4 CAN ARM MSC 2 AO 4 CAN ARM MSC 2 AO 5 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 AO 6 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 COMMS 6 CAN ARM MSC 2 COMMS 7 CAN ARM MSC 2 ETHER3 CAN ARM MSC 2 MAINS INPUT 3 MAINS INPUT 4 Internal external Internal external FUNCTION subD25 BACKPLANE LINK 2 ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC subD25 BACKPLANE LINK 3 Program Interface F48 PSF BOARD 2 CAN PSF MSC 2 F48 ARM BOARD 2 A CAN ARM MSC 2 F48 ARM BOARD 2 B CAN ARM MSC 2 F48 IN OUT BOARD 3 A CAN IN OUT MSC 3 F48 IN OUT BOARD 3 B CAN IN OUT MSC 3 F48 IN OUT BOARD 4 A CAN IN OUT MSC 4 F48 IN OUT BOARD 4 B CAN IN OUT MSC 4 F48 FUS
154. 5 System Config Device Settings Entity Acc totals reset allowed Description With this entity you can enable disable the ability to reset accumulator totals Hour Minute Second Note By default the current time appears To change the default time enter the hour minute and second On the System Config Device General screen select Settings The following entities are displayed Value range No default Yes Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Description Value range Max allowed meter factor With this entity you can select the lt 0 096 default deviation maximum deviation between any two adjacent meter factors During product meter calibration manual or wizard the configured meter factor deviation is checked between the adjacent meter factors If the meter factor deviation is set to 096 it means there is no deviation check required This entity has a W amp M seal protection Emulation Type With this entity you can configure the None default type of device that you want to 1010BJ emulate lt 1010CJ gt lt 1010CB gt lt Accuload gt Max interrupts per batch With this entity you can configure that allowed maximum number of batch interruptions Max alarms per batch With this entity you can configure that allowe
155. 6 ds 2 5 ds 3 5 ds 3 4 ds 4 Additive Flow rate Milliliter per min ute Cubic centimeter per minute ml min cc min 999999 99 999999 99 6 ds 2 6 ds 2 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 1 3 System Config General Display 1 On the System Config Device General screen select Display The System Config General Display screen appears System Config General Display General settings Operational screen Press OK to select 09 36 42 2 On the System Config General Display screen select each entity to configure the display for the MSC L 5 8 1 1 3 1 System Config Display General Settings On the System Config General Display screen select General settings The following entities are displayed Entity Description Value range Display brightness With this entity you can enter the 0 low 100 high brightness of the display The default lt 75 gt 9 6 brightness is controlled by the backlight of the display Auto brightness adjustment With this entity you can enable the auto lt Enable gt default brightness feature When enabled the lt Disable gt ambient light sensor on the HMI senses the ambient light and automatically adjusts the brightness of the display Session timeout value With this
156. 60751 RTD 3 S RTD S Four wire connection PO 1 HI 1_ Feed Pulse output Real time pulse control output factored PO 1 LO Poi LO Signal Output pulse output PO 2 HI Po2 HI Feed Additive injection feedback Alarm PO 2 LO Po2 LO Signal Output shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Additive blocking valve I 62 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan Signal Typical se ID Sie pus ETE description TEE functions AO 2 AO a2 Signal Output Analog output 4 20 mA output for control primary value AO 2 AO b2 Signal Output AO 3 AO a3 Signal Output AO 3 AO_b3 Signal Output C AO 1 Signal Output AO 1 AO b1 Signal Output C COM 1 5485 A CH1 Receive RS485 Preferred interface communication to COM 1 RS485 B CH1 Transmit interface 2 wire TAS COM 1 C RS485 Commo OV Fusion4 Portal n CH1 COM 2 RS485 A CH2 Receive COM 2 5485 A CH2 Transmit COM 2 C RS485 Commo 0 V n_CH2 ETH 1 T ETHER_TXP Transmit Ethernet Preferred interface positive communication to interface TAS ETH 1 T ETHER_TXN Transmit Fiisiond Ponal negative ETH 1 R ETHER_RXP Receive positive ETH 1 R ETHER_RXN Receive negative MAINS 1 L Live Live Mains AC
157. 9 999999 99 999 99999 999 99999 6 ds 2 3 ds 5 6 ds 2 3 ds 5 3 ds 5 Temperature Celsius Fahrenheit F e 300 00 572 0 3 ds 2 3 ds 1 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Description Density Kilogram per cubic meter Degrees API Pounds per cubic feet Relative density at 60 F Kilogram per Liter MSC kg m lb ft RD60 kg L Range min Range max 9999 9 600 0 999 99 9 9999 9 9999 4 ds 1 3 ds 1 3 ds 2 1 ds 4 1 ds 4 Pressure Bar Pascal Kilo Pascal PSI RANGE 100 SSC PSI RANGE 1000 SSC PSI MSI bar Pa kPa psi r100 psi r1000 psi 999 99 99999000 99999 999 9999 999 999 999 9999 3 ds 2 8 5 ds O 3 ds 4 3 ds 3 3 ds 4 Hatio Percentage Parts per million ppm 99 99 999999 2 ds 2 6 Expansion coefficient Inverse Fahren heit Inverse Celsius 107 C 99999 99999 5 5 Flow rate Liter per minute Cubic meter per minute Cubic centimeter per minute Cubic decimeter per minute US Gallons per minute UK Gallons per minute Barrel per minute L min m min cm min dm min gal min gal min bbl min 999999 99 999 99999 999999990 999999 99 99999 999 99999 999 9999 9999 6 ds 2 3 ds 5 9
158. 9 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Mounting and Dimensions 3 31 bolts and one sealing bolt as illustrated in the following figure 4 An O ring positioned inside the lid as illustrated in the following figure O ring 5 Wall mounting facilities There are four wall mounting bolts as illus trated in the following figure The size of the bolts is M10 1 5 g6 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 2 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Mounting and Dimensions 6 Base mounting facilities The base mounting holes are located on the right side and the left side of the MSC L as illustrated in the following figure NOTE The base mounting bolt thread size is M10 Right view Left view 75 mm 75 mm 2 952 inches 2 952 inches Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 3 Installation Mounting and Dimensions 7 Lifting eyes facility for easy installation as illustrated in the following figure This facility is not allowed for permanent mounting as it is used only for installation purpose NOTE The ring bolt is rotatable therefore the load direction is adjustable and unintended tightening or loosening is negated The higher load rating ring bolts allows for smaller connection threads The lifting eye thread size is M10 8 Three external
159. Additive Streams Stream 1 Stream 2 Stream n Calibration Stream n Wizard Enter preset volume ml Set start delay s Progress Enter actual volume ml New meter factor Overview of the calibra tion record Calibration Stream n Manual Enter new meter factor New meter factor Overview of the calibra tion record For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 13 Calibration Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 5 Info Device Information Info For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 14 Info Device Information Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 6 Diagnostics Diagnostics Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning Diagnostics i unction Healt Diagnostics Accumulated Totals Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Diagnostics Comms Info Diagnostics Device tasks Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual
160. C L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 12 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools 5 3 4 4 2 Directory Structure and File Organization SD card d Honeywell y LAD len Firmware e License uv wet e Generic y Configurations Appiy and retrieve Firmware Apply oniy Language packs Apply only Recipes g Specific e MSC L 12345678 Retrieve only AlarmsLogs uw Calibratians MSC L unknown uj Debuglogs Transactions GT WEM Logs FIGURE 5 8 Directory structure and file organization of the MSC L 5 3 4 4 3 Guidelines m All files have xml format and extention except Firmware and License m File name identification file ID are as follows e Transactions e C Calibrations Alarm logs W W amp M logs e D Debug logs e R for Recipes m File name format for Transactions are as follows e lt device type gt lt serial number gt lt file id gt lt transaction id gt xml e Example M 5C L 54639823 T 0123456789 xm m File name format for Calibrations are as follows lt device type gt lt serial number gt lt file id gt lt calibration id gt xml Example M C L 54639823 C 0123456789 xml m File name format for Alarm logs are as follows lt device type gt lt serial number gt lt file id gt xml Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 13 Operation Service Tools REMARKS 1
161. C L controls the rate of additive being injected into the product stream When the MSC L determines that an additive cycle is required it opens the solenoid control valve and injects a small quantity of additive into the product stream When the amount of additive is reached for that cycle the solenoid valve is closed and the instrument waits until the next additive cycle is required The additive injection cycle repeats in this manner which keeps the additive synchronised with the product flow The MSC L assumes that the additive piping is done in such a way that additives comes in upstream before the custody transfer flow meter When the additive piping is done in such a way that additives comes in downstream after the custody transfer flow meter the additive is not a part of the finalized product volume but the individual additive volumes are measured and are part of the trans action record and therefore available when viewing transactions or for printing additive reports by the Fusion4 Portal Loading Principle The loading arm of the MSC L supports the control of the following as described in the following figure Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Introduction m Maximum product stream Maximum12 additive streams However a single batch load to a compartment can only control a subset of the product streams or the additive strea
162. D Test LED DO SSR 1 DO SSR 4 DO SSR 7 DO SSR 10 DO SSR 2 DO SSR 5 DO SSR 8 DO SSR 11 PO 1 COM 2 RID 1 RID 3 AI 1 AI 3 Al 4 AI 6 AI 7 ETH 1 DI DC 1 DI DC 3 DI DC 4 PO 2 u Use to select to confirm The Test LED on the LAD displays the status of the health of the selected I O Select the status of the I O which is displayed on the Test LED of LAD and then select lt OK gt The Test LED is red if the health of the assigned I O is bad and is green if the health of the assigned I O is good OPI 2A QPI 3B QPI 5A QPI 6B DO SSR 3 DO SSR 6 DO SSR 9 DO SSR 12 COM 1 RTD 2 AI 2 AI 5 AO 1 DI DC 2 DI DC 5 ks 06 23 28 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 241 Operation LAD Functions 5 16 4 Function Key On the LAD screen select Function key to specify the functions that can be programmed to the function F key on the LAD This helps you to achieve a quicker operation of the MSC L The LAD Function Key screen appears which specifies the functions that can be programmed The configuration is saved on the LAD Changes made to the function key is applicable for other Fusion4 devices also LAD Function Key Retrieve last 1000 transaction records Retrieve all calibration records Retrieve alarm log Reset dev
163. E BOARD 2 MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 2 m hefollowing measures are taken to adequately identify connections with different functions To avoid connector placement errors use the following functions Different number of pins n case of same number of pins with different functions a connector coding profile of insulating material is applied For color codes of connectors see the following table Function High voltage input signals High voltage output signals Fusion4 MSC L 4 30 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Yellow High voltage or Low voltage output signals Green Low voltage signals Black Communication signals Blue Ex i signals 4 7 3 General CAUTION IMPORTANT All terminated cables must have sufficient excess length to allow each PCB to be fully withdrawn from the enclosure when the connectors are stil in place This is performed to allow connectors to be affixed to each board outside the enclosure before locating them inside and to allow each board to be fully withdrawn from the enclosure before the connectors are removed This negates the requirement to attach and remove connectors inside the enclosure and facilitates best practice for efficient assembly and disassembly of the electronics stack 4 7 3 1 Wire Sizes and Types As there are no strictly prescribed wire sizes the following guideli
164. E nmn _ BA DO SSR 21 NH DO SSHB2z 14H FIGURE 4 28 AC cable 6 Gland 18 4 7 6 19 DC Cable 10 Gland 19 Connector i Cable gland Shielded Cable _OPL10BIC QPE10B P wht yc QPF11A 12V QPL11A1C Digtsl DC or QPH 11A P Pulse Input QPF11B 12V QPF11B C QPE11B P QPE12A 12V QFPF12A C QPF12A F QPF12B 12V QPE12B P FIGURE 4 29 DC cable 10 gland 19 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 42 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Connector FIGURE 4 30 4 7 6 20 DC Cable 11 Gland 20 DI DC 37 C DI DC 39 H DI DC 39 C e ovc e D DC 49 H 2 DI DC 49 C sl DI DC 51 H e DI DC 51 C DI DC 52 H Shielded Cable Mo Cable gland DC cable 11 gland 20 DI DC 31 H DI DC 31 C DI DC 32 H DI DC 32 C DI DC 33 H DI DC 33 C DI DC 34 H DI DC 34 C DI DC 35 H DI DC 35 C DI DC 36 H DI DC 36 C DI DC 37 H DI DC 37 C DI DC 38 H DI DC 38 C DI DC 39 H DI DC 39 C DI DC 40 H DI DC 40 C DI DC 41 H DI DC 41 C DI DC 42 H DI DC 42 C DI DC 43 H DI DC 43 C DI DC 44 H DI DC 44 C DI DC 45 H DI DC 45 C DI DC 46 H DI DC 46 C DI DC 47 H DI DC 47 C DI DC 48 H DI DC 48 C DI DC 49 H DI DC 49 C DI DC 50 H DI DC 50 C DI DC 51 H DI DC 51 C DI DC 52 H DI DC 52 C DI DC 53 H DI DC 53 C DI DC 54
165. EF RESTS PRE PRES eS pE ot php 272223 4 LISTA 247 27 PRR 92222 MEI IERI EREET REET REET EA KEE WE IG E 4 SS 2 545 6012345 Oi 23 4 J TELA AAA gt esi 122 42 22 3422412 2 2 6001234247 512 2 4 cea ELIA FEET ER pt 2 227 2417222 LIL AGE PEREZ NOT LEE EET EE OE AS II wel PLL LP LIA 2 9 WARN EIAS I IR SURE LEO ES EROR TRIES LR 3 FIGURE 3 11 Mechanical grounding of CAN ARM MSC and CAN IN OUT MSC boards Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 18 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Hardware Structure The CAN HMI MSC board which is mounted on the lid of the MSC L enclosure connects directly to the metal housing through the nine mounting screws as displayed in FIGURE 3 12 FIGURE 3 12 Mechanical grounding of CAN HMI MSC board grounding connection of the lid to the main box and the box to the local grounding system is very crucial If the grounding cable is required to be detached make sure you reinstall the device before any operation is performed 1 Open and install the fasteners from the device using a proper tool 2 Make sure the construction is similar to the original assembly after the grounding cable is detached and all the parts are repositioned in a similar way when reinstalling Take special care of the orientation of the cable rin
166. ET Meme description Type functions DI DC 43 H DC43_hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 43 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 44 H DC44_ hi Signal Input DI DC 44 C COMMON Common DI DC 45 H DC45 hi Signal Input DI DC 45 C COMMON Common DI DC 46 H DCA46 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 46 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 47 H DC47 hi Signal Input DI DC 47 C COMMON Common DI DC 48 H DCA8 hi Signal Input DI DC 48 C COMMON Common DI DC 49 H DC49 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 49 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 50 H DC50 hi Signal Input DI DC 50 C COMMON Common DI DC 51 H DC51 hi Signal Input DI DC 51 C COMMON Common DI DC 52 H DC52 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 52 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 53 H DC53 hi Signal Input DI DC 53 C COMMON Common DI DC 54 H DC54 hi Signal Input DI DC 54 C COMMON Common Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical He ID Amel netur description yee functions DI DC 55 H DC55 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 55 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 56 H DC56 hi Signal Input DI DC 56 C COMMON Common DI DC 57 H DC57
167. Generic recipes Configuration templates Device firmware e Language packs e Transaction data Calibration data e Configuration data e Recipes e Alarm logs Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 11 Operation Service Tools Manufacturer SanDisk 5 3 4 4 1 Product Type Selection The selection of an SD card for the LAD is important Due to the intrinsically safe design of the LAD the power drawn by the SD card is strictly limited For this reason commercially available SD cards are NOT recommended as the specification and construction of these devices change frequently The following cards are recommended by Honeywell Enraf Series Capacity Industrial Part Number SDSDAA 002G Swissbit 5 200 SFSD1024L4BN2SA E D1 131 STD Pretec Industrial SDS001GSBHP Transcend Industrial 752650801 STEC Industrial SLSD1GBBSIU TABLE 6 1 Recommended SD cards You are allowed to use SD cards not included in TABLE 6 1 but they must conform to the following specifications Type SD or SDHC Operating temperature 20 C to 65 4 F to 149 F Maximum current 70 mA NOTE Honeywell Enraf does NOT provide support for any cards not listed in TABLE 6 1 Contact Honeywell Enraf for more information NOTE The miniSD and the microSD cards fitted in an SD adaptor must NOT be used in the LAD Fusion4 MS
168. HHHHHE USE ONLY PANASONIC LRO3XWA 1 5V ALKALINE SIZE AAA BATTERIES DO NOT OPEN BATTERY COMPARTMENT IN A HAZARDOUS AREA TA 20 C to 40 C Es Na ai m um 1 pi a ES 8 Ti EN x A I ji FIGURE 2 6 AN The IR Controller WARNING You must strictly follow all the safety instructions mentioned in this manual and the safety instructions shipped with the MSC L during installation commis sioning operation and maintenance for the safe operation of the device The IR Controller may be located in explosion safety areas as follows USA FM and Canada CSA Canada CSA FEEL presta Remarks Remarks Remarks level Level level Class 1 WARNING Class 1 WARNING Zone 1 WARNING Division 1 Do not open Division 1 Do not open Do not open battery battery battery compartment compartment compartment in a hazardous ina in a hazardous area Use only hazardous area Use only approved area Use only approved batteries see approved batteries see label batteries see label label Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 2 12 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the IR Controller Rest of the World ATEX IECEx USA FM and Canada CSA Canada CSA Safety Remarks Safety Safety Remarks level Level level Class 1 Division 2 WARNING
169. Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Fusion4 MSC L For service related questions contact Technical Assistance Centre Phone 1 800 423 9883 or 1 215 641 3610 E mail HFS TAC SUPPORT honeywell com 2015 Honeywell International Inc Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 CHAPTER 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 4 2 2 1 5 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 4 2 2 4 1 2 2 4 1 1 2 2 5 2 2 5 0 1 2 2 6 2 2 6 1 2 2 7 2 2 7 1 2 2 7 2 2 2 7 3 2 2 7 4 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 1 1 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 4 2 3 5 2 3 6 2 3 7 2 3 8 2 4 2 4 1 2 4 2 eru Mr UT 1 1 Product Overview 1 1 Functionality 1 3 Target Audience for this Manual 1 3 ril PCM 2 1 Safety Conventions owes 2 1 WAFliOSs ss carini rd sa ua as mas SETTI 2 1 ec d 2 1 Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 tlc MMC 2 2 EC Declaration of Conformity for EU 2 2 Control Drawings for FM amp CSA 2 2 SEIS ee Se ore ae ERES CENE Educ ea 2 3 Additional Information 2 3 Environmental Conditions 2 3 SucilmM T rrrrrrrP 2 3
170. ISPLAY RS 485 ETHERNET Eug REDUNDANT REMOTE TOTALIZER W amp M SWITCP DI MAINS SUPPLY EMR FUSION4 IR CONTROLLER p CONTROL VALVE E f OVERFILL UA T MSC L KEYBOARD hoa qumi H VAPOUR RECOVERY 8 FM IN OUT o TANK LOW LEVEL EMPT LOAD ARM 2 DO BAY LIGHT e BAY BARRIE ADDITIVE INJECTION FLOWMETER so ENG VALVE RS 485 BLEND ETHERNE STREAM Pa f ES DENSITY gt lt PRESSURE BLOCK VALVE PUMP TEMPERATURE PT100 GROUNDING F RIT panel MSC A F4A10 0004 FIGURE 3 6 The Fusion4 MSC L architecture overview Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 13 System Description FlexConn Modules 3 4 FlexConn Modules 3 4 1 General One of the main characteristics of the FlexConn architecture is the placement flexibility of the FlexConn modules The backbone of this concept is the serial Control Area Network CAN bus to which each FlexConn module connects ERES terminating resistor CAN HMI MSC CAN IN OUT MSC CAN ARM MSC FIGURE 3 7 FlexConn CAN bus concept Each FlexConn module has one or more specific functions as follows B A sensor function Measures or calculates a process value or obtains a process value from a connected external instrument m An applicati
171. It Fusion4 MSC L 5 164 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Enraf Operation Logs contains the current and the new meter factor value so that the precision of the flow meter can be checked Logs All Streams Calibration Record Date ba T Time 09 20 08 Calibration id 5 Bay Bay 01 Arm Arm 1 Original meter profile Meter factor Flowrate 0 99245 905 28 L min 1 01000 1000 00 L min New meter profile Meter factor Flowrate 0 99245 905 28 L min 1 01000 1000 00 L min 0 99000 1500 00 L min a x9i nc 2 A cro Press OK to save on LAD 5 11 3 Alarm On the Logs screen select lt Alarm gt and then select lt OK gt on the IR controller or the LAD The Logs All Streams Alarm Log screen appears which displays all the activated alarms with the date and time the alarm is recorded in the device Logs All Streams Alarm Log Timestamp Id Alarm State 08 04 14 11 42 L4 Batch start error On 14 11 41 L2 Ba S Off 4 11 41 L2 Ba S On 4 14 10 03 P5 Off 14 10 03 P3 Blend tolerance high Off 4 10 03 P3 Ble high On 14 10 03 Jo ct On 4 14 10 01 5 No duct Off 14 10 01 3 e high Off 4 10 01 3 C e high On 4 14 10 01 5S No ct On 14 09 47 5 No duct Off 4 09 47 L3 Clean arm volume notreached Off
172. LAD to re enable the device This function Re enable device clears all the alarms on the device 6 7 Alarm Logs Any alarm state change that occurs is logged with a timestamp Alarms can have the following three states m Inactive default m Active m Acknowledged On the Alarm log screen all the alarm states that are changed can be examined 6 8 List of all alarms This section lists the alarms and their cause for the Device Bay Arm Product stream and Additive stream alarms 6 8 1 Device Alarms Service due reminder The Next scheduled service date has expired Programmable input 1 4 The programmable input state active de active does not match with the expected input state Deadman The operator does not press any key or the deadman refresh switch in the deadman callout time and the timer expires Power failure This transaction is not completed due to a power failure Emergency stop The emergency stop signal is active NEDAP communica tion failure The communication with the Nedap Reader is lost NEDAP battery Low The Nedap reader reports a low battery status Nexwatch communi cation failure The communication with the Nexwatch reader is lost A task called Block Task An internal software error occurred inside the device A reboot is required Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation
173. Manual Alarm Handling List of all alarms 6 8 2 Bay Alarms Alarm Cause Programmable input 1 6 The programmable input state active de active does not match with the expected input state Transaction start error The new transaction cannot be started NOTE The transaction cannot be managed controlled due to the internal MSC L fatal fault For example missing or failing hardware components Transaction stop error The running transaction cannot be stopped NOTE The transaction cannot be managed controlled due to the internal MSC L fatal fault For example missing or failing hardware components Max batches exceeded No new batch can be started because the maximum number of batches within a transaction is reached Grounding Pause The grounding permissive is detached Grounding Shutdown The grounding permissive is detached Overfill Pause The overfill protection permissive is detached Overfill Shutdown The overfill protection permissive is detached Vapor Recovery Pause The vapor recovery permissive is detached Vapor Recovery Shutdown The vapor recovery permissive is detached NOTE The Grounding Pause Grounding Shutdown Overfill Pause Overfill Shutdown Vapor Recovery Pause and Vapor Recovery Shutdown alarms come in pairs and each pair is used to implement a single permissive Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Op
174. N OFF toggling situations at an alarm level A high high alarm occurs when the value becomes higher than HH H Alarm Threshold A low low alarm occurs when the value becomes lower than LL L Alarm Threshold A high high alarm disappears when the value becomes lower than HH H Alarm Threshold Hysteresis and a low low alarm disappears when the value becomes higher than L LL Alarm Threshold Hysteresis Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 76 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 5 AO Entity Operational mode On the System Config Device I O Settings screen select the available Analog Outputs AOs The following entities are displayed on the System Config AO n screen System Config AO 1 Operational mode Explicitly driven Follow PV source None Upper boundary 0 00 Lower boundary 0 00 Burn out value 3 60 Description With this entity you can select between two modes for the analog output 10 07 05 Value range Explicitly driven default The output value is set by the application for example valve control Follow PV The output reflects one of the Primary Values measured by the MSC L lt Calibrate Low gt lt Calibrate High gt Follow PV source With this entity you can select the process variable to be mapped on the analog output 4 20 mA lt None gt default l
175. NOTE The functionality overview lists the maximum available I O hardware 1 3 Target Audience for this Manual This manual is intended for service technicians and bay operators for example truck drivers who are assigned to install commission service or operate the MSC L This Installation and Operations manual is aligned with Fusion 4 MSC L software version A2200 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 1 3 General Target Audience for this Manual FIGURE 1 2 Fusion4 Multi Stream Controller Loading MSC L Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 1 4 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Conventions CHAPTER 2 SAFETY 2 1 Safety Conventions 2 1 1 Warnings The following warning symbol used in the manual recommends your attention to prevent personal injuries or dangerous situations Description Remark General warning It is always explained by text 2 1 2 Cautions The following caution symbol used in the manual recommends your attention to prevent damages to the equipment Description General caution sign ElectroStatic Discharge ESD sensitive device Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 2 1 Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 1 Gen
176. O SSr15 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 15 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 15 L L Live DO SSR 16 F SSr16 feed ac Feed DO SSR 16 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 16 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve DO SSR 17 F SSr17 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 17 O SSr17 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 17 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 17 L L Live DO SSR 18 F SSr18 feed ac Feed DO SSR 18 N N Neutral Aarm Incication Pump start DO SSR 18 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve 4 54 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical He ID sieut meme description functions DO SSR 19 F SSr19 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 19 O SSr19 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 19 N N Neutral DO SSR 19 L L Live DO SSR 20 F 55 20 feed ac Feed DO SSR 20 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 20 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve DI AC 1 2 N AC_NEUTRAL Neutral AC input control Programmable 3 inputs DI AC 1 1 1 AC1_L Live
177. Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Enraf Operation Logs The Logs All Arms Transaction Details screen appears which displays the transaction header details Balance Icon Logs All Arms Transaction Details Transaction record version Transaction number Driver ID Vehicle ID Contract ID Transaction start 09 04 14 06 02 00 Transaction stop 09 04 14 06 12 17 Site name Device name Msc Device type MSC_L_ W amp M intended Yes Base temperature 15 00 C Base pressure 0 kPa Number of batches 4 Preset type GOV a as ns T s Press OK to view batches G 06 12 56 Following are the transaction details that appear on the Logs All Arms Transaction Details screen e Transaction record version Transaction number e Driver ID e Vehicle ID e Contract ID Transaction start e Transaction stop e Site name Device name Device type e W amp M intended e Base temperature e Base pressure e Number of batches Preset type Bay number e Communication mode User language A Balance icon is displayed on the screens of the MSC L which are intended for W amp M custody transfer Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 159 Operation Logs The Transaction Details screen is a W amp M intended screen It displays the balance icon as shown in the figure above The screen displays the complete transactio
178. Operation Manual 5 79 Operation System Configuration Entity alarm action 5 8 1 5 1 System Config Alarms Next scheduled service On the System Config Device Alarms screen select Next scheduled service The following entities are displayed on the System Config Alarms Next scheduled service screen Description Value range With this entity you can configure the Disabled alarm behavior in case this particular Display default alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause Next scheduled service 5 8 1 5 2 NOTE With this entity you can select the date Year when the next service activities should Month take place for the MSC L It is handled similar to an alarm and can be configured to a required alarm behavior Disable Display Display shutdown or Display pause Day Note By default 01 01 25 appears However to change the default date enter the year month and day System Config Alarms Programmable Alarms On the System Config Device Alarms screen select Programmable alarms The following entities are displayed on the System Config Alarms Programmable Alarms screen The MSC L contains four device programmable alarms Programmable alarm 1 Programmable alarm 2 Programmable alarm 3 and Programmable alarm 4 When any of the device programmable alarm arises the MSC L stops or pauses all the running batches base
179. Output Electromechanical Relay DC 3 9 4 1 Functional Description The Digital Output Electromechanical Relay DO EMR DC allows the controller to switch DC signals to control alarms and other loads The two output terminals are volt free contacts and require an external power supply to drive a load The relay output contacts are effectively Single Pole Single Throw SPST and are configurable through a jumper to be either Normally Open NO or Normally Closed NC FIGURE 3 32 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the DO EMR DC connections 1 For physical location s see CHAPTER 4 Installation Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 53 System Description Output Functions CAN IN OUT MSC JPX N O N C CNx 1 3 5 7 EMRx no External equipment 2 4 6 8 EMR common SPST Configurable as N O or N C via jumper FIGURE 3 32 DO EMR DC connections LOAD External DC PSU 3 9 4 2 Characteristics Load Voltage to be switched Minimum Typical Maximum Switching current Steady state current Output contact type Operate time Release time Setting time Control voltage high level Control voltage low level Control current high level Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 3
180. PI n Al n or None m If the Pump feedback I O binding is defined then the controller should generate an error if the pump indication input is inactive after the pump demand is active m he allowable delay is defined by the Pump feedback timeout entity defined in the alarm settings submenu for this alarm 5 104 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 2 1 2 9 9 1 2 1 3 5 9 1 2 1 4 5 9 1 2 2 NOTE Tank Low Level Switch Supply tank level monitoring is useful in applications where a very small supply tank is used This is typical in portable or mobile applications such as truck mounted systems By monitoring a hardware input connected to a level switch in the supply tank the controller can detect when the level in the tank is nearing empty and take appropriate action This prevents the pump from running completely dry and prevents fueling operations from being interrupted mid load The tank level signals used must provide a simple form contact closure upon detection of a low level in excess of some low point in the supply tank Consideration must be given to the pump intake position in the tank and to the amount of blend volume required for a normal fuel delivery The switch activation level must be positioned so that it is slightly higher than the level required for normal delivery If the tank low
181. Panel The System Config Device RIT Panel screen appears System Config Device RIT Panel Lamp status idle Red steady Lamp status authorization Amber steady Lamp state wait ack Amber flashing Lamp state wait start Green flashing Lamp state loading Green steady Lamp state error Red flashing ks 10 30 07 2 On the System Config Device RIT Panel screen select each entity to configure the MSC L Entity Description Lamp status idle With this entity you can select the lamp status on the Remote Interaction Terminal when idle Value range lt All off Red steady default Red flashing Amber steady Amber flashing Green steady Green flashing Lamp status authorization With this entity you can select the lamp status on the Remote Interaction Terminal during authorisation lt All off Red steady Red flashing Amber steady default Amber flashing Green steady Green flashing Lamp state wait ack With this entity you can select the lamp status on the Remote Interaction Terminal when waiting for acknowledgement lt All off Red steady Red flashing Amber steady Amber flashing default Green steady Green flashing Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration Description Value range Lamp state wait st
182. QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None Low flow switch Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None high flow switch Block valve control 5 10 2 2 The I O Bindings Output Parameters Description With this entity you can select the physical output for the block valve control function Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None NOTE The default value for all the Output entities are None Can be linked to Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None Alarm indication With this entity you can select the physical output for the alarm indication function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None Alarm shutdown With this entity you can select the physical output for the alarm shutdown function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None Loading active With this entity you can select the physical output for the loading active function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None RIT red lamp With this entity you can select the physical out
183. R POWER QPI 11B COMMON Common QPI 11B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID DIET Meme description Type functions QPI 12A 12 V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 12A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 12A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 12B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 12B COMMON Common QPI 12B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B RTD 4 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement bas Neutral control according to IEC RTD 4 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 4 S RTD S Four wire connection RTD 5 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement io RISO h control according to IEC RTD 5 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 5 S RTD S Four wire connection RTD 6 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement alta ALCON Neutral control according to IEC RTD 6 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 6 S RTD S Four wire connection
184. R controller and the integrated keyboard the MSC L can be controlled through its integrated and menu based interface This control device can be one of the following three devices m The RS 485 connection through an Ex d Ex i connector on the front of the MSC L based on the LAD B The Fusion4 IR Controller m Integrated keyboard Using one of these devices it is possible to navigate the menu items change the settings commissioning initiate a calibration and diagnose problems MID Compliance Introduction The Measuring Instruments Directive MID 2004 22 EC is designed to provide a level playing field in Europe for custody transfer measuring equipment and systems The MID currently covers 10 instrument categories for uniform legislation in the 27 EU countries The implementation of this directive in national legislation became due on the 30th of October 2006 The MSC L is 100 MID compliant This legislation results in breaking down trade barriers and improving competition which is one of the main objectives of the European Union In the directive the specific articles on each of the instrument categories are called Annexes The Annex relevant to the measurement of petroleum products is flow metering of liquids other than water and is identified as Annex MI 005 The requirements in this Annex are based on the OIML recommendation R117 1 which is the pre eminent set of guidelines for Weight amp Measures of petrole
185. RE 5 35 Transfer icon Using the Transfer menu the following types of records can be transferred between the MSC L and the LAD Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 223 Operation Transfer Transaction records Configurations Events Logs Calibration records Recipes Language packs 5 15 1 General m On the Main Menu screen select the Transfer icon The Transfer screen appears which displays the various data sets that can be transferred between the MSC L and the LAD Transfer Transaction records Configurations Events Logs Calibration records Recipes Language packs Press OK to select aa aa 06 17 10 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 224 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer The following figure describes the data transfer directions 7 1 Transactions 1t Configurations 1 Events logs 1 Calibrations 1 Recipes J Language packs FIGURE 5 36 Data transfer directions Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 225 Operation Transfer 5 15 2 Retrieving Transaction Records The MSC L provides an interface to read the transaction records through the FlexConn entities These entities are used for transferring transactional data to the Fusion4 Portal through a serial link On the Transfer screen s
186. RM MSC 1 Orange F 6 DO SSR 9 DO SSR AC 10 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 10 CN 111 8 DO SSR AC 11 CAN ARM MSC 1 Orange D 5 DO SSR 11 DO SSR AC 12 CAN ARM MSC 1 DO SSR 12 CN 112 8 DO SSR AC 13 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Orange D 4 DO SSR 13 DO SSR AC 14 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO SSR 14 CN 113 8 DO SSR AC 15 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Orange D 3 DO SSR 15 DO SSR AC 16 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO SSR 16 CN 114 8 DO SSR AC 17 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Orange D 2 DO SSR 1 DO SSR AC 18 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO SSR 18 CN 115 8 DO SSR AC 19 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Orange D 1 DO SSR 19 DO SSR AC 20 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DO SSR 20 CN 116 4 DI AC 1 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Red A 5 DI AC 1 DI AC 2 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI AC 2 DI AC 3 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI AC 3 CN 117 4 DI AC 4 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 Red A 4 DI AC 4 DI AC 5 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI AC 5 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 22 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME DI AC 6 CAN IN OUT MSC 2 DI AC 6 CN 118 6 DI DC 1 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Green M 11 DI DC 1 DI DC 2 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 2 DI DC 3 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 3 CN 119 6 DI DC 4 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Green M 10 DI DC 4 DI DC 5 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 5 DI DC 6 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 6 CN 120 6 DI DC 7 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 Green M 9 DI DC 7 DI DC 8 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DI DC 8 DI
187. Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 27 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME DO SSR AC 30 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 30 CN 211 8 DO SSR AC 31 CAN ARM MSC 2 Orange N 5 DO SSR 31 DO SSR AC 32 CAN ARM MSC 2 DO SSR 32 CN 212 8 DO SSR AC 33 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Orange N 4 DO SSR 33 DO SSR AC 34 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO SSR 34 CN 213 8 DO SSR AC 35 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Orange N 3 DO SSR 35 DO SSR AC 36 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DO SSR 36 CN 214 8 DO SSR AC 37 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Orange N 2 DO SSHR 37 DO SSR AC 38 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO SSR 38 CN 215 8 DO SSR AC 39 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Orange N 1 DO SSR 39 DO SSR AC 40 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DO SSR 40 CN 216 4 DI AC 7 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Red T 5 DI AC 7 DI AC 8 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI AC 8 DI AC 9 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI AC 9 CN 217 4 DI AC 10 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 Red T 4 DI AC 10 DI AC 11 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI AC 11 DI AC 12 CAN IN OUT MSC 4 DI AC 12 CN 218 6 DI DC 31 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Green C 11 DI DC 31 DI DC 32 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 32 DI DC 33 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 33 CN 219 6 DI DC 34 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Green C 10 DI DC 34 DI DC 35 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 35 DI DC 36 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 36 CN 220 6 DI DC 37 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 Green C 9 DI DC 37 DI DC 38 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 38 DI DC 39 CAN IN OUT MSC 3 DI DC 39 CN 221 6 DI DC 40 CAN IN OUT MSC
188. SC L is suitable for the following categories m Pollution degree 2 m Overvoltage category Il m Class equipment Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 7 4 The MSC L Labels NOTE Type plates are exemplary and subject to change Honeywell Enraf Americs Inc Honeywell Enraf 555 n usa Fusion4 MSC Serial nr Input 100 240 Vac 50 60 Hz Test date 690 W 90 W internal Ex I 2 G Ex d fia IIB T6 Gb Ex d ia IIB T6 Gb DEKRA 12ATEX0101 X IECEx DEK 12 0021X d oe Ta 40 C to 65 C IP66 AN MID certificate TC warning do not open when an explosive atmosphere may be present Honeywell Enraf Americs Inc Honeywell Enraf 2000 Northflekd Court Roswell QA USA Fusion4 MSC Serial nr Input 100 240 Vac Um 250 Vac Test date 50 60 Hz max 90 W Class Division 1 Groups C amp D T6 Sh Class I Zone 1 Ex d ia IIB T6 Gb Certificate No 2673172 Install per control drawing 135 1395000 3 Ta 40 C to 65 N l NEMA 4X IP66 warning seal all conduits within 50 mm 18 warning do not open when an explosive atmosphere may be present 00Q t6cVZ0c Enraf America Ine Honeywell Enraf 2000 Northfield Court Roswell GA USA Fusion4 MSC Serial nr Input 100 240 Um 250 Vac Test date 50 60 H
189. T COMPROMETTRE LA SECURITE INTRINSEQUE CAUTION USE ONLY 1 5v ALKALINE SHE BATTERIES MAIZ400 DURACELL AMI PANASONIC E24 RAYOVAC 2 EMERGIZER DR 4444 RAYOVAC ONLY DO NOT OPEN BATTERY COMPARTMENT IN A HAZARDOUS AREA Honeywell Enraf FAREHAM ENGLAND TEL 44 0 1329 825823 GCHHC IR CONTROLLER EPSILON 07 ATEX 2257 C Il 2 G Ex Ib IIB T4 1712 YEAR OF BUILD SERIAL No fHHHHHHHEH USE ONLY PANASONIC TYPE AM 4 1 5V ALKALINE SIZE AAA BATTERIES DO NOT OPEN BATTERY COMPARTMENT IN A HAZARDOUS AREA Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Safety Liability Honeywell 2000 Northfield Court Roswell Georgia USA TEL 770 475 1900 GCHHC 4 IR CONTROLLER IECEx ITS 11 0017 Ex ib IIB T4 Gb YEAR OF BUILD SERIAL No tHHHHHHHHHI USE ONLY PANASONIC LROSXVWA 1 5V ALKALINE SIZE AAA BATTERIES DO NOT OPEN BATTERY COMPARTMENT INA HAZARDOUS AREA TA 20 C to 40 C FIGURE 2 7 Identification labels with Safety note on the Fusion4 IR Controller 2 5 Liability The information in this installation manual is the copyright property of Honeywell International Inc Honeywell International Inc disclaims any responsibility for personal injury or damage to the equipment caused by the following m Deviation from any of the prescribed procedures m Execution of activities that are not prescribed m Neglecting the safety regula
190. The Product Stream Config Stream n Block Valve Fault screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt Feedback timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the product stream block valve must give feedback to the MSCL If no feedback is received in feedback timeout an alarm occurs depending on Alarm action lt 1 gt lt 255 gt s default lt 15 gt S Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 121 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 0 6 Blend Tolerance Alarm action On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Blend Tolerance The Product Stream Config Stream n Blend Tolerance screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Tolerance limit With this entity you can configure the blend tolerance percentage that the MSC L raises e blend tolerance low alarm if the blend ratio between delivered product quantity with delivered batch quantity is less than
191. The alarm occurs when the input state is active e lt Deactive gt The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive Value range None default Active Deactive Alarm activation Running With this entity you can set the state of the input when the MSC L is in running state for the alarm function After successful authorization and permissives gets connected to start a loading process the MSC L is in the running state and continues to be in this state till all the permissives are disconnected after the transactions are complete e None The alarm is ignored e Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active e Deactive The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive None default Active Deactive Alarm activation Pause With this entity you can set the state of the input when the arm batch is in pause state for the alarm function e None The alarm is ignored e Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active e lt Deactive gt The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive None default Active Deactive Alarm activation Setup With this entity you can set the state of the input when the arm batch is in setup state for the alarm function After the arm is seleceted and before the arm starts loading the arm state is in setup initializing state e None The alarm is ignored e Active The al
192. These IDs are validated against the local or the remote database based upon your device authorization settings 3 Enter the ID on the vehicle ID screen Enter vehicle ID Press DEL to clear Press OK to confirm 2 Oe 09 25 07 4 Enter the following attributes using the keyboard to perform the transaction setup NOTE Press the ESC key on the keyboard to return to the previous screen Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 255 Operation Truck Driver Operations 5 f the load number prompt is enabled enter the load number when prompted Enter load number Press DEL to clear Press OK to confirm 6 Select the Arm in which you want to perform the batch For example ARM 1 Select arm Arm 2 Arm 3 Arm 4 Prass OK to select Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 256 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations 7 Select the recipe from the list of configured recipes Select recipe v DIESEL HS DIESEL Press OK to select 2 OG 093928 8 If compartment prompt is enabled enter the appropriate compartment number Enter compartment Press DEL to clear Press OK to confirm D 09 39 49 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 257 Operation Truck Driver Operations 9 If return quantity prompt is enabled enter the r
193. Valve Control 5 106 5 9 1 2 2 3 Hydraulic Pump 5 106 5 9 1 3 Product Stream Config Stream Control Settings 5 107 5 9 1 3 1 ProdB6et Control ont doce dad denied ane mi Bock ga na eire Heu do 5 108 9 9 1 3 2 Valve Collli6 or rd OR o8 96 o b o dieit os 5 109 5 9 1 4 Volume 5 5 110 5 9 1 4 1 Volume Conversion Essential Information 5 110 5 9 1 4 2 Volume Conversion Calculation Details 5 114 5 9 1 4 2 1 MPMS 11 1 01250 04 Commodity Groups A BB D 5 114 5 9 1 4 2 2 MPMS 11 1 D1250 04 Commodity Group C Special Applications 5 114 5 9 1 4 2 3 MPMS 11 2 4 TP27 07 Commodity Group E NLG amp LPG 5 114 5 9 1 4 2 4 EN14214 2008 Commodity Group FAME Fatty Acid Methyl Esters 5 115 5 9 1 4 2 5 Volume Conversion Terms 5 116 5 9 1 4 2 6 Calculation of Gross Standard Volume 5 116 5 9 1 4 3 Product Stream Config Stream Volume Conversion 5 117 5 9 1 4 3 1 Conversion Options 5 117 5 9 1 4 3 2 Lab Observation Data 5 118 5 9 1 5 Product Stream Config Stream Alarms 5 119 5 9 1 5 0 1 Leaking
194. When configuring the recipe make sure of the following he recipe can contain up to four products and up to six additive streams arm can be bound to more streams but a batch running on the arm can only have upto four products and six additives An Arm can have a maximum of 50 recipes e he sum of all product stream blend ratios must be 100 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 145 Operation Arm Configuration Description High grade unleaded gasoline e The product and additive streams must be bound to an Arm using the product stream selection and the additive streams selection menus herecipe is validated in the following scenarios The product additive stream selection is changed The recipe is installed The configuration is installed 4 Enter the recipe name hazardous material classification and the symbol The information selected appears on the running screen e The product symbols available are as follows Forthe U S related market select the product name from the list of API symbols as defined in API Recommended Practice 1637 Third edition July 2006 Menu text displayed HGU gasoline Mid grade unleaded gasoline MGU gasoline Low grade unleaded gasoline LGU gasoline Ultra low sulfer diesel ULS diesel Low sulfer diesel LS diesel High sulfer diesel HS diesel Low sulfer no 1 fuel oil LS no
195. abases screen select lt User database gt The System Config Databases User database screen appears which displays the Index Person name PIN and Security level ystem Contig Databases User database Index Person name Security level B Admin SLO3 JOHN SLO1 DAVE 5101 5102 Page 1 of 72 Use the arrows to scroll mel Gg a 07 16 00 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 86 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 2 Select any one of the databases and then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD The System Config User database Change database screen appears on which the user database details can be entered Description Value range Name With this entity you can configure the A text string of maximum 16 characters name of the user PIN With this entity you can configure the A numeric string of maximum 10 digits password associated with the user account Security Level With this entity you can configure the Security level 1 gt security level associated with the user Security level 2 account Security level 3 5 8 1 6 2 2 Objects Database 1 On the System Config Authorization Databases screen select Objects database The System Config Databases Objects database screen appears which displays the Index Object name PIN and Object Type System Config Databases Obje
196. ackplane boards Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 18 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance FIGURE 4 7 4 7 2 1 ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC EP id idda I UNU PK IPE Pee TEILT P Va PTH TPP M RER REN L TILL o ib Er ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 2 2 Floorplan The following image illustrate the floorplan for ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC board ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC 2074295 D03 All primary wiring must be rated with insulation for minimum 300 V and with a max temperature of at least 105 C 221 F SS SR Ron B e e E LA OV N N O N FIGURE 4 8 Blackplane arrangement of ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 20 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 2 3 Connector Overview The following table provides an overview of the ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC connector ID PINS FUNCTIONS BOARD COLOR X Y NAME CN 101 8 DO EMR AC DC 1 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 ow A 10 DO EMR 1 DO EMR AC DC 2 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 2 DO EMR AC DC 3 CAN IN OUT MSC 1 DO EMR 3 DO EMR AC DC
197. ad PI 3 8 4 Analog Input 4 20mA Active Passive 3 8 5 I O block CAN ARM MSC CAN IN OUT MSC CAN HMI MSC Resistance Temperature Detector 3 8 6 RTD Temperature Input 3 wire or 4 wire Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 36 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Available Input Output Functions of the MSC L Refer to block CAN ARM MSC CAN IN OUT MSC CAN HMI MSC section Digital Input AC Pulse Output DC Analog Output 4 20 mA Passive Digital Output Electromagnetic Relay DC Digital Output Electromechanical Relay AC or DC Digital Output AC Solid state relay RS 485 Communication 2 wire RS 485 Communication 4 wire Ethernet Communication For the configuration of these I O functions see CHAPTER 5 Operation Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 37 System Description Input Functions 3 8 Input Functions 3 8 1 General The following table lists the electronic input functions supported by the the MSC L I O block name Input function CAN ARM MSC CAN IN OUT MSC Single Pulse Input DI DC Input PI DI DC Dual Pulse Input QPI Analog Input 4 20 mA Active Pas Al sive Resistance Temperature Detector RTD RTD Temperature Input 3 wire or 4 wire Digital Input AC DI AC 3 8 2 Di
198. age Packs The language packs contain the local translations of the parameters and entities displayed on the screen of the MSC L gt Copy the language pack xml file to HoneywellMSC L Generic Language packs path located in the SD card of the LAD On the Transfer screen select Language packs to install the language file stored in the LAD The Select File screen appears Chinese xml Japanese xml Dutch xml English xml gt Browse and select the language pack gt The Transfer Progress screen appears displaying the language pack installation progress Transfer Transfer Progress Selected file Chinese xml Downloading Installing 5 234 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Transfer Transfer Transfer Progress Selected file Chinese Installation Succeeded Installii 12 55 32 To select language preferences go to System Configuration Device General Display General Settings and then select the required language from User display language E System Contig Display General settings Display brightness 90 Auto brightness adjustment Disable Session timeout value 300 s User display language English UK fia 13 22 38 System Config General settings User display language English UK Chinese Press OK to select Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enra
199. al external power Product flow meter C COMMON Common single or dual P PULSEA Pulse Signal pulse Input A 12 V 12V DC Power METER POWER C COMMON Common P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B 12V 12V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter C COMMON Common single or dual P PULSEA Pulse Signal pulse Input A 12 V 12V DC Power METER POWER C COMMON Common P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 61 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan Signal Typical HS ID Pigna name description TEE functions RTD 1 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement RIDHI E RTD COM Neutral control according to IEC RTD 1 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 1 S RTD S Four wire connection RTD 2 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement DS PIARON Neutral control according to IEC RTD 2 A RTD POS Signal Input 60751 RTD 2 S RTD S Four wire connection RTD 3 S RTD S Three wire Resistance Preferred PT100 connection Temperature temperature Detector input measurement ALR IC Neutral control according to IEC RTD 3 A RTD POS Signal Input
200. al Enraf Operation Diagnostics 2 Select Loading Arms The Diagnostics Accumulated totals Loading arms screen appears Select the appropriate arm Diagnostics Accumulated totals Loading arms 0 0 2392 L 2392 L 2327 35 kg Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 179 Operation Diagnostics 3 Select Product streams The Diagnostics Accu totals Products screen appears Select the appropriate stream o Diagnostics Accu Totals Products 0 Stream 1 O All streams O stream 2 dO Stream 3 te Stream 4 Stream 5 Stream 6 Stream 7 Stream 8 e Stream 9 O Stream 10 Stream 11 i9 Stream 12 A I 0 0 Press OK to select Stream 1 The Accumulated Totals Product Stream n screen appears Accumulated Totals Transaction GOV Leak GOV Calibration GOV Total GOV Transaction GSV Leak GSV Calibration GSV Total GSV Transaction Mass Leak Mass Calibration Mass Total Mass Product Stream 3 2327 L OL OL 2392 L 2327 L OL OL 2392 L 2327 35 kq 0 kg 2392 kg 2327 35 kg naa 12 57 47 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Enraf 5 180 Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Diagnostics 4 Select Additive streams The Diagnostics Accu totals Additives screen appears Select the appropriate stream Diagnostics Accu Tota
201. alibration Stream n Wizard 6 6 screen appears which displays the calibration details A new calibration record is created and stored in the system Each calibration is saved in a non volatile memory with date time old and new values Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 6 6 Date 09 04 14 Time 09 33 46 Calibration 8 Bay Bay 01 Arm Arm 3 Preset volume 1000 00 ml Actual volume 1002 00 ml Metered volume 1001 90 ml Difference 0 01 Original meter factor 1 05000 New meter factor 1 04990 Meter serial AMO1 RTD serial 09 33 48 NOTE Select lt ESC gt to restore the old meter factor Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 218 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Info Device Information 5 14 Info Device Information 5 14 1 Device Information To view the Device Information m On the Main Menu screen select the Info icon to view the device and the module information The Device Info screen appears which displays the Device infor mation and the Module information Main Menu 4 ndi nd Mio faa 07 45 10 FIGURE 5 32 Info icon The Device Info section displays the important information about the device which includes the following Device serial number e Production date e Sales code e License NOTE All the above device information is programmed by Honeywell Enraf factory as per the order received The Module Info section provides the identification information about
202. amp C 01250 04 Refined Prod PRU ENT Following are the stream details that appear on the Logs Trans action Log Stream Details screen for a product stream Product name Accumulated start GOV Accumulated stop GOV Accumulated start GSV Accumulated stop GSV Accumulated start mass Accumulated stop mass Stream GOV Stream GSV Stream mass Actual blend percentage Average density Average temperature Average pressure Returned quantity Commodity Group Temperature Compensation Fusion4 MSC L 5 162 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Logs If the selected stream is an additive stream then Logs Trans action Log Stream Details screen appears Logs Transaction Log Stream Details Additive name Dye Accumulated start GOV 1 199L Accumulated stop GOV 1 599 L Stream GOV 400 00 ml Leakage GOV 0 00 ml PPM 199 Deviation 0 00 fa 06 14 21 Following are the stream details that appear on the Logs Trans action Log Stream Details screen for an additive stream Additive Name Accumulated Start GOV Accumulated Stop GOV Stream GOV Leakage GOV PPM Deviation 5 11 2 Calibration 1 On the Logs screen select Calibration and then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD The Logs All Streams Calibration Log screen appears which displays the sequence of additive meter factor calibrations over time Part No 4418 3
203. arm occurs when the input state is active e lt Deactive gt The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive None default Active Deactive 5 154 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 7 3 Block Valve Fault Alarm Action Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt default lt Display pause gt Feeback timeout With this entity you can configure the time within which a feedback should be received from the block valve 5 10 7 4 Preset Overrrun Entity Description Value range Alarm Action With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this alarm occurs 1 sec to 999 sec default 10 secs Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause Preset overrun limit With this entity you can configure the overrun limit If the delivered batch quantity exceeds this quantity an alarm is raised 5 10 7 5 Clean Arm Underrun default lt 5 00 gt L Entity Description Value range Alarm Action With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this alarm OCCUIS Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause
204. ars which displays the details of the ARM board HERD Diagnostics Function Health RS Good No erro Batch control Good No error Additive stream Good No error Product stream Good No error Pulse inputs Good No error Digital outputs Good No error Pulse outputs Good No error Module control Good No error RTD Good No error Analog inputs Bad No data available Analog outputs Good No error Ethernet Good No error x M Press OK to view sensor health ONE ME 06 55 44 2 On the Diagnostics Module Health screen select lt FM IN OUT n gt The Diagnostics Function Health screen appears which displays the details of the IN OUT board Diagnostics Function Health DI DC Good No erro DI AC Good No error DO EMR Good No error DO SSR Good No error Module control Good No error AO Good No error Press OK to view sensor health Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 176 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Diagnostics On the Diagnostics Module Health screen select lt FM HMI gt The Diagnostics Function Health screen appears which displays the details of the HMI board Diagnostics Function Health RS Good No erro Device manager Good No error Alarm manager Good No error Transaction manager Good No error Display manager Good No error Authorization manager Good No error Bay control Good No error Arm control Good No error Transaction control Good No error LAD manager G
205. art With this entity you can select the lamp lt All off status on the Remote Interaction Red steady Terminal when waiting for start Red flashing Amber steady Amber flashing Green steady Green flashing default Lamp state loading With this entity you can select the lamp lt All off gt status on the Remote Interaction Red steady Terminal when loading Red flashing Amber steady Amber flashing Green steady default Green flashing Lamp state error With this entity you can select the lamp lt All off status on the Remote Interaction Red steady Terminal when in an error Red flashing default Amber steady Amber flashing Green steady Green flashing Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 94 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 2 Bay Configuration On the System Configuration screen select Bay The System Config Bay screen appears which displays the functions available for device configuration System Contig Bay D U Identification I O bindings Alarms Permissives Press OK to select oa ra 07 06 AM 5 8 2 1 System Config bay Identification m On the System Config Bay screen select lt Identification gt The following entities are displayed on the System Config Bay Identification screen Description Value range
206. authorization for the No verification MSC L is provided Local verification default Remote verification With this entity you can configure the authorization modes for users carriers vehicles trailers and contracts User Carrier Vehicle Trailer Contract Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 85 Operation System Configuration Description Value range Authorization type With this entity you can configure None the authorization mechanism for PIN default users carriers vehicles trailers or lt NexWatch gt contracts lt Nedap gt lt User gt lt Carrier gt lt Vehicle gt lt Trailer gt lt Contract gt This configuration defines the input device for all the authorization screens used in the workflow PIN indicates a value entered directly by the user through the MSC L keyboard NexWatch and Nedap refer to two different types of external reader devices When configured for NextWatch or Nedap the user must present a card RFID tag to the reader as a means of entering the authorization data 5 8 1 6 2 System Config Authorization Databases 1 On the System Config Device Authorization screen select lt Databases gt The System Config Authorization Databases screen appears with the following entities 5 8 1 6 2 1 User Database 1 On the System Config Authorization Dat
207. be allowed to service maintain assemble and dismantle the MSC L Any repairs or part replacements must be done by a Honeywell Enraf trained service technician Personal Safety National local and company regulations regarding personal safety must be followed Consider the weight of the MSC L when moving installing or decommisioning At high ambient temperature pay attention to the fact that the accessible parts on the outside of the MSC L can be hot Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 2 3 Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L A A 2 2 4 1 2 2 4 1 1 WARNING 2 2 5 NOTE WARNING General Opening the MSC L It is forbidden to open the MSC L in an explosive hazardous environment unless otherwise stated on the safety label Commissioning and Maintenance The MSC L can be mounted on the wall using frame and bolts The frame and bolts used must be capable of holding four times the weight of the MSC L being mounted Treat the flange surfaces of the lid and the housing with care Make sure that the flange surface is clean and undamaged before closing This is required to maintain the CSA approval and it is strongly recommended for all Ex approvals The O ring must be present and undamaged 1 National local and company regulations regarding installation must be followed The bolts of the enclosure lid are ca
208. buttons are not pressed m o prevent damage caused by leaking batteries remove the batteries before storing the device in an unused condition for a long time Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 2 13 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the IR Controller A 2 4 2 1 2 4 3 NOTE WARNING 2 4 4 2 4 5 REMARK 2 4 6 EC declaration of conformity for EU Refer to the EC declaration of conformity and ATEX certificate s shipped with the device for EC declarations Installation Perform the following steps to install the device 1 Remove the security screws from the compartment lid 2 Slide the battery compartment lid from the device 3 Install the 3 AAA Alkaline batteries ensuring that the plus and the minus polarity of the batteries are correct Removing the batteries does not remove the Fusion4 IR Controller memory Always replace the batteries with new ones Use only batteries approved for use Do not open the battery compartment or change the batteries in a hazardous area Commissioning The IR Controller and the Fusion4 parent devices must be commissioned using this controller by qualified service technician trained by Honeywell Enraf The service technician must have knowledge of the national local and company requirements for electrical equipment in hazardous areas Operation After connecting to a Fusion4 parent
209. ces Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 197 Operation Calibration 5 13 3 Manual Calibration 1 On the Calibration screen select calibration The Calibration Arm Selection screen appears Calibration Arm Selection fa 27 Press select 1 e M gn 0 5153 2 Select any one of the arms For example Arm1 The Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen appears T Calibration Arm 1 Stream Type Selection Product stream selection Additive stream selection M Press to select a 07 52 05 3 On the Calibration Arm Stream Type Selection screen select Or to calibrate the product stream or additive stream accordingly oee the following sections for more information 5 198 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration 5 13 3 1 Product Stream Selection 1 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select Product stream selection The Calibration Arm n Product Streams screen appears Calibration Arm 1 Product Streams O DIESEL O HS DIESEL faa 07 52 15 2 Select any one of the streams For example Stream 1 The Calibration Stream n Meter Profile Manual screen appears Calibration Stream 1 Meter Profile i Manual Calibration No Meter Factor Flowrate 1 0 9924
210. check pin card ID against the database and provide access to the system B Register store the latest login date and time You can perform the following activities m Operational activities for example vehicle loading and inspecting the running screens m Service activities for example Configuration Monitoring the Alarms m Advanced service activities for example Upgrade Firmware Add the users Security level is assigned to the users in the database based on the activities which can be performed by that user There are three security levels SL1 SL2 and SL3 1 SL1 users generally are truck drivers bay operators and so on 2 SL2 and SL3 users can be managers service technicians notified body engineers and so on 3 SL3 users can add users into the database MSC L provides a default user database with one ADMIN created with security level 3 privileges The default password is 1234 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 23 Operation Device Security 5 5 1 Security Levels SL The following table lists the activities which are supported for each security level Privilege activities Loading operations Monitor alarms Change configuration Alarm handling reset acknowledge Meter calibration Dashboard Person database configuration Upgrade firmware Restore to factory defaults Clear all memory
211. ciated with the permissive is disconnected during loading all the batches running on the bay are terminated The alarm is auto cleared after the transaction is terminated Timeout If the physical input associated with the permissive is disconnected during loading all the batches running on this bay are paused If the input is reconnected within the timeout configured from the device configuration the alarm is auto cleared and the batches can be resumed If the input is not reconnected during the timeout the transaction running on that bay is terminated and the alarm auto clears 4 Manual Reset If the physical input associated with the permissive is disconnected during loading all the batches running on this bay are paused If the input is reconnected within the timeout configured from the device configuration the alarm is auto cleared and the batches can be resumed If the input is not reconnected during the timeout the transaction running on that bay is terminated and alarm needs to reset manually Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 100 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 Stream Configuration To perform the Stream Configuration 1 On the Main Menu screen select the Stream Configuration icon The Stream Configuration screen appears which displays the functions available for stream configuration Main Menu fa Stream Configuration a g210 4112
212. cific terminals Majority of the MSC L functions can be assigned to multiple 1 0 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 48 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance To complete the installation bind each function to its I O within the Configuration menu Floor plan Signal Typical ID SHS WEN DELE description ise functions DO EMR 1 EMH1 no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication DO EMR 1 B EMR common Neutral AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 2 EMR2 no Signal Output control Product block valve Deadman callout DO EMR 2 B common Neutral Deadman bell DO EMR 3 no Signal Output DO EMR 3 B EMR common Neutral DO EMR 4 4 no Signal Output Secondary DO EMR 4 B EMR_common Neutral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 5 A EMR5_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 5 B EMR_common Neutral Contoh Product blog DO EMR 6 A EMR6 no Signal Output valve Deadman callout DO EMR 6 B EMR_common Neutral Deadman bell DO EMR 7 A EMR7_no Signal Output DO EMR 7 B EMR common Neutral DO EMR 8 A EMR8 no Signal Output Secondary DO EMR 8 B common Neutral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid Honeywell Enraf Part N
213. ck board 20 f nctionz 4 entityz 1045 index 2 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 funchon 4 entity 1045 index 3 datatype D size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 funcbon 4 entty 1045 index 4 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 index 5 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 index 6 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 index 7 datatype D size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 index 8 datatype D size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 index 9 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 index 10 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 funct
214. control Transaction Display Power failure storage image memory memory memory management HHC Ambient IR interface light sensor COMMS ETHER isolated v isolated 1 FlexConn generic CAN HMI MSC functions top and physical layout bottom Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf System Description PCB Layout 3 6 1 1 2 Component Locations FIGURE 3 16 CAN HMI MSC component locations Item reference i JP7 JP8 FlexConn jumpers for RS 485 CH5 finishing setting JP9 FlexConn jumpers for RS 485 CH3 finishing setting JP10 FlexConn jumpers for RS 485 CH4 finishing setting CN1 Programming connector for U11 ARM controller CN2 LAD or keyboard connections to EX IO HMI MSC L CN3 Programming connector for U6 FPGA CN4 microSD connector CN5 CN6 Connectors for interfacing with the ARM1 BACKPLANE MSC CN7 CN8 Connectors for interfacing with the Varitronix display CN9 CN10 Connectors for interfacing with the Hitachi display LEI Health of the board LE2 Configurable LES Configurable LEA Ethernet auto negotiation LE5 Ethernet speed indicator LE6 FPGA Health U8 U9 U10 SDRAM U6 ARM controller U11 FPGA U19 Flash memory U1 A holder for IR receiver V2 Ambient light sensor Fusio
215. control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 8A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 8A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 8B 12 V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 8B COMMON Common QPI 8B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 75 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID DIET Meme description Type functions QPI 9A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 9A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 9A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 9B 12V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 9B COMMON Common QPI 9B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B QPI 10A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 10A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 10A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 10B 12 V 12 V DC Power METER POWER QPI 10B COMMON Common QPI 10B P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B QPI 11A 12V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter QPI 11A COMMON Common single or dual QPI 11A P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A QPI 11B 12V 12 V DC Power METE
216. cts data Index Object name PIN 1 VEHICLE Vehicle CARRIER Carrier TRAILER Trailer CONTRACT 1447 Contract 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 A TL 1 of 72 Usethearrowstoscrolllae a D 07 16 15 2 Select any one of the databases and then select lt OK gt on the IR controller or the LAD The Device Configuration Change DB screen appears on which the objects database details can be entered Description Value range Name With this entity you can configure the A text string of maximum 16 characters name of the object PIN With this entity you can configure the A numeric string of maximum 10 digits password associated with the object Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 87 Operation System Configuration Description Value range Object Type With this entity you can configure the Unknown attibute of the object Vehicle Carrier Trailer Contract Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 68 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 7 Device Configuration Base Conditions 1 On the System Configuration Device screen select Base conditions The System Config Device base conditions screen appears System Config Device Base conditions Base temperature 20 00 C Base pressure O kPa A
217. d maximum number of alarms that can be configured for a batch To emulate a 1010 device the Emulation Type selected here must be relevant to the Serial Port configured in the System Config COM n screen Refer to chapter 5 8 1 3 1 1 Setup Refer to the table below to select the appropriate communication protocol over the a Serial COM interface to emulate a device Emulation Type Communication protocol 1010BJ SLIP 1010CJ 1010CB Accuload Minicomp Host Accuload Terminal Host Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 61 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 2 System Config Device I O Binding 1 On the System Configuration screen select l O binding The System Config Device I O Binding screen appears System Config Device 1 0 bindings Outputs x M 5I Press OK to select o 4 ER1029 34 2 On the Device Configuration I O Binding screen select each entity to configure the MSC L 5 8 1 2 1 System Config l O bindings Inputs On the System Config Device I O Binding screen select Inputs The following entity is displayed Entity Description Value range Emergency shutdown With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DI DC n DI AC n QPI physical input of the emergency n Al n or None shutdown input The default value is None 5 8 1 2 2 System Config I O bindings Output
218. d on the configuration To clear the programmable alarm the programmable input must be connected disconnected based on the expected input state configured Then the alarm disappears and the MSC L resumes However it is not required to reset the condition with normal alarms You can configure Emergency Stop as the MSC L programmable alarm Entity Description Value range IO binding With this entity you can select the Any of the unused QPI n Al n DI AC n physical input source for the DI DC n or None programmable alarm function The default value is None Alarm action With this entity you can configure the Disabled alarm behavior in case this particular lt Display gt Display shutdown Display pause default Alarm name With this entity you can configure the A maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters name of the alarm are allowed for configuration Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 80 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Entity Response time Description With this entity you can set the time in seconds which is the time required for the input to change from one state to other Value range 0 lt 255 gt S default 0 s Alarm activation Idle With this entity you can set the state of the input when the MSC L is in idle state for the alarm function The MSC L state is in idle when the transact
219. d on the screen m When all the streams are selected the values for the entities are displayed only if the values are the same for all the streams otherwise appears for the entities on the screen Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 15 Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 4 Main Menu The following table provides detailed information for the main menu items on the MSC L For more details on the main menu items see FIGURE 5 9 Item Description Title bar The title bar is the horizontal bar at the top of the screen that shows the name or description of the screen For example Main Menu Title Hierarchy The title hierarchy is an arrangement of a particular set of entities The entities are separated from each other by a dot Selected icon focus rect angle The focus rectangle is used as an indicator of the selected entity Status bar icons The status bar icons provides information of the selected icon It also provides information about the TAS communication sealing actual time and the lock icon Main Men Title Diagnostics FIGURE 5 9 Main Menu screens Main Menu Icon Selected Icon focus rectangle Only available if LAD is connected fa 07 40 49 Name of the selected icon Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 16 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf
220. drate 9600 gt value range c Parity Select lt None gt value range d Stop bits Select lt One gt value range 2 On the Device Configuration Authorization Setup screen select the following entities a Authorization type Select lt NexWatch gt value range Perform the following steps to Installation and Operation of NexWatch Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 253 Operation Truck Driver Operations 1 When the MSC L displays the Welcome screen press OK on the keyboard Welcome Press OK to begin G 09 24 14 If permissives are configured then permissive connect screen appears for each of the permissive similar to the grounding Attach grounding 09 24 29 The Enter Pin screen appears only if the permissives are connected 2 On the Enter Pin screen enter the truck driver password using the keyboard Press OK on the keyboard to confirm the password NOTE The password is validated against the local database or the remote database based on the configuration Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 254 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations If the password entered is not valid then an error message is displayed Present driver ID card V d 11 42 50 If the vehicle carrier trailer contract identification is enabled then you can enter the respective IDs
221. e I O Settings screen select the available EMRs The following entities are displayed on the System Config DO EMR n screen ii System Config DO EMR 1 Relay mode Energized M 10 07 55 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 78 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation System Configuration Entity Description Value range Relay mode With this entity you can configure the Energized 5 8 1 5 System Config Device Alarms 1 On the System Config Device screen select Alarms The System Config Device Alarms screen appears System Config Device Alarms Next scheduled service Programmable alarms Deadman status Permissives Fixed Press OK to select E 2 aa 03 02 55 Alarms can have the following alarm actions Disabled The alarm is ignored m Display e he alarm appears the display The alarm indication output is set to ON B Display shutdown e he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is stopped m Display pause he alarm is shown on the display alarm indication output set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is paused 2 On the System Config Alarms screen select each entity to configure the alarms Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp
222. e Arm can have maximum of 7 product streams If you try to assign more than 7 streams to an arm then an error message appears mentioning that all product streams are used These streams are not physical streams but abstract placeholders which can configure a stream Each stream must also have an associated flow meter Be aware that the stream configuration is limited by the remaining free pulse inputs In the MSC L there are always un configured and not allocated streams left A Thy Mi 11 10 55 oelect the required stream and press OK The checkbox is Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 143 Operation Arm Configuration Arm Configuration Arm 1 Product Streams Stream 1 treal Arm Configuration Error All product streams are used Stream 11 Stream 12 5 10 5 Arm Configuration Arm n Additive Streams 1 On the Arm Configuration Arm1 screen select lt Additive stream selection gt The Arm Configuration Armi Additive Streams screen appears 2 Select the required stream and press OK The checkbox is enabled To clear the checkbox press lt OK gt again NOTE Streams that are bound to the Arm have the checkbox enabled Streams that are bound to another arm are dimmed One Arm can have maximum of 12 additive streams If you try to assign more than 12 streams to an arm then an error message appears
223. e Stream Blending 3 3 3 1 4 Additive Injectionh 3 4 3 1 5 Loading Principle ses ssa sareat takasa ati 3 4 3 1 5 1 Device loading capabilities 3 6 3 1 6 Menu based MSC L Control 3 7 3 2 MID Combplianc e s dean bck ee area 3 7 Sol INUOAUGHON 2624 sr a vsa squa Saa TO TTD TORTE OTT T 3 7 3 2 2 MID Approval Approach 3 7 3 2 3 Component level Requirements 3 8 3 2 4 System level Requirements 3 11 3 2 5 The Fusion4 MSC L 3 11 3 3 System 3 12 3 4 FlexConn Modules Lr 3 14 Sul General ita nitida TRI 3 14 3 5 Hardware Structure x Rm n i Rm on 3 15 Io TIUS P ae cess ae ase ad par aoe ee ane ee E 3 15 35 2 lio ic 3 17 3 5 3 Grounding Concept 3 18 20 PGB LAVOUU ee ee ee a ee es 3 21 9 5 1 PGB Detalls pie sucio ernia eee s 3 22 3 6 1 1 CAN HMI MSC 3 22 FUNCIONS aaa aaa 3 22 3 6 1 1 2 Component Locations 3 24 3 6 1 2 CAN ARM MSC
224. e System Config Device screen select lt 1 0 settings The System Config Device I O Settings screen appears Press OK to select 2 On the System Config I O Settings screen select the available entities Entity Available I Os DI DC n DI AC n QPI 1A QPI 1B QPI 2A QPI 2B QPI 3A QPI 3B QPI 4A QPI 4B QPI 5A QPI 5B QPI 6A QPI 6B QPI 7A QPI 7B QPI 8A QPI 8B QPI 9A QPI 9B QPI 10A QPI 10B QPI 11A QPI 11B QPI 12A QPI 12B RTD 1 RTD 2 RTD 3 RTD 4 RTD 5 RTD 6 Al 1 Al 2 Al 3 Al 4 Al 5 Al 6 Al 7 Al 8 Al 9 Al 10 Al 11 Al 12 Al 13 Al 14 AO 1 AO 2 AO 3 AO 4 AO 5 AO 6 PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 DO EMR n Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 69 Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 1 DI for both AC and DC On the System Config Device I O settings screen select the available Digital Inputs DIs and then select a DI The following entities are C on the 5 Config DI DC 1 screen System Config DI DC 1 Hysteresis time 333 ms Logic state Positive M 10 07 25 Description Value range Hysteresis time With this entity you can set the active 250 ms default time in milliseconds ms of the input signal before accepting it as a valid input signal Hence the time between two signal transitions must be greater than the Hysteresis time Logic State With this enti
225. e after N number of incremental calculation intervals is provided by the following formula N VCF GOV GOV i l GS V transaction The GOV represents the total accumulative gross observed volume after i calculation intervals GOVg is always 0 5 116 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 4 3 5 9 1 4 3 1 Entity Commodity group Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion On the Product Stream Config Stream n screen select Volume conversion The Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion screen appears with the following entities Conversion Options On the Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion screen select Conversion options The Product Stream Config Stream n Conversion Options screen is displayed with the following entities Description Value range With this entity you can select the None commodity group of the product in D1250 04 Crude oil compliance with the specific applicable D1250 04 Refined Prod gt default standard D1250 04 Special Apps gt lt D1250 04 Lub Oils lt TP27 07 NGL amp LPG gt lt EN14214 08 FAME gt Compensation used With this entity you can select the type None default of compensation used during the Temperature calculation of GSV and mass pressure Tempe
226. e available m Program memory Contains the module specific software m Microprocessor controller Executes the module specific software stored in the program memory m Non volatile memory Stores the commissioning parameters and the diagnostics data when the power is turned off m Jumpers Establish specific hardware settings m Health LED blue Indicates the general health status of the FlexConn module The following table specifies the health status and the flashing pattern on the FlexConn module Health Status Flashing Pattern Good 600000000000 60000000 Uncertain eoeoeoooooeoeoeooooo Bad 60000006000000060000000 m Function LEDs Indicates the module specific activities such as the data being transmitted or received m Voltage monitors and temperature sensors Used for internal diag nostics purposes Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 21 System Description PCB Layout 3 6 1 PCB Details 3 6 1 1 CAN HMI MSC 3 6 1 1 1 Functions The CAN HMI MSC board is used as the basic Human Machine Interface HMI for the MSC L The board supports various communication interfaces Ex i interfaces and the display interface control Following are the functions of the CAN HMI MSC board Function Description Display interface control Displays a 8 WVGA color display in the MSC L lid RTC with battery backup Is used for the da
227. e parameter and entity details see section 5 9 Stream Configuration Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 3 Arm Configuration Arm Configuration Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 40 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Arm Configuration Arm n I O Bindings Arm Configuration Arm n Alarms cca For information regarding the parameter and entity details see section 5 10 Arm Configuration Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Device Commissioning 5 6 2 4 Calibration Calibration Wizard Manual Calibration Manual Product stream selection Calibration Wizard Product stream selection D1 1 D1 1 2 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 42 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Device Commissioning Calibration Calibration Arm n Product Streams Stream n Wizard Enter preset volume L Enter flowrate L min Set start delay s Enter actual volume Overview of the calibra tion Calibration Arm n Stream n Manual Enter flowrate L min Enter meter factor Overview of the calibra tion Calibration Calibration Arm n Additive Streams
228. eam Clear all alarms Clears all the alarms on all the streams and device level alarms Clear all totals Clears all the totals Clear wild stream totals only Clears the wild stream totals Clear additive stream totals only Clears the additive stream totals Diagnostics Stream 1 Clear Tasks Clear all alarms Clear all totals Clear wild stream totals only Clear additive stream totals only Press OK to select m 10 09 57 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 188 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Diagnostics 5 12 9 Maintenance 1 On the Diagnostics screen select Maintenance The Diagnostics Maintenance screen appears which displays the option to view the switch counts Switch count Power supply info Press OK to select amp fa 10 10 14 2 On the Diagnostics Maintenance screen select lt Switch count gt The Diagnostics Maintenance Switch Count screen appears which displays the switch count that maintains the number of times the digital output is switched ON or OFF DO SSR switch count provides an indication for the duration of an external connected device for example solenoid It can also provide indication for the duration of an Electro Mechanical Relay EMR Diagnostics Maintenance Switch Count DO SSR I 0 DO SSR 3 0 DO SSR 5 0 DO SSR 7 0 DO SSR 9 DO SSR
229. eam Config Stream n Alarms screen select lt Fixed gt The Additive Stream Config Stream n Fixed screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the Control fault alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt lt Display gt default lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt Solenoid fault With this entity you can configure the Solenoid fault alarm in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt default lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt Pulse hardware With this entity you can configure the Pulse hardware alarm in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt default lt Display pause gt Pulse phase With this entity you can configure the Pulse phase alarm in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt default lt Display pause gt Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 137 Operation Stream Configuration Factored pulse out Description With this entity you can configure the Factored pulse out alarm in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause Temperature sensor
230. ed in the MSC L VCF bad sensor health The Bad sensor health error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L Pulse hardware fault The pulse input module detects the following error conditions e Reading information from the Pulse Input processor e Pulse overflow errors e BAD health of the pulse input function Pulse phase fault The dual pulse inputs are out of phase It is only possible if the MSC L is configured for quad pulse Tank low level A Tank low level signal is received This signal is received only when the I O binding input DI and so are not active for the Tank low level input Tank empty A Tank empty signal is received This signal is received only when the I O binding input DI and so are not active for the Tank empty input Temperature sensor fault Temperature sensor fault is detected on the temperature sensor on the product stream Low temperature The instantaneous temperature is less than the configured limits High temperature The instantaneous temperature is greater than the configured limits Pressure sensor The pressure sensor fault is detected on the pressure sensor on the product stream Low pressure The instantaneous pressure is less than the configured limits High pressure The instantaneous pressure is greater than the configured limits Density sensor fault The density se
231. elect Transaction records to transfer transactional data The Transfer Transaction Records screen appears which displays the various transaction record activities Transfer Transaction Records Range of records Single record Press OK to select 4 aa 06 17 21 NOTE The lt Single record gt command cannot be used through Fusion4 Portal The lt Single record gt screen is only used for copying a transaction record to the LAD Maximum 10 000 transactions can reside in the transaction memory of the MSC L The oldest trans action is overwritten after 10 000 transactions You must settle all transactions before the oldest one is automatically deleted and overwritten You are responsible for the settlement of the transactions within 3 months Once the transactions are over written then these transactions cannot be retrieved by the Fusion4Portal or the LAD The transaction and batch details explained in the following sections are retrieved as a single record 5 226 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer 5 15 2 1 Transaction Details Transaction Record Description Parameter MSC L Transaction Header Transaction Record Version The version of this transaction record Transaction Number The number of this transaction record Device Type This describes the type of Fusion4 device the trans action record com
232. em Description Introduction 3 1 2 1 NOTE Batch Flow Stages Following are the four batch flow stages for the MSC L m Initial Flow Phase m Full Flow Phase m Pre Stop Phase m Clean Arm Volume The following image illustrates how the actual batch blend percentage may vary during the load based on the various configuration settings For instance if the initial flow rate is too small for accurate blend product measurement then blending only starts in the Full Flow Phase Secondly if the clean arm functionality is configured then the MSC L intentionally over blends to ensure that all the required blend products are dispensed before the clean arm phase begins initia Flow Phase Full Flow Phase Pre Stop Phase ll Clean Arm Volume Main Strear LLL ELT TL T T LZ Tg d pnma i m gt i Target Blend Ratio EL 84 LIE B Ratio Deviation Blend Ratio To adequately match various specific applications the MSC L has a number of configurable parameters For an explanation of all these parameters and their specific settings see CHAPTER 5 Operation Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Introduction 3 1 3 1 Types of Blending The following sections describe the various types of blending supported in the MSC L Straight Loading otraight loading is a batch in which only the main product is d
233. ements 3 point grounding F4A10 0002 FIGURE 2 1 External grounding connections of the MSC L 8 point grounding FIGURE 2 2 Internal grounding connections of the MSC L WARNING Maintaining the ground bonding of the lid to the local Protective Earth PE using the lid ground wire is crucial for ensuring intrinsic safety Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 2 5 Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 7 Accordance to Regulations 2 2 7 1 Explosion Safety Limiting Values Explosion safety items Power supply Mains input Limiting values 100 240 Vac 50 60 Hz Type of protection Maximum allowed power dissipation inside the enclosure 90 W LAD interface circuit LAD front con nector Uo 15 75 V lo 1 49 A Po 1 92 W Co 2 69 uF Lo 62 uH Type of protection intrinsic safety Ex ia IIB Thermal protection limitation of the 160 MA output current 250 Vac 2 2 7 2 Explosion Safety Certificate no DEKRA 12ATEX0101 X DEK 12 0021 X 3048063 Type of protection identification 112 G Ex d ia IIB T6 Gb Zone 1 Ex d ia IIB T6 Gb group C D T4 Group C amp D T6 Ex d ia IIB T6 Gb Approval 40 65 40 F 149 F Class l Division 1 Class 1 Division 1 26 3172 Class 1 Zone 1 2 2 7 3 Low Voltage Directive The M
234. ength Conversion time 3 8 7 Digital Input AC DI AC 3 8 7 1 Functional Description The function of the Digital Input AC DI AC is to convert high voltage switched AC into a signal that can be used by the controller to ensure the specific functionality required FIGURE 3 29 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the DI AC connections Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions External equipment CAN IN OUT MSC CN116 or CN117 2 3 or 4 ACx L LIVE CERO it e Lad L 1A T AC C N E 1 AC NEUTRAL O NE AC Neutral common to all DI AC on each board FIGURE 3 29 DI AC connections 3 8 7 2 Characteristics Isolation voltage Minimum Typical Maximum Input voltage Input frequency Input impedance High input must turn on voltage Low input must turn off voltage Maximum input switching frequency AC on time ToN AC off time Torr Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions 3 9 3 9 1 3 9 2 3 9 2 1 Output Functions General The following table describes the electronic output functions the MSC L supports Output function di u CAN ARM MSC
235. ensor transmitter the metered volume can be corrected to base temperature of either 15 C 60 F or 20 C 68 F in accordance with the ASTM standards If a temperature transmitter is applied then component level requirements must also have an evaluation certificate For the temperature sensor Pt100 it is not required Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 9 System Description MID Compliance FIGURE 3 5 Press P 1MPa 30 kPa 40 kPa 50 kPa 1 lt P lt 2 MPa 3 t 4 5 MID ess ntials T D P accuracy t cm Component level requirements Temperature and Pressure accuracy The load controller evaluation is quite complex but in principle it has to comply with the security of signal and data handling as required by MID and working documents of WELMEC A very stringent requirement is the EMC standard for industrial use of electronic equipment Electro magnetic noise might influence the measurement of the metering signal and this is not allowed to occur outside the maximum given accuracy Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description MID Compliance 3 2 4 3 2 5 System level Requirements With any new equipment legislation such as MID there is a raft of new issues and criteria that need to be understood by both those who are manufac
236. ent the answer is sent ms 0 ms 1000 ms default 100 ms Write access password This configuration entity defines the write access password that external applications must use before they are allowed to write to the FlexConn entities Alphanumeric string of maximum 6 characters Default ENRAF2 Data Bits NOTE NOTE 5 8 1 3 1 2 Entity FlexConn address With this entity you can change the amount of data bits in a character on the communication ports lt 7 bits default 8 bits If the communication protocol selected is SLIP make sure that the emulation type selected is 1010BJ 1010CJ or 1010CB If the communication protocol selected is Terminal Host or Minicomp Host make sure that the emulation type selected is Accuload FlexConn On the System Config COM n screen select lt FlexConn gt The System Config COM n FlexConn screen appears with the following entities Description With this entity you can enter the device address for the FlexConn protocol Value range 0 1900 default lt 0 gt Datastream max gap time With this entity you can enter the time out between the characters in one single record ms 0 10000 default 1000 ms Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1
237. eooo e 0 s sejala eee wees 3 SP FL Te ibe 1224 FESTA IP PERT SESIA ier K x A Mw Ai gt Aio X o M AR REPS OF 2422215 2 hvali ee ee es 2 ba 5 ie IT 217 2243510122 4 Al L VOM s s solo SS IPTE IPFI a 4 SS Peres I724017 T mine tee a ata ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC FIGURE 4 5 High low voltages separation concept Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 17 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 2 Backplane Boards All the external wires of the MSC L connect to one of the Phoenix Contact connectors of the backplanes These backplanes are mounted on the rear of the MSC L enclosure The backplane connectors have a unique CN number color and XY coordinate The connectors contain 3 4 5 6 or 8 pins ARM 1 Backplane MSC start with the CN number CN101 and contains 52 connectors ARM 2 Backplane MSC start with the CN number CN201 and contains 49 connectors 0 3207 132 232 LEELA LA M i EA N 4 3 83A B 732 5201711117381 71717757 gusti Reh pal 727 9 121321177373 i 3433 sb aL LOD amp TITT M TIE 7000 9 81 9 La uu PTP A RS RO R TID P Ww W PAAA AC 1380 17232525 7 9 M EE EL FIGURE 4 6 B
238. eral WARNING You must strictly follow all the safety instructions mentioned in this manual and the safety instructions shipped with the MSC L during installation commis sioning operation and maintenance for the safe operation of the MSC L The MSC L may be located in explosion safety areas as follows Rest of the World USA FM and Canada CSA Canada CSA ATEX IECEx Remarks Remarks SEN Remarks level level Class 1 WARNING Zone 1 WARNING Zone 1 WARNING Division 1 Do NOT open Do NOT open Do NOT open when an when an when an explosive explosive explosive atmosphere atmosphere atmosphere may be may be may be present present present CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION Seal conduit Seal conduit in 18 inches in 18 inches Class 1 WARNING Zone 2 WARNING Zone 2 WARNING Division 2 Do NOT open Do NOT open Do NOT open when an when an when an explosive explosive explosive atmosphere atmosphere atmosphere may be may be may be present present present CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION Seal conduit Seal conduit in 18 inches in 18 inches Safe Area Safe Safe Zone Zone 2 2 1 1 EC Declaration of Conformity for EU Refer to the EC declaration of conformity and ATEX certificate s shipped with the MSC L for EC declarations 2 2 1 2 Control Drawings for FM amp CSA Refer to the control drawings shipped with the MSC L for the FM and CSA certifications Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 2 2 Installation amp Ope
239. eration Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Arm Alarms 6 9 Arm Alarms Initial flow rate low The flow rate during the initial flow stage is below the arm initial flow rate by the Low percentage after the Alarm start delay elapsed Initial flow rate high The flow rate exceeds the arm initial flow rate by the High percentage and the Alarm start delay elapsed Full flow rate low The full flow rate is below the arm full flow rate by the Low percentage and the Alarm start delay elapses Full flow rate high The flow rate exceeds the arm full flow rate by the High percentage and the Alarm start delay elapses Pre stop flow rate low The flow rate during the pre stop flow stage is below the arm pre stop flow rate by the Low percentage and the Alarm start delay elapses Pre stop flow rate high The flow rate during the pre stop flow rate exceeds the arm pre stop flow rate by the High percentage and the Alarm start delay elapses Programmable input 1 6 The programmable input state active de active does not match with the expected input state Block valve fault No valve feedback is detected Arm exceeds overrun limit The measured volume exceeds the preset and the configured overrun limit Clean arm volume not reached The measured clean arm volume is less than the specified clean arm volume minus the clean arm tolerance
240. eration Manual 5 261 Operation Truck Driver Operations A Disconnect screen appears where it is expected to disconnect the permissives like grounding overfill and so on Disconnect 5 17 4 STOP Key Operations When the arm is loading the STOP key on the keyboard can be used to pause the running batches After the STOP key is pressed all the running batches are in a paused state as seen in the following figure Arm 1 01 34 Arm 1 Load Progress 831 2000 __ Compartment 1 l Recipe name DIESEL Load GOV 8 3 1 L Remaining qty 1 169 L Flow rate 0 in Press OK to continue US a 10223 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 262 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations To stop or resume the batches press the OK key which displays a prompt as follows Stop all batches No Press OK to select Js S 102256 Perform one of the following on the Stop all batches screen m Select Yes if you want to stop all the batches All the batches are stopped and a prompt is displayed to load another compartment Perform one of the following on the load compartment screen e Select Yes to start a batch on another arm e Select No to end the transaction A transaction details screen is displayed and the transaction is ended Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5
241. eriPebraraeiq45459 0253 oe 5609453459594 5 171 Dashboard I O Type Symbols 5 172 BonciBg UT 5 173 Digital Output 2 ss asa seneta ee 5 173 Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual ix Table of Contents 5 12 22 PUSEINDUL 24 a arab s uha de Ro W 0 N a x Re od a 5 174 5 1223 Pulse u nnt eek HR Erat bug ews 5 174 RP IIo e 5 175 5 12 3 System Health e 5 175 5124 PIODOSSJ Id 5 177 5 12 5 ele zio OD TIT 5 178 5 12 6 Accumulated 5 178 Gill cat ns or a ap ch cac Uer phase 5 182 5 12 8 Device TaskSs a 5 184 S 18 54 ICSC TOSS aci dace carn aero beak he bud Shee none Oe eee oa on 5 184 5 12 8 2 Execute TaskS 5 185 5 12 8 3 Clear dae deg eo debo ones E ue E are Qnae Rei Dog 5 186 5 12 9 Maintenance 5 189 5 12 10 AOVANCEG uris a dox dodo o eon dedico D o o we ERR out m a 5 190 5 13 Calibration s urn ewe RR m Re m eee n Cu a eee De CR 5 194 5 13 1 Why Calibrate n nnana n 5 194 5 13 2 Calibration Menu
242. ernal AC power MAINS 4 N Neutral Neutral ionic MAINS 4 E Earth Earth operation or Mains AC power link to first backplane ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 79 Operation General CHAPTER 5 OPERATION 5 1 General 5 1 1 Introduction This chapter provides the commissioning information for the MSC L Commissioning the MSC L is accomplished by configuring entities or parameters to the required values This is performed using the menu options of the MSC L See section 5 4 Menu and Navigation for more information 5 1 2 Text Conventions In contrast with the explanatory text all instructions are preceded by a 3 All Entity and lt entity related gt texts are in a recognizable format For example the Entity is in the format Units of additive volume and the entity related text is in the format lt Milliliter gt 5 2 Service Interfaces The MSC L can be configured through four interfaces as follows B The infrared interface with IR Controller m he wired Ex i interface with Local Access Device LAD m The COMMS interface which connects to the Fusion4 portal through RS 485 or Ethernet B The Ethernet communication m The keyboard Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 1 Operation Service Tools FIGURE 5 1 LAD interface IR controller K
243. es from Number of Batches The number of batches in this transaction W amp M Intended Transaction If the device is configured as W amp M intended during the complete transaction Base Temperature Reference temperature that a user defines for vol ume correction Base Pressure Reference pressure that a user defines for volume correction Units of Temperature The engineering units associated with all tempera ture measurements in this record Units of Density The engineering units associated with all density measurements in this record Units of Pressure The engineering units associated with all pressure measurements in this record Site Name The name of the site where the transaction hap pened Transaction Start Time The time at which the transaction began sampled from RTC entity Transaction Start Date The date when the transaction began sampled from RTC entity Transaction Stop Time The time at which the transaction ended sampled from RTC entity Transaction Stop Date The date when the transaction ended sampled from RTC entity Preset Type This specifies if the preset value is expressed as volume or mass value Bay Number The number of the bay the device is installed in Communications Mode It expresses if the transaction is done in Local No Communications or Remote Communications to TAS Mode User Language
244. eset volume must be entered ss Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 1 6 Enter preset volume ml 1000 00 ODDO muu Press to confirm value 4 a 09 50 52 3 On the Calibration Stream n Wizard 1 6 screen enter the preset volume that the MSC L must inject for the calibration process and then select Confirm The Calibration Stream n Wizard 2 6 screen appears on which the delay time must be entered Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 215 Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 2 6 Set start delay s Press to confirm value 4 a 09 31 09 4 On the Calibration Stream n Wizard 2 6 screen enter the start delay time in seconds and then select Confirm A suitable delay time should be entered so that you can move to another place for example to observe the result until the process continues The Calibration Stream n Wizard 3 6 screen appears with the preset volume delay time in seconds and the progress status Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 3 6 Preset volume 1000 00 ml Start delay 3s Progress 0 00 ml Press OK to start calibration gt 2 a 09 31 24 5 Check the Progress bar to monitor the calibration progress 6 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD The countdown of the delay time starts After the expiration of the delay time the injection process starts Fusi
245. eturn quantity Return quantity Press DEL to clear Press CK to confirm UB gm 094024 10 If prompt is enabled enter the preset as per the configured preset type liters gallons kilograms and so on Enter preset 2000 T Press DEL to clear Press OK to confirm OS 09 40 43 5 258 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations If the batch is executable to load then the batch details screen appears with the recipe name compartment arm name and preset value If not an error message appears Batch details Recipe name DIANA Compartment 1 Arm name Preset Cancel 4 Confirm Press OK to select NEC 09 27 27 11 Select lt Confirm gt to perform the batch or select lt Cancel gt to cancel the batch 12 If confirmed press the Start button on the keyboard to commence the batch Press START e m 09 2743 The load another compartment prompt appears only if another batch can begin that is there is an idle arm and the maximum number of simultaneous batches has not been reached If a new batch cannot be planned then the running screen appears Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 259 Operation Truck Driver Operations A message appears prompting you if another batch needs to be loaded Load another compartment No Pre
246. eturn to the previous screen 5 f the load number prompt is enabled enter the load number when prompted Enter load number a Press DEL to clear Press OK to confirm 2 xa 09 25 24 6 Select the Arm in which you want to perform the batch For example ARM 1 Select arm Arm 2 Arm 3 Arm 4 i Press CK to select s Om 09 25 38 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 247 Operation Truck Driver Operations 7 Select the recipe from the list of configured recipes Select recipe v DIESEL HS DIESEL Press OK to select 2 OG 093928 8 If compartment prompt is enabled enter the appropriate compartment number Enter compartment Press DEL to clear Press OK to confirm D 09 39 49 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 248 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations 9 If return quantity prompt is enabled enter the return quantity Return quantity Press DEL to clear Press CK to confirm UB gm 094024 10 If prompt is enabled enter the preset as per the configured preset type liters gallons kilograms and so on Enter preset 2000 T Press DEL to clear Press OK to confirm OS 09 40 43 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 249 Operation Truck Driver Operations If the batch is executable t
247. evant configu ration and the relevant firmware is not sealed In case the W amp M keyboard switch is used for sealing the board W amp M jumpers switches must be set to OFF The device can be sealed by the service technician or the notified body engineer Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 275 Operation W amp M Compliance 5 20 3 NOTE 5 20 4 The MSC L can be physically sealed as shown in the following figure Sealing bolt Device Health For the MSC L to be W amp M compliant the device health should be good The device health is good in the following scenarios m All the hardware is available and functional m All memory and interface checks are passed m All boards are in valid temperature range B All board voltages are in valid range If any of the board has bad or uncertain health the device health is bad CAN IN OUT MSC board is not taken into account because of non relevance for W amp M MSC L W amp M compliance The MSC L is compliant for W amp M custody transfer if all the following criteria are met m The W amp M Intended is set to True m The MSC L is W amp M sealed either the jumper in ON or the switch is activated he device health is good 5 276 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling General CHAPTER 6 ALARM HANDLING 6 1
248. eve device info Select this option to save the preset configu ration information on the SD card NOTE A warning message appears when the device is W amp M sealed and a configuration file is installed Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 230 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer 5 15 4 Events Logs On the Transfer screen select Events Logs to retrieve the events and logs from the MSC L The Transfer Events Logs screen appears which displays the options to retrieve the events and logs from the MSC L Transfer Events Logs Retrieve alarm logs Retrieve event logs f Press to select 12 30 13 The following entities are available on the Transfer Events Logs Screen m Retrieve alarm logs Select this option to retrieve the alarm logs Retrieve event logs Select this option to retrieve the event logs These logs are saved on the SD card inside the LAD device Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 231 Operation Transfer 5 15 5 Calibration Records On the Transfer screen select Calibration records to view the calibration record details The Transfer Calibration Records screen appears which displays the options to view the calibration records Transfer Calibration Records All records Range of records Single record
249. eyboard Service interfaces of the MSC L 5 3 5 3 1 Service Tools Fusion4 IR Controller The Fusion4 IR Controller uses infrared IR signals to transmit the ASCII characters to the MSC L This allows the operator to make adjustments in programming the MSC L without removing the cover of the explosion proof enclosure on site The infrared receiver on the MSC L is designed to be unaffected by interference from light sources other than the Fusion4 IR Controller All prompts requiring an operator response are clearly indicated on the display of the MSC L The Fusion4 IR Controller has all the infrared commands permanently stored in its micro controller Due to this if the batteries are drained it can be restored to complete operation by inserting a fresh set of batteries The Fusion4 IR Controller has a sleep mode to reduce battery consumption At first use or after a period of inactivity of approximately 30 seconds the ATTN key must be pressed to wake up the Fusion4 IR Controller Then the SEND light blinks indicating that the Fusion4 IR Controller is ready for operation Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools FIGURE 5 2 The MSC L uses seven of the Fusion4 IR controller buttons These buttons A V gt OK ESC are provided in bold text in FIGURE 5 2 and are explained in detail in section 5 3 4 1 Basic Navigation
250. f Installation amp Operation Manual 5 235 Operation LAD Functions FIGURE 5 37 NOTE The language settings are applicable at a workflow level and are available for use after restarting the MSC L device 5 16 LAD Functions NOTE The LAD functions are available only when the LAD is connected to the MSC L Main Menu 4 ala T Pa Ta n FACTU Tim BIN 18 P Z8 eel i rN mn r i 4 A f 4 i LAD Functions LAD icon The LAD functions provide the following functionalities Facility to download the firmware in the MSC L and the LAD Facility to navigate the screen Configuration of the Test LED Configuration of the LAD s special function key Information about the LAD Facility to format the SD card 5 236 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation LAD Functions 5 16 1 General m On the Main Menu screen select the LAD icon The LAD function screen appears which displays the various LAD functions and their activities LAD Firmware update Test LED Function key LAD information Format SD card Press OK to select FIGURE 5 38 LAD functions Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 237 Operation LAD Functions 5 16 2 NOTE NOTE Firmware Update Remove the old files tha
251. fault value is None 5 8 2 2 2 Device Configuration I O Binding Outputs On the Bay Configuration I O binding screen select Outputs The following entities are displayed on the Bay Configuration I O Binding Outputs screen Entity Description Value range Bay active With this entity you can configure the Any of the unused DO EMR n DO SSR n output which indicates the bay active PO n or None The default value is None Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 96 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 2 3 Bay Configuration Alarms 1 On the System Config Bay screen select Alarms The System Config Bay Alarms screen appears System Config Bay Alarms Programmable alarms Press OK to select Alarms can have the following alarm actions B Disabled The alarm is ignored m Display e he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON B Display shutdown e he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is stopped B Display pause he alarm is shown on the display alarm indication output set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is paused 2 On the System Config Bay Alarms screen select each entity to configure the alarms
252. flow XML file through the LAD The device must be restarted for this workflow to take effect After changing the workflow selection setting the device should always be reset to restart the desired workflow Value range Default default Custom TAS timeout With this entity you can select the TAS 10s default request timeout duration Workflow Mode Select this entity to operate MSC L in Local default either standalone or operate with TAS Remote with Local fallback gt Local MSC L device will operate in standalone mode Remote with Local fallback gt MSC L will be controlled by TAS and in case of communication failure it will switch back to stand alone operation lt Remote only gt MSC L will always be controlled by TAS When using emulation type as Accuload make sure that the Workflow Mode is lt Remote only gt lt Remote only gt Use RIT Panel With this entity you can enable or disable the RIT panel lt Enabled gt lt Disabled gt default Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 8 2 System Config Prompts On the System Config Device Workflow settings screen select Prompts The following entities are displayed User identification Description Alllows you to enable or disable the user identification prompt Value range Disabled Op
253. g Scroll to the particular alarm select lt Ack gt and then press OK on the IR controller the LAD or the keyboard to acknowledge the alarm The state of the alarm changes to ACKNOWLEDGED and a new alarm log item is created OR Scroll to All alarms select lt Ack gt and then press OK on the IR controller the LAD or keyboard to acknowledge all the alarms The state of all the active alarms changes to ACKNOWLEDGED and new alarm log items are created To change the state of the alarm to ALARM gt on the Active alarm screen perform the following Scroll to the particular alarm select Reset and then press lt OK gt on the IR controller the LAD or the keyboard to reset the alarm The state of all the alarms changes to ALARM INACTIVE and a new alarm log item is created OR Scroll to the top to all the alarms select Reset and then press OK on the IR controller the LAD or keyboard to reset the Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Alarm Logs alarms The state of all the active alarms changes to ALARM IN ACTIVE and a new alarm log item is created To reset all alarms through hardware the entity I O binding alarm reset input must be configured accordingly This allows you to reset all alarms on a particular arm A special function key can be assigned to the F key on the
254. g entities 5 9 2 3 1 Additive Control On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen select Additive control The Additive Stream Config Stream n Additive Control screen is displayed with the following entities Entity Description Value range Injection queue length With this entity you can configure the 0 10 inject queue length default lt 0 gt You can define the number of injections that can be queued up that is postponed if the injection progress is too slow in relation to the calculated or configured injection period time or even the measured wild stream flow Factored pulse out With this entity you can select the 1 Pulse Unit default amount of pulses for each unit of 10 Pulses Unit additive volume dispensed 100 Pulses Unit 1000 Pulses Unit Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 132 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration Feedback mode Description With this entity you can select the type of feedback for each injection Value range None default Piston switch Inverted piston switch Post injection Double pulse Last 2590 Ext piston switch Inv ext piston switch Feedback pulse duration With this entity you can enter the duration of the feedback pulse in ms 0 ms 1000 ms default 500 ms
255. gital Input DC DI DC 3 8 2 1 Functional Description The function of the Digital Input DC DI DC is to convert the switched DC into a signal that can be used by the controller to ensure specific functionality required Two types of contacts are available which are as follows 1 External DC voltage switching 2 Volt free switching Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions FIGURE 3 24 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the DI DC connections External equipment CAN ARM MSC or CAN IN OUT MSC 5V CNx R DCx_hi per ug e 7 COMMON 3 Voltage free contact x 0V or External equipment CAN ARM MSC or CAN IN OUT MSC 5V CNx R DCx_hi K e 7 x COMMON x OV NPN llector emitt open collector emitter Load computer PLC TAS or external switching voltage FIGURE 3 24 DI DC connections Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 39 System Description Input Functions 3 8 2 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation voltage Switching level External DC voltage Switching level V External DC voltage Switching current lew Input switching frequency Input on time Tow Inpu
256. gs and toothed rings for the grounding cable 3 Check the wire in the box and the lid Make sure it is not damaged before reinstalling 4 Reinstall the original cable assembly Do not replace it with random parts WARNINGI For ensuring intrinsic safety of the MSC L the NOTE Complete replacement of the lid should only be done in the Honeywell Enraf factory and not at the site Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 19 System Description Hardware Structure The lid of the metal housing is connected to the MSC enclosure through a separate GND signal transmitted through the GND cable as displayed in FIGURE 3 13 FIGURE 3 13 Cable GND cable used for grounding the lid of the MSC enclosure The Protected Earth PE ground connections for external cables are connected to one of the nine M4 studs at the bottom using the gland entries as displayed in FIGURE 3 14 FIGURE 3 14 PE ground connections for external cables Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 20 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout 3 6 PCB Layout Each FlexConn PCB consists of generic electronic parts and specific electronics part The generic electronic parts can be found on any FlexConn modules The specific electronics part represent an application specific function On the generic electronics part the following parts ar
257. h stopped due to an Alarm 5 266 Service Technician Operations 5 267 Configuration 5 267 Configuration Order i 22 0 35 cbr oe RES IE Y he PI RERTISUIEUYES 5 268 Configuration File 5 269 Recipe Transfer using the Fusion4 LAD 5 271 Running SCreens irriverenti 5 271 Loading Progress 5 271 LERAM PANG saporite bile 5 274 W amp M Compliance 5 274 W amp MlIntended 5 275 W amp M Sealing ce u aqa wash bilia elena 5 275 Device Health 5 276 MSC L W amp M compliance ens 5 276 Alarm Handling 6 1 General EROR IE IE PES EE E E 6 1 Basic CO O C bis eed Dres Ei E zd RUE C VIE dede c 6 1 Alarm NANG mea EE ICE B but 3 de E RE Sg been seas Heese 6 1 AII RE 6 1 6 2 AGI 0 PR e as 6 2 BAIE 6 3 Alarm Severi y uu u s u mci acm n m C e nca wee 6 3 vl o L m 6 3 Configuration 6 3 OCENIO m
258. han zero the alarm indication output is activated When the number changes from a number larger than zero to zero then the alarm indication output is deactivated Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 6 5 Alarm Handling Operations on alarms 6 5 6 5 1 6 5 2 6 5 3 6 5 4 Operations on alarms A number of operations can be performed on alarms Not all operations are directly accessible However they are explained in the following sections to give a clear understanding of the way alarms work Raising For each alarm a specific raise conditions is periodically checked If the raise condition is met then a RaiseAlarm operation is performed A RaiseAlarm operation activates the alarm if the alarm is not active yet Clearing Clearing is performed through user interaction On the alarm screen or through external interfaces an individual alarm is selected and a ClearAlarm operation may be requested for that alarm The ClearAlarm operation causes the alarm to be deactivated However if the raise conditions for that alarm are still met the effect of the ClearAlarm operation is immediately overwritten by the RaiseAlarm operation Some alarms such as the Tank Low Level alarm perform automatic clearing For such alarms there is a raise condition and a clear condition that is periodically checked When the clear condition is met a ClearAlarm operation is perfor
259. he 1 s lt 99 gt s time within which amount more than default 5 s Product Leaking volume limit needs to be measured to raise an alarm when the stream is idle Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 119 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 0 2 No Product Alarm action On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select No product The Product Stream Config Stream n No Product screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default No product timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which product stream pulses should be received when the device is permitted After this time no product pulse stream pulse is received an alarm occurs depending on Alarm action 5 9 1 5 0 3 No Pump lt 1 gt lt 255 gt s default 5 S On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select No pump The Product Stream Config Stream n No Pump screen is displayed with the following entities Alarm action Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display
260. he Diagnostics Dashboard Analog I O screen appears which displays the state or value of all the available Analog I O blocks Diagnostics Dashboard Analog 1 0 RTD 1 55 00 RTD 2 RID 3 999 99 Al 1 dd Al 2 99999 99 AI 3 dd Al 4 99999 99 AI 5 d AI 6 99999 99 AI 7 j AO 1 9 48 AO 2 RID 4 999 99 RID 5 RTD 6 999 99 AI 8 AI 9 99999 99 AI 10 AI 11 99999 99 AlI 12 AI 13 99999 99 Al 14 AO 4 9 48 AO 5 4 AO 6 9 48 55 00 99999 99 99999 99 99999 99 99999 99 9 48 999 99 99999 99 99999 99 99999 99 99999 99 9 48 ga 06 55 15 System Health The content of the Diagnostics System Health may differ depending on the particular Model that is bought On the Diagnostics screen select lt System health gt The Diagnostics Module Health screen appears which displays the health of the boards available in the MSC L Diagnostics Module Health Good Good Good Good Good Good FM ARM 1 FM IN OUT 1 FM ARM 2 FM IN OUT 3 FM IN OUT 4 FM HMI No erro No error No error No error No error No error u A o a Press OK to view function health Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 175 Operation Diagnostics 1 On the Diagnostics Module Health screen select lt FM ARM n gt The Diagnostics Function Health screen appe
261. he calculation of the pressure conversion factor is not included directly into the MPMS 11 2 4 TP27 07 procedures therefore MPMS 11 2 2 and 11 2 5 are used in addition for calculating the equilibrium pressure and the compressibility of the fluid Since MPMS 11 2 5 is using non metric units and requires knowledge of product density at 60 F additional calculation of product density at 60 F is performed by using TP27 07 procedure as needed regardless of the configured base temperature This density at 60 F compensated for temperature effects is then used as an input to both MPMS 11 2 5 and 11 2 2 to calculate the equilibrium pressure and compressibility factor of the product at the observed temperature 5 114 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration NOTE CAUTION 5 9 1 4 2 4 Determination of the product density at 60 F used as an input to MPMS 11 2 5 and 11 2 2 to derive compressibility factor is based on compensation for temperature effects only typically it is the only major contributing factor required for calculating compressi bility factor accounting for pressure effects would require iterative calculations Sometimes the containment vessel for the product contains means of altering the vapour pressure in the vessel to some value other than the equilibrium pressure Pe at the metering temperature Tm The difference between
262. he feedback pulse duration entity The modes in which this setting is applicable are marked as underscored italic m The specific behavior of the additive injector feedback is defined by the entities located in the Solenoid submenu Piston Switch The injector feedback output is active as long as the additive injection solenoid is active Inverted piston switch The injector output is inactive as long as the additive injector solenoid is active inverse of previous mode Post injection A pulse is generated as soon as the additive injector solenoid becomes inactive 5 130 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration Double pulse A pulse is generated after 2596 of the injection volume is injected during an injection cycle Another pulse is generated after 7596 of injection volume is injected Last 2526 pulse is generated after 75 of the injection volume is injected Extended piston switch The injector feedback is active for the complete period during which the additive injection solenoid is active and some additional time the time equal to the feedback pulse duration entity e Inverted extended piston switch The inverse of extended piston switch mode i Rrrr Pierde j Additive Flow injector Feedback Signals Piston Switch 1 Feedback i Inverted Piston Feeback k l I
263. hen the batch starts if the Pump demand I O binding is defined m The pump is de activated when the batch stops and Pump run timeout is elapsed 5 9 1 2 2 2 Block Valve Control m f the Block valve I O binding is defined then the block valve output should be active when the batch starts m If the block valve should remain active until the product stream stops or pauses 5 9 1 2 2 3 Hydraulic Pump Demand m Product stream hydraulic pump demand output should be driven high when the batch starts if the Hydraulic pump demand I O binding is defined m The hydraulic pump is de activated when the batch stops and Hydraulic pump run timeout elapses Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 106 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 3 Product Stream Config Stream n Control Settings On the Product Stream Config Stream n screen select Control settings The Product Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen is displayed with the following entities 2 Product Stream Config Stream 1 Control Settings Product control Valve control Press OK to select Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 107 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 3 1 Product Control Entity Dead band kdb On the Product Stream Config Stream n Control Settings screen select Pr
264. hold 1 8e222 F Alarm hysteresis 186222 F 4 ga 10 06 34 Description Value range RTD serial With this entity you can enter the serial Alphanumeric string of maximum 8 number of the connected PT100 characters temperature probe Temperature offset With this entity you can insert a default 0 00 C certified thermometer near the RTD and adjust the MSC L to read the same temperature The temperature offset is for calibration of the RTD RTD wiring With this entity you can set the wiring lt 3 wire configuration of the RTD 4 Wire default Unknown Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 73 Operation System Configuration Entity HH alarm threshold Description With this entity you can set the high high temperature alarm threshold When exceeded a temperature alarm occurs H alarm threshold With this entity you can set the high temperature alarm threshold When exceeded a temperature alarm occurs L alarm threshold With this entity you can set the low temperature alarm threshold When exceeded a temperature alarm occurs LL alarm threshold With this entity you can set the low low temperature alarm threshold When exceeded a temperature alarm occurs Alarm hysteresis With this entity you can set the hysteresis around the alarm levels This hysteresis is used for avoiding ala
265. ibrated vessel FIGURE 5 29 Calibrating the flow meter for an Additive Stream With the flow meter and the K factor value a correction factor can be calculated which is used for re calibrating the flow meter This correction factor is called the meter factor The resulting injection volume V is then calculated as follows V Number of pulses K factor meter factor Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 195 Operation Calibration 5 13 2 Calibration Menu Choice 1 On the Main Menu screen select the Calibration icon to perform the calibration process Main Menu Calibration FIGURE 5 30 Calibration icon 2 On the Calibration screen select either lt Wizard gt calibration method or the lt Manual gt calibration method e n the Wizard calibration method the meter factor is calculated by comparing the measured volume with the device dispensed volume e n the Manual calibration method you must enter the meter factor The default meter factor for the Wizard calibration method and the Manual calibration method is 1 The range which can be specified for the meter factor is between 0 5 and 1 5 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 196 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Calibration Calibration Manual Press OK to select a 07 51 11 FIGURE 5 31 Calibration menu choi
266. ice Re enable device Screen capture Long Hold ESC Long Hold OK Press OK to select 5 16 5 LAD Information On the LAD screen select lt LAD information The LAD LAD Information screen appears which displays the relevant LAD information and diagnostics of LAD LAD LAD Information Serial number 342734773 SD card memory 1919428 1925464 KB NVRAM memory Voltage 1 85400 V Temperature 30 00 C Hardware version O Application version A3000 Bootloader version B1102 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 242 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation LAD Functions 5 16 6 Format SD Card 1 On the LAD screen select Format SD card to format the SD card of the LAD The confirmation dialog box appears sl LAD Firmware update Test LED Are you sure This action removes all items on the SD card Cancel Press OK to select 4m m fia 06 24 19 CAUTION All content is erased if you select OK 2 Perform any one of the following m Click OK to erase all the content available in the SD card The LAD Format SD Card screen appears which provides the status of the format Or m Click Cancel to terminate the operation Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 243 Operation Truck Driver Operations 5 17 5 17 1 NOTE NOTE Welcome Grounding Truck Driver Operations Overview A truck
267. imum 24 V 3 2 24 mA BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Analog Input maximum 24 V 3 2 24 mA BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Analog Output maximum 24 V 3 2 24 mA BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Pulse Output maximum 12 V 10 KHz BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Pulse Input maximum 12 V 10 KHz BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Analog input RTD maximum 24 V 1 5 mA BELDEN 9842 2PAIR 24AWG LSNH SWA ni 120 O RS 485 Serial Communication Interface BELDEN 9842 2PAIR 24AWG LSNH SWA ni 120 O RS 485 Serial Communication Interface CAT5E SWA FTP LSZH 24 AWG 4PAIR 10 100 Ethernet Communication Interface CAT5E SWA FTP LSZH 24 AWG 4PAIR llillu 7 5 Wire Crimps cable wires 7 NOTE ae 10 100 Ethernet Communication Interface There are no strictly prescribed wire crimps However it is advised to fit crimps bootlace ferrules to multi strand Wire crimps are to reinforce the fine wire strands when terminating a cable into a connector block Wire crimps are not required to be fitted for solid core cable wires Fusion4 MSC L 4 32 Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 Internal Wiring diagram 4 7 6 1 AC Cable 1 Gland 1 s DO SSR 4 0 CN107 e ssa CNT FIGURE 4 11 Cable gland Armou
268. in 2 2 ARM HMI_ETHER_TXN PHY p Green white RJ45 pin 3 Green RJ45 6 c 4 ARM HMI ETHER RXN J RJ 45 CONNECTOR FIGURE 3 38 Ethernet complaint physical layer 3 10 3 2 Characteristics Item Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation 500 Data transmission rate 100 3 10 3 3 Cable Specifications Typical Maximum Cable length Cable characteristic impedance Cable DC loop resistance Cable capacitance Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 63 Installation Mounting and Dimensions CHAPTER 4 INSTALLATION 4 1 Mounting and Dimensions For personal safety and for LVD compliance make sure that the structure on which the housing is mounted and the mounting parts support at least 200 kgs to provide permanent support to the device Following are the mechanical features of the MSC L An enclosure box with a hinged lid which allows M10 1 5 g6 fixing 1 bolts The weight of the MSC L is 53 8 kgs The width is 525 mm 20 67 inches depth is 265 mm 10 43 inches and the height is 344 mm 25 m 20 67 inches 13 54 inches Shaft 7 50 h13 mm 0 295 h 0 512 inches Thread M10x1 5 g6 Type ISO 4762 Material A2 70 Torque 33 Nm 22 12 Ib ft 25 077 Ib ft 2 An Ex flame path by means of an internal flange Part No 4418 30
269. ion Value range Deadman status With this entity you can Enable or Enable Disable deadman alarm function Disable default If enabled the operator driver must repeatedly within the settable timeout period press a key on the keyboard of the MSC L or press deadman refresh switch to prevent the deadman function from being triggered 5 8 1 5 3 2 Deadman Indicator Entity Description Value range Output With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR DO EMR PO physical output for the deadman or None indicator function The default value is None Timeout With this entity you can set the time in 10 s 999 seconds in which the operator must default 150 s press a key or refresh the deadman switch in an interval of Deadman indicator timeout to prevent the deadman indicator warning lamp from being activated and deadman bell siren start the beep 5 8 1 5 3 3 Deadman bell Description Value range Output With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR DO EMR PO physical output for the deadman bell or None function The default value is None Timeout With this entity you can set the time in 10 s 999 s seconds in which after the deadman default 30 s indicator output activates the operator must press a key or deadman switch refresh to prevent the batch from being paused and deadman bell activate continu
270. ions are not started for loading process None The alarm is ignored Active Alarm occurs when the input state is active Deactive Alarm occurs when the input state is deactive None default Active Deactive Alarm activation Running With this entity you can set the state of the input when the MSC L is in running state for the alarm function After successful authorization and permissives gets connected to start a loading process the MSC L is in the running state and continues to be in this state till all the permissives are disconnected after the transactions are complete None The alarm is ignored e Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active e lt Deactive gt The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive lt None gt default lt Active gt lt Deactive gt Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 5 3 System Config Alarms Deadman 1 On the System Config Device Alarms screen select lt Deadman gt The System Config Alarms Deadman screen appears The deadman function of the MSC L allows the loading process to be monitored to ensure the operator s attention and safety during the loading operation 2 On the System Config Alarms Deadman screen the following entities are displayed 5 8 1 5 3 1 Deadman Status Descript
271. ionz 4 entty 1045 index 11 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock boardz 20 funcbon 4 entty 1045 index 12 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name Alarm reset board 20 function 4 entty 1035 index 1 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name Alarm reset board 20 funcbon 4 entity 1035 index 2 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name Alarm reset boardz 20 functionz 4 entity 1035 index 3 datatype 0 sizez 10 comment gt 0 0 0 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FIGURE 5 41 Configuration file The following table provides the description of the fields in the configuration file Name The name of the entity as it appears on the MSC L Content The description of the enumeration options otherwise empty Value The value of the entity Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 269 Operation Service Technician Operations For details regarding the installation or retrieving a configuration refer to the section Transfer 5 15 3 Configurations Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 270 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Running Screens 5 18 4 Recipe Transfer
272. ipple and Noise DC Outputs all Isolation voltage Between DC DC Outputs all outputs The CAN PSF MSC board contains a 48 pin 01341612 F type press fit connector The signals are grouped as high voltage AC signals and low voltage DC signals Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 34 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout 3 6 2 4 3 6 2 4 1 Fuse Boards MSC SHORTCUT BOARD The MSC SHORTCUT Board is directly interfaced to the backplane of the MSC L through the 48 pin connector The MSC L contains the Digital Output Solid State Relay AC DO SSR AC interface The SSRs are used for switching AC signals connected to the load Every DO SSR AC requires an optional fuse to protect the internal electronics so that the high current can be withdrawn Because the fuse is optional 0 ohm resistor can alternatively be connected in parallel to each fuse FIGURE 3 23 MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 3 6 3 3 6 4 Device Electrical Features Following are the device electrical features of the MSC L 1 Internal power supply 2 Seven microprocessor controlled modules 3 Each I O is galvanic isolated from the internal electronics for safety performance 4 Backplanes ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC and ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC for external wiring 5 Colored connectors on the backplane to distinguish different kinds of signals System m Full color 16 bits WVGA 8
273. ispensed without any additional blend products bo FIGURE 3 1 Straight Arm Loading 3 1 3 2 Ratio Blending Ratio blending is a process in which the main product is blended with one or more blend products when a batch is loaded The amount of each product is defined by the recipe selected for the batch Each product main and blend s must be controlled independently by its own product valve and must have its own meter FIGURE 3 2 Ratio Blending Piping 3 1 3 3 Side Stream Blending Side Stream blending is a batch blending where one blend product is blended into the main product The blend product must have its own valve and meter The combined final blended product must also have its own valve and meter Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 3 System Description Introduction In side stream blending the main product does not have its own valve and meter The flow rates of both the main and blend products are therefore a function of both valves n FIGURE 3 3 Side Stream Blending Piping NOTE 3 1 5 Additive Injection Additive injection is a process in which small amounts of additives are added to the final product The additive product is injected in pace with the product flow That is the additive injection occurs after an interval of configured pacing volume until the end of the batch The recipe configured on the MS
274. ive solenoid DO SSR 9 O SSr9 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 9 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 9 L L Live DO SSR 10 F SSr10 feed ac Feed DO SSR 10 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 10 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve DO SSR 11 F SSr11_feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 11 O SSr11 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 11 N N Neutral DO SSR 11 L L Live DO SSR 12 F SSr12 feed ac Feed DO SSR 12 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 12 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve DO SSR 13 F SSr13 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 13 O SSr13 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 13 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 13 L L Live DO SSR 14 F SSr14 feed ac Feed DO SSR 14 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 14 L L Live Product block valve Additive blocking valve Honeywell Enraf Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Terminal Floor plan Signal Typical HS ID Pigna name description RE functions DO SSR 15 F SSr15 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 15
275. ive valve DO SSR 37 F SSr37 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 37 O SSr37 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 37 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 37 L L Live DO SSR 38 F SSr38 feed ac Feed DO SSR 38 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 38 L L Live Additive blocking valve Honeywell Enraf Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical I O ID Signal name description DO SSR 39 SSr39 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 39 SSr39_sw_ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 39 N Neutral DO SSR 39 L Live DO SSR 40 SSr40 feed ac Feed DO SSR 40 SSr40 sw ac Signal Output Alarm shutdown DO SSR 40 N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 40 L Live Additive blocking valve DI AC 7 8 AC NEUTRAL Neutral AC input control Programmable 9 inputs DI AC 7 AC7 L Live Bom apt DI AC 8 AC8 L Live DI AC 9 AC9 L Live DI AC 10 AC NEUTRAL Neutral AC input control Programmable 11 12 inputs DI AC 10 AC10 L Live SD input DI AC 11 AC11 L Live DI AC 12 AC12 L Live Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev05 4 70 Installation am
276. level switch indicates low immediately upon the start of the delivery there is still an adequate volume in the tank to allow the delivery to complete prior to the pump inlet drawing air If the low level condition exists the MSC L can operate under normal condition To clear the tank low level signal the tank must be refilled to a point that closes the level switch At that time the alarm disappears There is no need to reset the condition as with normal alarms Tank Empty Switch If the tank empty condition exists the MSC L cannot operate under normal condition To clear the tank empty signal the tank must be refilled to a point that closes the level switch At that instance the alarm disappears and the MSC L resumes to normal use It is not required to reset the condition with normal alarms Hydraulic Pump Feedback m f the product stream Hydraulic pump feedback I O binding is defined then the controller should generate an error if the hydraulic pump indication input is inactive after the hydraulic pump demand is active m The allowable delay is defined by the Hydraulic pump feedback timeout entity defined in the alarm settings submenu for this alarm The 1 0 Bindings Output Parameters The default value for all the Output entities are None Entity Description Can be linked to NO DCV With this entity you can select the physical Any of the unsed DO EMR n DO SSR n source for the DCV function PO n or None
277. licitly Outputs can be operated manually to activate control and test the field equipment This function is extremely useful for commissioning the device B Provides the internal memory usage overview Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 168 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics On the Diagnostics screen you can view the diagnostics of the following features Diagnostics Alarms Dashboard System health Process data Storage info Accumulated totals Comms info Device tasks Maintenance Advanced Press OK to select 2 aa 06 52 09 Alarms Provides the options to reset and acknowledge the alarms Dashboard Provides an overview of all the I O functions System health Provides an overview of the system health Process data Provides an overview of the process data such as accumulated totals flow rate temperature and so on for each of the selected screen m Storage info Provides an overview of the available memory space for data logs and the total number of available logs m Accumulated totals Provides an overview of the accumulated totals of the product streams and additive streams m Comms info Provides an overview of the diagnostic information related to the available serial and ethernet ports in the system B Device tasks Provides an overview of the reset tasks comms tasks and clear tasks m Maintenance
278. log 3 52 Functional 3 52 Characters ll GS xam ae eee we ee eee eee ee E 3 53 Digital Output Electromechanical Relay 0 3 53 Functional Description 3 53 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual iii Table of Contents 3 9 4 2 Characteristics 3 54 3 9 5 Digital Output Electromechanical Relay AC or 3 55 3 9 5 1 Functional Description 3 55 3 9 5 2 51 3 57 3 9 6 Digital Output Solid State Relay 3 57 3 9 6 1 Functional Description 3 57 9 9 6 2 CharacterislibS nus dator sensate ed hd ded a wu h 3 59 3 10 Communication Functions 3 60 310 1 General l issuu a aa pu aa ee p U Q NCA 3 60 3 10 2 RS 485 Communication 2 wire or 4 wire 3 60 3 10 2 1 Functional Description 3 60 3 10 2 2 OhatactelisllCS uana ner ode E dod een 3 62 3 10 2 3 Cable Specifications 3 62 3 10
279. lows m D a Device alarm with alarm action Display PS1 Product stream alarm on product stream 1 with alarm action Display m PS3 a Product stream alarm on product stream 3 with alarm action Pause amp Display Scenario For the above set up and configuration assume a sequence of alarm state changes and observe how it affects the severity is for each of the loading arms The initial alarm state of each of the alarms is inactive Alarm Change o u gt TT Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 6 3 Alarm Handling Alarm Severity Alarm Change Severity Initial None None None D is activated Display Display Display PS1 is activated Display Display Display 4 D is deactivated Display None None 5 PS3 is activated Display None None 6 PS1 action changed to Display None None shutdown 7 PS1 is deactivated None None None 8 PS1 is activated Shutdown None None 9 PS3 is associated to L3 This is not allowed in the MCL Deactivate first or reboot after 1 Initially there are no active alarms available hence the severity is None for all the loading arms 2 A device alarm applies to all arms Hence when D is activated the alarm action of D Display applies to all the loading arms 3 Then PS1 is activated which brings L1 to Display severity The difference is not seen because the arm already was
280. ls Additives O Stream 1 Stream 2 O Stream 4 Stream 5 JO Stream 6 Stream 7 GN TTE GET TES Stream 10 O Stream 11 O Stream 12 Stream 13 Stream 14 Stream 15 Stream 16 Stream 17 Stream 18 Stream 19 Stream 20 Stream 21 Stream 22 Stream 23 Stream 24 Press OK to select Stream 1 O All streams D 07 17 25 The Accumulated Totals Additive Stream n screen appears Accumulated Totals Additive Stream 2 Transaction GOV Leak GOV Calibration GOV Total GOV 0 592 L 0 000 L 2 003 L 2 594 L fa 12 58 03 Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 181 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 7 Comms Info 1 On the Diagnostics screen select Comms info to view the serial and ethernet details Diagnostics Comms Info Serial Ethernet Press OK to select 2 On the Diagnostics Comms Info screen select Serial The Diagnostics Comms Info Serial screen appears which displays the serial communication details Diagnostics Comms Info Serial Port Id Protocol Received Transmitted COM 1 FlexConn COM 2 FlexConn COM 6 FlexConn COM 7 FlexConn COM 3 FlexConn COM 4 FlexConn COM 5 FlexConn Press OK to view detailed data ga 10 01 14 3 On the Diagnostics Comms Info Serial screen select any one of the serial ports to view the details of the communication set
281. lse the valve control output until the amount of additive available in the Injection Volume setting is dispensed The stroke repeat rate is double the Solenoid Dwell Time 0 ms 32767 ms default 0 MS Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 133 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 4 Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms On the Additive Stream Config Stream n screen select Alarms The Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen is displayed Alarms can have the following alarm actions B Disabled The alarm is ignored m Display e he alarm appears the display The alarm indication output is set to ON Display shutdown e he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is stopped B Display pause he alarm is shown on the display alarm indication output set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON Running batch is paused 5 134 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration Alarm action 5 9 2 4 1 Leaking Valve On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Leaking valve The Additive Stream Config Stream n Leaking Valve screen is dis
282. lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Low pressure With this entity you can configure the Low pressure alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 125 Operation Stream Configuration Entity Description Value range High pressure With this entity you can configure the Disabled High pressure alarm behavior in case Display this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Density sensor With this entity you can configure the Disabled Density sensor alarm behavior in case Display this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Low density With this entity you can configure the Disabled Low density alarm behavior in case Display this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default High density With this entity you can configure the Disabled High density alarm behavior in case Display this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Meter exceeded max flow With this entity you can configure the Disabled Ba rate ia d BERT Display in case this particula
283. m indication output 6 5 5 Resetting all alarms Resetting all alarms performs a ResetAlarm operation on all currently active asserted and acknowledged alarms 6 5 6 Acknowledging all alarms Acknowledging all alarms performs an AcknowledgeAlarm operation on all currently asserted alarms NOTE The Service Due Heminder alarm has a different Heset operation implemented In the MSC L user interface the Reset button for this alarm is replaced by an Off button Press the Off button to switch off the alarm Switching off the alarm brings the Alarm Action temporarily to the Disabled alarm state When the system is rebooted or when the alarm is recon figured the Alarm Action is set back to the configured Alarm Action To avoid accidently disabling of this alarm resetting all the alarms performs an ordinary reset on the Service Due Reminder alarm causing it to become asserted immediately after again Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 6 7 Alarm Handling Active Alarms FIGURE 6 1 6 6 Active Alarms The Active alarms screen displays all active and acknowledged alarms oee FIGURE 6 1 All alarms 2 alarms Arm 1 Stream 1 No product Arm 2 Stream 2 Stream exceeds overrun limit Use arrow keys to select s m 10 56 32 Active Alarms To change the state of the alarm to lt ACKNOWLEDGED gt on the Active alarm screen perform the followin
284. mame CAN ARM MSC CAN HMI MSC RS 485 Communication RS 485 2 wire RS 485 2 wire RS 485 Communication RS 485 4 wire Ethernet Communication ETHERNET ETHERNET RS 485 Communication 2 wire or 4 wire Functional Description The Communication block which consists of wires and switches allows the MSC L to communicate through an RS 485 connection with external devices including a TAS system Fusion4 Portal or other remote interfaces For the CAN HMI MSC CH5 can be configured for either a 2 wire half duplex or a 4 wire full duplex Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Communication Functions FIGURE 3 36 illustrates the RS Communication 2 wire connections and FIGURE 3 37 illustrates the RS Communication 4 wire connections CAN ARM MSC External equipment CAN HMI MSC CNx RAD Li RS485_A_CHx 4 1 4 p RAD e e RS485 B CHx y 2 5 TXD d TXD gt gt RS485 Common CHx e 3 6 o oV in RS 485 TRANSCEIVER 0V OV connection is omitted for some RS 485 applications FIGURE 3 36 RS Communication 2 wire connections CAN HMI MSC External equipment CN151 RS485 A CH5 T RXD e us a RS485 B CH5 2 RS485 Y CH5 4 RXD TXD p p RS485_Z_CH5 3 RS485 Common CH5 5
285. me Enter Site name Letters grouped Numbers grouped Press OK to enter character FIGURE 5 13 Text Input screen Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 20 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 8 Numeric Input Screen oee FIGURE 5 14 for a sample numeric input screen Device Configuration Display brightness Enter Display brightness 96 s Confirm Press to confirm value FIGURE 5 14 Numeric Input screen Single line edit button Numeric buttons Hyphen button Point button Backspace button Confirm button 5 4 9 Enumeration Input Screen See FIGURE 5 15 for a sample enumeration input screen Device Configuration Units of volume Liter Cubic Meter Cubic Centimeter Cubic Decimeter US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel Press to select FIGURE 5 15 Enumeration Input screen Focus rectangle Action message Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Menu and Navigation 5 4 10 Status Bar The Status Bar is always visible on all screens and provides the following information Context specific information directions to the user Status of the connectivity for example the LAD or the IR controller e Status of TAS e Actual time Optionally the status bar also displays a seal icon The seal icon is displayed when the MSC L is configured as W amp M
286. med and the alarm is deactivated In case of the Tank Low Level alarm the clear condition is the complement of the raise condition but this is not so in general Resetting Resetting an alarm is a user operation An individual alarm is selected and a ResetAlarm operation is requested to reset the alarm For most of the alarms the ResetAlarm directly translates to performing a ClearAlarm operation But this is not true in general An alarm may have some state associated with it When the raise condition is based on this state then only clearing the alarm causes the alarm to be raised immediately again even if the situation is such that you do not expect that alarm to come back again For example the Pulse hardware error alarm maintains a counter that counts the number of erroneous pulses If the ResetAlarm operation does not clear that counter but only clears the alarm then the value of the counter causes a new RaiseAlarm operation even if there are no new pulse errors detected Acknowledging Acknowledging an alarm is a user operation An individual alarm is selected and an AcknowledgeAlarm operation is requested to acknowledge an alarm This operation has no effect on clearing raising Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Operations on alarms alarms but only moves an alarm from the Asserted state to the Acknowledged state This affects only on the alar
287. min M CQ Press OK to accept ESC to reject c ga 07 58 00 12 Following options can be performed m Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to repeat calibration on the same flow rate NOTE Maximum of 5 calibrations can be performed for a single flow rate m Select Cancel to terminate the operation 5 212 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Calibration The Calibration Stream n Meter Profile Wizard screen appears which displays the latest calibrated point with the new meter factor Calibration Stream 1 Meter Profile Wizard Calibration No Meter Factor Flowrate 1 0 99571 946 36 L min a l Press OK to select 9 a 07 52 43 13 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD The Calibration Stream n Edit Meter Profile Wizard screen appears on which the options to save or delete the calibration point are available Calibration Stream 1 Edit Meter Profile Wizard Add Delete Calibrate Save A A A Press OK to select 14 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to save the calibration point The Calibration Stream n Wizard screen appears which displays the Meter Factor old Flowrate old Meter Fact
288. ms 5 80 System Config lt 5 82 Deadman Status 5 82 Deadman Indicator 5 82 Desdmanbell ss orsssuenssiiotase age maspas gaa kuqa q supa 5 82 Deadman 5 83 Deadman refresh 5 5 83 System Config Alarms Permissives 5 83 System Config Alarms Fixed 5 84 System Config Device Authorization 5 85 System Config Authorization Setup 5 85 System Config Authorization 5 86 User Database hrs 5 86 Objects Database 5 87 Device Configuration Base Conditions 5 89 Base Temperature 5 89 Base Pressure 5 89 Device Configuration Workflow Settings 5 90 System Config Options 5 90 System Config Prompts ee 5 92 Device Configuration RIT Panel 5 93 Bay mtm armes E EE EE akak don hb Redon 5 95 System Config bay
289. ms For each batch the MSC L supports the control of the following as described in the following figure m Stream with main product B Maximum 3 blend streams m Maximum 6 additive streams simultaneous h This sub set is defined by the recipes running on that arm Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 5 System Description Introduction 3 1 5 1 Device loading capabilities Following are the device loading capabilities as described in the following figure simltaneonss 1 6 controls Maximum of 6 simultaneous loading arms are supported Maximum of 50 recipes can be configured per loading arm Maximum of 10 000 transactions First in First Out FIFO can be stored in the device A transaction record of product transfer to one customer can be transferred to the Fusion4 Portal transaction record for W amp M compliant BoL storage and printing A transaction can contain batches loaded with maximum of 6 different loading arms A transaction contains maximum of 20 batches A batch simultaneous controls a maximum of 10 streams Stream with main product e Up to 3 blend streams e Up to 6 additive streams 10000 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 6 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description MID Compliance 3 2 3 2 1 3 2 2 Menu based MSC L Control By using service tools the LAD the I
290. n amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions 3 9 5 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Load voltage to be switched 265 Vac Switching current 1 A Steady state current 1 A Output contact type SPST Operate time 5 ms Release time 10 ms Setting time 50 ms Control voltage 2 5 Voc high level Control voltage 0 4 Voc low level Control current 1 mA high level 3 9 6 Digital Output Solid State Relay AC 3 9 6 1 Functional Description The Digital Output Solid State Relay AC DO SSR AC allows the controller to switch high voltage AC signals to control solenoids digital control valves alarms and other loads The two output terminals behave as a volt free contact and require an external AC power supply to drive a load FIGURE 3 34 illustrates a simplified block diagram of the DO SSR AC self powered connections and FIGURE 3 35 illustrates a simplified block diagram of the DO SSR AC externally powered connections Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions MSC FUSE BOARD External equipment CNx L N 2 AC Mains supply e CNx N e Fuse L O N O e 1 5A T CAN ARM MSC or CAN IN OUT MSC CNx SSr
291. n data with the multiple batches and the transaction attributes including GOV GSV base conditions and mass To view transactions from the transaction log the security level of the user must be SL2 or higher gt Press OK to view batches The Logs Transaction Log Batch Overview screen appears t Logs Transaction Log Batch Overview Date Time Product Quantity 09 04 14 06 04 18 DIESEL 1002 99 L 09 04 14 06 05 28 E20 2003 85 L 09 04 14 06 08 15 DIESEL 1002 74 L 09 04 14 06 09 26 GASOLINE 2003 14 L SKS Press OK to view batch details gt m 06 13 09 gt Press OK to view the batch details The Logs Transaction Log Batch Details screen appears Logs Transaction Log Batch Details Arm name Arm number Batch number Compartment number Product name E20 Batch start 09 04 14 06 02 28 Batch stop 09 04 14 06 05 28 W amp M compliant Yes Unintended stop No Preset quantity 2000 00 L Returned quantity 0 00 L Batch GOV 2003 85 L Batch GSV 194950 L Batch mass 1949 50 kg Blend type Ratio U EI IHIIKI IIIIC KIKIEUHIKIKIWHIH I IKSUISIKHHIIIKI WHWPEHI IIIKWK WI UIIIIHIG NIIIIII III I IIII IIIIQIS I I I II COSI lt zI I I lt IIIIII I I II IISIIIII II IIIII Ie2 I A Press OK to view streams gt ga 06 13 27 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 160 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Logs
292. n4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 24 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout B 51 FlexConn jumper function switches Reference Jumper name Function when set to ON S1 1 FlexConn JP1 W amp M entities protection S1 2 FlexConn JP2 Password is read protected S1 3 FlexConn JP3 Nothing used S1 4 FlexConn JP4 Spare S1 5 FlexConn JP5 Spare S1 6 FlexConn JP6 CAN bus termination m S2 RS485 CH5 mode selection Reference Setting Function Description 2 wire 2 wire RS 485 communication interface 4 wire 4 wire RS 485 communication interface B JP7 JP8 JP9 and JP10 Jumper for RS 485 communication termi nating setting Position Description 51 2 Closed RS 485 communication with 120 is terminated S2 3 Closed RS 485 communication is NOT terminated Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 25 System Description PCB Layout 3 6 1 2 CAN ARM MSC 3 6 1 2 1 Functions The function of the CAN ARM MSC board is to provide the minimum I O functions required for loading and for enhanced additive injection processes The CAN ARM MSC board supports both W amp M and non W amp M additive injection and blending processes Following are the functions of the CAN ARM MSC board Function 12 Pulse Input DC Quad PI circuit Description Converts
293. nal Assignment Guide 4 65 mMMPPP 5 1 5 1 INUICOUCHON ETT 5 1 Text Conventions LL 5 1 Service INIGMACES lee 5 1 Service TOOIS i o Od RE na 5 2 Fusion4 IR Controller 5 2 Fusion4 Local Access 5 4 ea 5 4 LAD Application OvervieW 5 5 Integrated Keyboard 5 6 Navigation with Fusion4 IR Controller and Fusion4 LAD 5 8 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual V Table of Contents vi 5 3 4 1 Basic Navigation Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD 5 8 5 3 4 2 LEDs Fusion4 IR Controller Fusion4 LAD 5 9 5 3 4 3 Special Function Key Only LAD 5 10 53944 SD Gard u s a asas q ote rai 5 11 5 3 4 4 1 Product Type Selection 5 12 5 3 4 4 2 Directory Structure and File Organization 5 13 59 44 39 GUICCIINGS aliena ee at 5 13 5 3 4 5 Language PACKS nn 5 14 5 3 4 5 1 Building a Local Language Pack for the MSC L 5 14 5 3 4 5 2 Configuring a User Display Language for
294. nes are recommended m All I O terminals accept wires with a cross section an area of 0 2 to 2 5 mm AWG 24 to 14 m For mains high voltage wiring 1 5 mm AWG 16 m For low voltage wiring DI PO AI AO RTD and so on 0 75 mm AWG 18 or 0 5 mm AWG 20 B The temperature rating of the field wiring must be at least 20 C 36 F above the maximum operating temperature Therefore a rating of 85 C 185 F is suitable for the entire temperature range All primary wiring needs to be provided with insulation rated for minimum 300 V with a rated temperature of at least 105 C 221 F and with a conductor size of at least 0 75 mm AWG 18 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 31 Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 4 Recommended Cables Cable type XLPE SWA PVC 4C X 1 5MM 600 1000 V BS5467 Number of wires Function 230 Vac Mains Supply Input XLPE SWA PVC 4C X 1 5MM 600 1000 V BS5467 230 Vac Alarm Output XLPE SWA PVC 4C X 1 5MM 600 1000 V BS5467 230 Vac Permissive Input 3C X 0 75 MM YYNR PVC 230 Vac Digital Controlled Valve Output 3C X 0 75 MM YYNR PVC 230 Vac VAC Solenoid Supply Output BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC 12 Vpc Switched Output BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC 12 Vpc Switched Input BS5308 1X4X0 5 MM COL SCREEN SWA P1T2 PVC Analog Output max
295. nfigure the low percentage value for monitoring the initial flowrate alarm The initial flowrate low alarm is raised if the actual flowrate during the initial flow stage is below the configured initial flowrate by low per centage value 1 0 96 99 99 default 5 0 9 6 High percentage Alarm action With this entity you can configure the high percentage value for monitoring the initial flowrate alarm The initial flowrate high alarm is raised if the actual flowrate during the initial flow stage is above the configured initial flowrate by high percentage value 5 10 7 1 2 Full Flow Alarms Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs 1 0 96 99 99 default 5 0 9 6 Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Alarm start delay With this entity you can configure a delay after which the MSC L starts monitoring the full flow rate alarm after the load profile enters the full flow state 0 lt 255 gt S default 5 S Low percentage With this entity you can configure the low percentage value for monitoring full flowrate alarm The full flowrate low alarm is raised if the actual flowrate during the full flow stage is below the configured full flowrate by low percent age value 1 0 96 99 99 default 5 0 96
296. nfigured to display some other parameters from the 5 8 1 1 3 2 System Config Display Operational Screen menu Following is a sample screen where the operational label 2 and 3 are configured as Additive ppm 1 and Preset OQ O0 A Arm 3 Load Progress Compartment 1 l Recipe name DIESEL 02 31 Vv 00 00 266 2000 Load GOV 2 66 L Additive PPM 1 19 5 Preset 2000 Press OK to continue am 07 27 15 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 273 Operation W amp M Compliance 5 19 2 Left Arm Pane The left pane displays the status of the arms Based on the license used the number of arms displayed in the left pane varies 1 46 1895 5200 1895 5200 wa E ae ve i NW A j i 3780 7500 3780 7500 UU UM 0 0 TOHI 7500 7500 The state of the arm is also indicated by the running stop or the pause symbol Following is a sample screen which shows the paused batch Arm 1 00 05 Arm 1 Load Progress 974 1000 sss compartment 1 Il 5 0105010 Blend GOV 1 100 L Load GOV 9 14 L 0 Flow rate min Press OK to continue Je Om 11 21 16 5 20 W amp M Compliance W amp M compliance of the MSC L is based on the following criteria m Configuration of the W amp M Intended entity m Sealing B Device Health Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5
297. nsor fault is detected on the density sensor on the product stream Low density The instantaneous density is less than the configured limits High density The instantaneous density is greater than the configured limits Flowrate exceeded meter limit The flow rate exceeds the configured meter limits VCF invalid reference condition Invalid reference condition error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Alarm Handling Product Stream Alarms VCF invalid tempera Invalid temperature scale error occurs during the volume ture scale correction calculation used in the MSC L VCF invalid commod Invalid commodity group error occurs during the volume cor ity group rection calculation used in the MSC L VCF invalid table Invalid table error occurs during the volume correction cal culation used in the MSC L VCF invalid flow meter Invalid flow meter health error occurs during the volume cor health rection calculation used in the MSC L VCF rounding error Invalid rounding error occurs during the volume correction calculation used in the MSC L Factored pulse out The configured number of pulses cannot be generated on fault the pulse output Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf
298. nstallation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Arm Configuration 5 10 7 Arm Configuration Arm n Alarms On the Arm Configuration Arm n screen select Alarms The Arm Configuration Arm n Alarms screen is displayed Alarms can have the following alarm actions Disabled The alarm is ignored Display e he alarm appears the display The alarm indication output is set to ON Display shutdown e he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is stopped Display pause he alarm is shown on the display alarm indication output set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON Running batch is paused Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 151 Operation Arm Configuration Entity Alarm action 5 10 7 1 Flow Rate 5 10 7 1 1 Initial Flow Alarms Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Alarm start delay With this entity you can configure a delay after which the MSC L starts monitoring the initial flow rate alarm 0 lt 255 gt s default 5 S Low percentage With this entity you can co
299. nter face EN 14214 2008 Automotive fuels Fatty acid methyl esters FAME for diesel engines NOTE designated as EN14214 08 in MSC L user interface API MPMS 11 2 2 Compressibility Factors for Hydrocarbons 0 350 0 637 Relative Density 60 F 60 F and 50 F to 140 F Meter ing Temperature API MPMS 11 2 5 Simplified Vapour Pressure Correlation for Commercial NGLs The following table provides convenient reference to the historical Tables designations in respect to the current standards procedures Standard API MPMS 11 1 Historical Table Designation 6 724 A B C amp D Procedure Paragraph in Current Standard API MPMS 11 1 5 23 A B amp D API MPMS 11 1 54 60 A B C amp D API MPMS 11 1 53 59 A B amp D API MPMS 11 2 4 23 24 E API MPMS 11 2 4 53 54 E API MPMS 11 2 4 59 60 E Since the procedures from the same standard can be differentiated by stipulated base reference temperature this allows MSC L to engage the appropriate procedure based on the configured base reference temperature without any additional inputs from the end users MSC L directly applies appropriate procedures from standards for cases where configured base conditions temperature and pressure match the ones referenced in the chosen standard commodity group otherwise a generic 2 step approach is used procedures from the Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusi
300. o 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical HE ID SHEMET description functions DO EMR 11 A EMH11 no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 11 B EMR_common Neutral Product Block DO EMR 12 A EMR12 no Signal Output valve Deadman callout DO EMR 12 B common Neutral Deadman bell DO EMR 13 A EMR13 no Signal Output DO EMR 13 B common Neutral DO EMR 14 A EMR14 no Signal Output Secondary interface for DO EMR 14 B EMR common Neutral Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 15 A EMR15_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 15 B EMR_common Neutral control Product block DO EMR 16 A EMR16 no Signal Output valve Deadman callout DO EMR 16 B common Neutral Beadran bell DO EMR 17 A EMR17 no Signal Output DO EMR 17 B common Neutral DO EMR 18 A EMR18 no Signal Output Secondary interface for DO EMR 18 B common Neutral Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 9 A EMR9_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication DO EMR 9 B EMR_common Neutral AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 10 A EMR10_no Signal Output
301. o load then the batch details screen appears with the recipe name compartment arm name and preset value If not an error message appears Batch details Recipe name DIANA Compartment 1 Arm name Preset Cancel 4 Confirm Press OK to select NEC 09 27 27 11 Select lt Confirm gt to perform the batch or select lt Cancel gt to cancel the batch 12 If confirmed press the Start button on the keyboard to commence the batch Press START OM 092723 The load another compartment prompt appears only if another batch can begin that is there is an idle arm and the maximum number of simultaneous batches has not been reached If a new batch cannot be planned then the running screen appears Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 250 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations A message appears prompting you if another batch needs to be loaded Load another compartment No Press OK to select a a 09 27 59 13 Perform any one of the following B Select Yes if you want to load another compartment The selected arm screen appears After entering all the details another batch can be started B Select No to go back to one of the following screens e Running screen if there are batches still in progress e Transaction Overview screen if there are no batches in progress Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L
302. oduct control The Product Stream Config Stream n Product Control screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the allowed volume deviation from the target product volume When the observed blend volume is less than the Dead band limit the control output from the controller is locked Changes are not made to the product stream control valve This value effectively establishes the dead band in which the product stream volume can deviate without correction The dead band defines this value Value range default 15 litres Feed forward kff This entity is used only for non DCV type valves default 0 00 Integral ki With this entity the Integral part of the PI D controller can be set default 0 00 Output kout With this entity the collaboration with the 1 1 limiter is used for setting the operational range of the controller default 100 00 Proportional kp With this entity the gain of the proportional part of the PI D controller can be set default 1 00 Pump run timeout With this entity you can enter the time in minutes between the last injection and the additive pump stop 1 min 255 mins default 10 mins Hydr pump run timeout With this entity you can enter the time in minutes between stopping the blend stream flow and closing the hydraulic pump 1 min
303. of the CAN HMI MSC boards Replace all the toothed rings in the MSC L lid NOTE Make sure there is no corrosion between the parts of the MSC L 11 Replace the screw of the earth strap protection cable on the MSC L lid 12 Replace the screw of the earth strap assembly on the MSC L lid Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Closing the MSC Lid 4 4 Closing the MSC Lid To close the MSC L Lid 1 Make sure the O ring is in place and it is not damaged If the O ring is damaged replace it first 2 Remove the 2x cable grounding cable and cable to prevent over stretching door after oppening the door before replacing the O ring NOTE The O ring must be replaced only by the Honeywell Enraf trained by service technician O ring 3 Make sure the wires are not caught between the lid and the box flange 4 Make sure the ground bonding provided is effective o Tighten all the 32 bolts crosswise using an 8 mm Allen key and the applicable torque value 33 Nm 6 Replace the cosmetic cover Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 11 Installation Removing Replacing the PCBs 4 5 CAUTION NOTE NOTE NOTE NOTE Removing Replacing the PCBs Wear an ESD wrist strap while handling a printed circuit board from the MSC L to prevent damage by Electrostatic Di
304. on lt 1 gt lt 9 gt default 2 5 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 135 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 2 4 3 No Pump Alarm action On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select No pump The Additive Stream Config Stream n No Pump screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause Pump feedback timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the additive pump must provide a feedback to the MSC If the feedback from the pump is not received in Pump feedback timeout then an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action 5 9 2 4 4 Block Valve Fault Alarm action lt 1 gt lt 255 gt s default lt 15 gt S On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select lt Block valve fault gt The Additive Stream Config Stream n Block Valve Fault screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt default lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt Feedback
305. on function Controls the high level operation of a device For example stream control flow control or device control m An Input Output I O function Controls digital output or reads digital input from instruments around the loading framework m A communication function Ensures the communication with a communication interface unit or with a DCS SCADA tank inventory or another terminal automation system m A display function Ensures communication with the module s through an HMI Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 14 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Hardware Structure 3 5 3 5 1 NOTE Hardware Structure For details on the hardware structure of the MSC L see the following sections Housing The housing of the MSC L consists of an enclosure and a cosmetic cover The enclosure can be opened by removing the cosmetic cover and loosening the 32 captured bolts See FIGURE 3 7 for more information Turn the bolts two times on the cosmetic cover to loosen the bolts and retain them in the lid FIGURE 3 8 The MSC L enclosure Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 15 System Description Hardware Structure FIGURE 3 9 Housing of the MSC L Description Cosmetic cover Captive socket head screws 32x of which one can have an enlarged head for sealing purposes see figure lef
306. on4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 111 Operation Stream Configuration chosen standard are used first to convert from observed to referenced conditions and then from referenced conditions to configured base conditions To cater for various practical scenarios MSC L offers efficient and flexible configuration options all are individual per product stream except base conditions including m Base reference temperature and pressure these parameters are device based that is same for all product streams m Commodity group in connection with related standard m Compensation type None Temperature or Temperature and Pressure m Density input usage option determines whether density sensor at metering conditions or laboratory density data is used m Range options allows for wider range than stipulated by standards m Laboratory observation data Stream Config Stream 1 Conversion options Commodity group D1250 04 Crude Oil Compensation used Temperature Density input used FALSE Range options None Derive manual status Disable Thermal correction None Temperature effects are catered for all commodity groups by standards procedures calculations while pressure effects are catered for different standardized commodity groups as follows m D1250 04 MPMS 11 1 by standard itself m P27 07 MPMS 11 2 4 by additionally applying CPL factor based on MPMS 11 2 2 and 11 2 5 calc
307. on4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 216 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Calibration The following screen appears which displays the progress of the injection process on the progress bar Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 3 6 Preset volume 1000 00 ml Start delay Os 2 250 16 Press ESC to abort calibration 7 After the process is completed the Calibration Stream n Wizard 4 6 screen appears on which the actual measured volume must be entered Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 4 6 Enter actual volume ml 1002 muu Press to confirm value 8 On the Calibration Stream n Wizard 4 6 screen enter the actual measured volume calibrated vessel and then select lt Confirm gt With the actual value and the value of the MSC L measured a new meter factor is calculated The Calibration Stream n Wizard 5 6 screen appears which displays the new meter factor Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 217 Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 2 Wizard 5 6 New meter factor 1 04990 u X Press OK to accept ESC to reject 9 On the Calibration Stream n Wizard 5 6 screen select lt OK gt on the IR controller or LAD to accept the new meter factor and view the calibration details The C
308. ood No error Module control Good No error Ethernet Good No error Press OK to view sensor health 06 56 40 5 12 4 Process Data 1 On the Diagnostics screen select Process data The Arm Selection screen appears 2 Select one arm to view the process data The Arm n Process Data Product Stream n screen appears which displays the batch related run time data Arm 1 i Process Data Product Stream 1 GOV 258 92 L GSV FFFFFFT Mass FFFFFF F Flow rate 262 87 L min Temperature Pressure Density a 12 08 59 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 177 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 5 Storage Info On the Diagnostics screen select Storage info The Storage Info screen appears which displays an overview of the actual stored logs in the internal SD card located on the CAN HMI MSC board Storage Info Total space 979584 KB Free space 88 984 KB Transaction records 4 Calibration records 0 Alarm records 16 Event records 67 xa 09 48 05 5 12 6 Accumulated Totals On the Diagnostics screen select lt Accumulated totals gt The Accumulated Totals screen appears Diagnostics Accumulated totals Product streams Additive streams Press OK to select Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 178 Installation amp Operation Manu
309. options such as digital storage or printing of BoLs Each of these functions is required to operate under the concise guidelines laid out under MID and associated legislation such as OIML R117 and WELMEC The Fusion4 MSC L The heart of the system is the Fusion4 MSC L Founded on Honeywell Enraf s proprietary FlexConn architecture the MSC L is part of the Fusion4 portfolio of loading automation and control products family A modular collection of mechanical electronic and software sub systems that can be integrated with each other to create scalable solutions The FlexConn approach has enabled Honeywell to take the well proven functionality of its additive and blending portfolio and bring all the options together as a single offering which is configurable to suit the end you need Subsequently the MSC L incorporates 12 separate devices each providing individual functionality and each one configurable from one single device and selectable through a license key Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 11 System Description System Architecture 3 3 The MSC Ls solution approach facilitates the ratification of both the MID compliance steps mentioned previously bringing on the market and putting into use by pre configuring all components in accordance with the MID requirements and checking conformity through pre installation testing before delivery as a com
310. or and Flowrate Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 213 Operation Calibration Calibration Stream 1 Wizard Jeter Factor Old Flowrate Old Meter Factor Flowrate 0 99571 946 36 L min 0 99245 905 28 L min u Press OK to commit ESC to go back g ga 08 03 20 15 Select lt OK gt to commit the calibration point The Calibration Stream n Overview screen appears Calibration Stream 1 Overview Time 08 03 33 Calibration 2 Bay Bay 01 Arm Arm 1 Original meter profile Meter factor Flowrate 0 99571 946 36 L min New meter profile Meter factor Flowrate 0 99245 905 28 L min Meter serial RTD serial NOTE Select lt ESC gt to restore the old values 16 Select OK to go back to the Main Menu 5 214 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Calibration 5 13 4 2 Additive Stream Selection 1 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select lt Additive stream selection The Calibration Arm n Additive Streams screen appears Calibration Arm 3 Additive Streams Dye Mi 09 28 04 2 Select any one of the streams For example Stream 1 The Calibration Stream n Wizard 1 6 screen appears on which the pr
311. or dual P PULSE A Pulse Signal pulse Input A 12 V 12 V DC Power METER POWER C COMMON Common P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B 12V 12V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter C COMMON Common single or dual P PULSEA Pulse Signal pulse Input A 12 V 12 V DC Power METER POWER C COMMON Common P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B 12V 12V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter C COMMON Common single or dual P PULSEA Pulse Signal pulse Input A 12 V 12 V DC Power METER POWER C COMMON Common P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B I 60 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical Terminal I O ID Signal name description Type m 12 V 12 V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control dual external power Product flow meter C COMMON Common single or dual P PULSEA Pulse Signal pulse Input A 12 V 12V DC Power METER POWER C COMMON Common P PULSE B Pulse Signal Input B 12V 12V DC Power High frequency Additive flow METER pulse input meter single or POWER control du
312. ork flow and the diagnostics functionality The EX IO HMI MSC L board is an interface between the keyboard the LAD outside the enclosure and the HMI board The keyboard contains the following functions 1 16 keypad switches on the MSC L enclosure These switches are connected to the enclosure 2 A switch that is connected to the WnM slider on the MSC L enclosure 3 An LAD connector CN1 where field connections from the external LAD module are connected 4 A HMI connector CN2 which is interfaced to the CAN HMI MSC board See the following figure for more details EX IO HMI MSC PCB W amp M switch FIGURE 5 5 Keyboard The following table describes the functionality of the individual keys on the keyboard Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 6 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Service Tools Key name Image Description ESC Select the ESC key to return to the previous screen NOTE Hold the ESC key to enter the Service Technician logon screen DEL Select the DEL key to clear the values entered OK Select the OK key to select the item in focus and confirm the value NOTE Hold the OK key to enter the Service Technician logon screen and check the alarms or stream details Select any of the numeric keys to enter the numerical values Numeric Keys 0 9 START Select the START key to start a batch after it is setup SIOP Select the
313. oss standard net accumulated volume at the end of the batch for the stream Batch Product Start Accumu lated Mass The arm accumulated mass at the start of the batch Batch Product Stop Accumu lated Mass The arm accumulated mass at the end of the batch Batch Product Average Tem perature The average or observed stream temperature during the batch Batch Product Average Pres sure The average or observed stream pressure during the batch Batch Product Average Den sity The average or observed stream density during the batch Commodity Group The commodity group of the product Temperature Compensation Used Expresses if the temperature compensation is used for calculating the batch product gross standard vol ume Batch Product Pressure Com pensation Used Expresses if the pressure compensation is used for calculating the batch product gross standard vol ume Additive Stream Details Batch Additive Name The name of additive injected into the load stream Batch Additive Calibration Number A counter incremented each time the flow meter cal ibration is performed Batch Additive Gross Observed Volume The total additive observed volume dispensed during the batch Batch Additive Gross Observed Leakage Vol ume The total additive observed leakage volume that occurred during the batch Batch Start Additive Accumu lated Gross Observed Vol
314. ously Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 82 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 5 3 4 Deadman callout Description Value range Output With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR DO EMH PO physical output for the deadman callout or None function The default value is None Timeout With this entity you can set the time in 10 s 999 seconds in which after the batch default 30 s pauses the operator must press a key or deadman switch refresh to prevent the batch to stop and the deadman callout out output activates If the batch is stopped by the activation of the deadman callout the deadman alarm raises 5 8 1 5 3 5 Deadman refresh switch Description Value range Deadman refresh switch With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR DO EMH PO physical input source for the deadman or None refresh function The default value is None 5 8 1 5 4 System Config Alarms Permissives 1 On the System Config Device Alarms screen select lt Permissives gt The System Config Alarms Permissives screen appears System Config Alarms Permissives Timeout a 03 03 43 2 On this screen the following entity is displayed Entity Description Value range Timeout With this entity you can configure the 10 s 999 s permissive timeout
315. p Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 64 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 9 ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC Terminal Assignment Guide The following table provides information for the basic function assignment to specific terminals Majority of the MSC L functions can be assigned to multiple I O To complete the installation bind each function to its I O within the Configuration Menu Floor plan ID Signal name Signal description Typical functions DO EMR 21 EMR21 no Signal Output DO EMR 21 common Neutral DO EMR 22 EMR22 no Signal Output DO EMR 22 common Neutral DO EMR 23 EMR23 no Signal Output DO EMR 23 common Neutral DO EMR 24 EMR24 no Signal Output DO EMR 24 common Neutral Low frequency slow switching AC or DC output control Alarm shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Product block valve Deadman callout Deadman bell Secondary interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 25 EMR25_no Signal Output DO EMR 25 EMR_common Neutral DO EMR 26 EMR26_no Signal Output DO EMR 26 EMR_common Neutral DO EMR 27 EMR27_no Signal Output DO EMR 27 EMR_common Neutral DO EMR 28 EMR28_no Signal Output DO EMR 28 EMR_common Neutral Low frequency slow
316. p Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID DIET Meme description Type functions DI DC 31 H DC31 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 31 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 32 H DC32 hi Signal Input DI DC 32 C COMMON Common DI DC 33 H DC33 hi Signal Input DI DC 33 C COMMON Common DI DC 34 H DC34 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 34 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 35 H DC35 hi Signal Input DI DC 35 C COMMON Common DI DC 36 H DC36 hi Signal Input DI DC 36 C COMMON Common DI DC 37 H DC37 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 37 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 38 H DC38 hi Signal Input DI DC 38 C COMMON Common DI DC 39 H DC39 hi Signal Input DI DC 39 C COMMON Common DI DC 40 H DC40_hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable inputs DI DC 40 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 41 H DC41 hi Signal Input DI DC 41 C COMMON Common DI DC 42 H DC42 hi Signal Input DI DC 42 C COMMON Common Honeywell Enraf Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID DI
317. p flowrate low alarm is raised if the actual flowrate during the prestop stage is above the configured prestop flowrate by high percentage value 5 10 7 2 Programmable Alarms Description IO binding With this entity you can select the physical input source for the programmable alarm function 1 0 96 99 99 default 5 0 Value range Any of the unused Al n DI AC n DI DC n or None The default value is None Alarm action With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Alarm name With this entity you can configure the name of the alarm A maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters are allowed for configuration Response time With this entity you can set the time in seconds which is the time required for the input to change from one state to other 0 lt 255 gt S default 0 s Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 153 Operation Arm Configuration Entity Alarm activation Idle Description With this entity you can set the state of the input when the MSC L is in idle state for the alarm function The MSC L State is in idle when the transactions are not started for loading process e None The alarm is ignored e Active
318. pe type The index for each scope type always starts from one Alarm State An alarm can be in one of following possible states B Inactive B Asserted m Acknowledged In the MSC L an alarm is either active or inactive An inactive alarm is in the inactive state An active alarm is either in the asserted state or the acknowledged state The difference between the asserted and acknowledged state is only in the way alarm outputs are driven Alarm Action The way the system responds to an activated alarm depends on the Alarm Action of that alarm There are four possible alarm actions m Disabled m Display m Pause amp Display m Shutdown amp Display An alarm with Disabled alarm action is ignored It is a way to tell the system that all alarming for that particular alarm is disabled A Display only alarm is an alarm that does not affect the loading operations that are happening using the MSC L The alarms are only displayed on the alarm screens and included in the alarm log Unlike a Display alarm both Pause amp Display and Shutdown amp Display are considered a critical alarm A critical alarm affects the loading of the batch it applies to A batch is affected by an alarm in the following scenarios Ifthe alarm is a loading arm alarm of the arm that serves that batch B If itis a stream product or additive alarm that is associated with the loading arm that serves the batch If itis a bay alarm of the bay tha
319. played with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown default Display pause Leaking volume limit With this entity you can set the maximum amount of additive volume measured Leaking timeout period before a leaking valve alarm is generated If this limit is exceeded an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action 0 ml 999 ml default 100 00 ml Leaking timeout period Alarm action 5 9 2 4 2 With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the Leaking volume limit is checked No Additive 1 lt 99 gt default 60 s On the Additive Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select No additive The Additive Stream Config Stream n No Additive screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled default Display Display shutdown Display pause No additive timeout With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which additive stream pulses should be received when the solenoid is opened The additive stream pulses are not received after the configured number of retries and an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm acti
320. plete system This method not only reduces the risk of non compliance but also speeds up the MID qualification process for the system owner For the owner putting into use qualification not only includes the accuracy and security of the physical operation of the blend process but also the reconciliation and reproduction of the measurement data This is applicable whether the information is to be stored locally on the device distributed and stored on peripheral devices or reconciled as a Bill of Lading print out For the system to be fully compliant any of these functions must also operate in the MID criteria As such the MSC L offers a number of options to ensure compliance Firstly it implements a arge transaction storage memory of 10 000 transactions which allows a device to operate for over three months without losing a single transaction in standard operating conditions Alternatively the MSC L can have its transaction data securely downloaded through the Fusion4 LAD Local Access Device This allows the MSC L to have its memory cleared in preparation for the storage of another 10 000 transactions The transactions subsequently transferred to the LAD can then be manually transferred to any peripheral system for storage or printing through the SD card Finally the preferred method is to link the MSC L through Comms to the Fusion4 Portal software package When connected all the transaction data are scanned and collected by Por
321. plication Overview Program MSC configuration from SD card per board Capture MSC configuration stored on SD card per device MSC menu screen navigation configuration calibration diagnostics execute special function F Bl Capture MSC recipe stored on SD card User feedback LAD status MSC data transfer MSC I O test Program MSC recipe from SD card PC data exchange read and write data from SD card Program MSC language pack from SD card FP LAD firmware upgrade firmware located on SD card Capture MSC transactions stored on SD card MSC firmware upgrade per micro controller MSC must be unsealed first Capture MSC calibration records stored on SD card Capture MSC W amp M MID sealing event logs records function enabled by embedded debug log license key W amp M log LAD for notified body and alarm log accredited service engineer stored on SD card Basic setup Advanced setup MSC interface Comms power FIGURE 5 4 LAD application overview Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Service Tools 5 3 3 Integrated Keyboard The keyboard is used for navigating to the user display functions It also helps in providing inputs for the transaction w
322. ports 3 wire connections and 4 wire connections Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions External equipment CAN ARM MSC CN141 RTD S a 1 RTD COM 2 e 4 Wire ADC _ RTD RTD POS 3 Sag RTD S G 4 PT100 RTD element IEC 60751 0 3850 C or External equipment CAN ARM MSC CN141 RTD S 1 e RTD COM 2 e 3 Wire ADC RTD RTD POS 3 4 e PT100 RTD element IEC 60751 0 3850 C FIGURE 3 28 RTD connections Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 47 System Description Input Functions The following RTD type is accepted RTD type Connection Alpha co efficient 3 wire or 4 wire IEC 60751 Kelvin connection 0 385 0 214 Q F DIN 43760 1 3 DIN DIN 43760 1 5 DIN DIN 43760 1 10 DIN The selection of 3 wire or 4 wire RTD type is performed in the software but the RTD must be connected to the circuit as displayed in FIGURE 3 28 3 8 6 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation Temperature measurement range MID temperature measurement range Measurement error 50 150 C 20 302 F Measurement error 20 55 C 4 131 F RTD current source RTD cable l
323. power External AC power input for device MAINS 1 N Neutral Neutral operation MAINS 1 E Earth Earth Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical He ID SIE TEM meme description functions MAINS 2 Live Live Mains AC power Redundant external AC power MAINS 2 N Neutral Neutral MAINS 2 Earth Earth operation or Mains AC power link to second backplane ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC COM 3 RS485 CH3 Receive RS485 Preferred interface communication to COM 3 RS485 B CHS Transmit interface 2 wire TAS COM 3 C RS485 Commo OV Fusion4 Portal n CH3 COM 4 RS485 A CH4 Receive COM 4 RS485 B CH4 Transmit COM 4 C RS485 Commo 0 V n CH4 COM 5 R RS485 A CH5 Receive RS485 Preferred interface positive communication to interface 4 wire TAS COM 5 R 5485 B CH5 Receive Fusiond Portal negative COM 5 T RS485 Y CH5 Transmit positive COM 5 T RS485 Z CH5 Transmit negative COM 5 C RS485 Commo 0V n CH5 ETH 2 T ETHER_TXP Transmit Ethernet Preferred interface positive communication to interface TAS ETH 2 T ETHER Transmit Fusiohd Porai negative ETH 2 R ETHER_RXP Receive positive ETH 2 R ETHER_RXN Transmit negative Fusion4 MSC L Installation am
324. ptive property class A2 70 Contact Honeywell Enraf if you need to replace the bolts Before closing the lid check that all grounding connections including the grounding connection to the lid are properly connected All wiring entries must be closed such that the approvals are not invalidated See section 4 2 Gland Entries to make sure that the correct thread type is selected For installations using cable glands always use compound barrier glands For installations using conduits each conduit must be sealed within 18 inches of the enclosure The limiting values of Um must be respected for all non intrinsically safe connections See section 2 2 7 1 Explosion Safety Limiting Values for information regarding the Explosion Safety Limiting Values 2 2 5 0 1 Tools WARNING Use non sparking tools and explosion proof testers Use suitable explosion proof tools for example testing devices 2 2 6 2 2 6 1 WARNING Electrical Grounding Make sure that the housing of the MSC L is properly bounded to the Protective Earth PE See FIGURE 2 1 for external grounding of the MSC L and FIGUHE 2 2 for bonding any AC mains wire Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L Also make sure that the electrical resistance of the ground connections is below the maximum limit value prescribed by national local and company requir
325. put for the RIT red lamp function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None RIT green lamp With this entity you can select the physical output for the RIT green lamp function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None RIT amber lamp Entity Batch preset quantity With this entity you can select the physical output for the RIT amber lamp function Any one of unused Digital Outputs DO SSR n or DO EMR n Pulse Outputs PO n or None 5 10 3 Arm Configuration Arm n Control Settings On the Arm Configuration Arm n screen select Control settings The Arm Configuration Arm n Control Settings screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity the total final required GOV of the blended product is obtained This value is either entered directly by the user or supplied exter nally by the TAS Value range default 0 00 L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 141 Operation Arm Configuration Entity Loading type Description With this entity you can select the blend type for the loading process as well as use it for unloading purposes Value range Ratio default Side stream Unloading Batch initial quantity With this entity you can
326. r alarm Display shutdown Display pause default 5 9 2 Stream Configuration Additive streams 1 On the Stream Configuration screen select Additive streams The Stream eos Stream Selection screen appears Stream Config Additive Stream Selection Stream 1 All streams Stream 2 O Stream 14 JO Stream 3 Stream 15 ile Stream 4 Stream 16 O Stream 5 O Stream 17 Stream 6 Stream 18 O Stream 7 O Stream 19 O Stream 8 Stream 20 Stream 9 Stream 21 o Stream 10 Stream 22 i9 Stream 11 O Stream 23 e Stream 12 O Stream 24 II I IZz Press OK to select Stream 1 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 126 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 2 Select any one of the stream or all the streams The Additive Stream Config Stream n screen appears Additive Stream Config Stream 1 Identification I O binding Control settings Alarms Press OK to select 5 9 2 1 Additive Stream Config Stream n Identification On the Additive Stream Config Stream n screen select lt Identification gt The Additive Stream Config Stream n Identification screen is displayed with the following entities Entity Description Value range Additive name With this entity you can en
327. r message is displayed a ga 11 09 16 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 265 Operation Truck Driver Operations 5 17 5 3 5 17 5 4 Batch not Feasible If the batch validation fails for example if the meter configuration and stream configuration do not match then after the Batch details screen batch not feasible message appears Batch not feasible aa 10 53 00 Batch stopped due to an Alarm If an alarm with action display pause or display shutdown occurs on the device the bay the arm or the stream then the loading batch is paused stopped with the display listing the alarms that have occurred An SL2 user or higher can clear the alarms so that new batches can be started on that arm Alarms All alarms 3 alarms Arm 1 GASOLINE No product Arm 1 GASOLINE i Blend tolerance low Arm 1 ETHANOL Blend tolerance high o INI Contact operator to reset alarms Press ESC to go back T 1118341 a 5 266 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Service Technician Operations 5 18 NOTE 5 18 1 Service Technician Operations A service technician generally performs the service activities for example Configuration and Monitoring the Alarms The advanced service activities for example Upgrade Fi
328. r the product for remaining streams The stream that contains the product as zero is not used during a batch when the recipe is selected for loading 7 Enter the additive value as PPM 8 Enter the pacing volume 9 Press lt ESC gt when all the entities are complete 10 Check the values entered for all the entities e f the values entered are correct the recipe is validated and saved f the values entered are incorrect then a message appears informing you to correct the recipe Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 149 Operation Arm Configuration Arm Configuration Arm 1 Recipe 5 Recipe name Haz Mat Classification Product symbol None Main s Recipe Configuration Error 90 00 Blend Invalid recipe the sum of all 0 00 Blend products must be 10096 ie 0 00 Additi Press OK to fix Cancel to ignore 000 PPM 0 00 PPM 0 00 PPM Additive stream None 0 00 PPM Additive stream None 0 00 PPM Additive stream None 0 00 PPM fia 09 41 53 11 Press lt OK gt to correct the recipe or lt Cancel gt to retain the values entered 12 If Cancel is selected then the invalid recipe is dimmed NOTE Invalid recipes are dimmed in the configuration and cannot be selected for loading Arm Configuration Arm 1 Recipes 01 DIESEL 02 HS DIESEL 03 E10 04 E20 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 150 I
329. r trained by Honeywell Enraf The service technician must have knowledge of the national local and company requirements for electrical equipment in hazardous areas 2 3 4 Operation After connecting to the MSC L the LAD can be used for its intended purpose 2 3 5 Maintenance and Troubleshooting The LAD hardware is non servicable in case of damage contact Honeywell Enraf for replacement Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 2 9 Safety Safety Instructions for the LAD 2 3 6 2 3 7 Additional Information For additional information about Honeywell Enraf s solutions see the back cover of this manual to contact Honeywell Enraf or its representative Environmental Conditions The environmental conditions regarding the allowable operating temperature is 20 C to 65 C 4 F to 149 F relative humidity is RH 5 to 95926 non condensing and operating pressure is atmospheric Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the LAD 2 3 8 The LAD Labels Honeywell Enraf Americas Inc EX Xa 2000 Northfield Court Honeywell Enraf Roswell GA 30152 Fusion4 LAD Serial nr 392 xx xxx Test date 2009 xx xx I 2 G Ex ia IIB T4 Gb KEMA 10ATEX0152 IECEx KEM 10 0070 Ta 20 C to 65 C C 0081 IP54 Connect and use per control drawing 135 1392001 Ui
330. raf Operation Service Technician Operations 4 Bay Configuration Includes configuring bay permissive For example overfill bay alarms and so on See 5 8 2 Bay Configuration for more information regarding the configuration of the parameters and the entities 5 18 3 Configuration File You can configure the MSC L using user interface but it can be time consuming Retrieving and installing the configuration file using the Fusion4 LAD is a time saving option that can be used effectively in situations where there are multiple MSC L devices with similar configurations Following are the XML based configuration file features m Retrieved and installed through the Fusion4 LAD m Prepared modified offline safe area m Contains all the configuration entities in the device except for the following e he workflow e The authorization databases e Recipes See FIGURE 5 41 for the contents of the configuration file FLEXCONN_ENTITY name Permissive board 20 funchon 4 entty 1031 index 11 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 65535 321 1 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name Permissive board 20 function 4 entty 1031 index 12 datatype 0 size 10 comment gt 65535 321 1 0 0 lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY gt lt FLEXCONN_ENTITY name System interlock board 20 function 4 entity 1045 index 1 datatype 0 size 10 comment 30 0 0 0 D FLEXCONN ENTITY gt FLEXCONN ENTITY name System interlo
331. ration Manual Honeywell Enraf Safety Safety Instructions for the MSC L 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 4 2 2 1 5 WARNING 2 2 2 2 2 3 WARNING 2 2 4 WARNING Users The mechanical and electrical installation must be performed only by trained personnels with the knowledge of the requirements for installation of explosion proof equipment in hazardous areas The entire installation procedure for the MSC L must be implemented in accordance with national local and company regulations The entire electrical installation may be performed in accordance with the national requirements for electrical equipment to be installed in hazardous areas Additional Information For additional information about Honeywell Enraf s solutions see the back cover of this manual to contact Honeywell Enraf or its representative Environmental Conditions The environmental conditions regarding the permissible operating temperature for the MSC L is 40 C to 65 C 40 F to 149 F When the MSC L is used in operating temperatures above 40 the enclosure is hot when it is touched Operation After commissioning the MSC L can be used for its flow controller or a load computer for a multi stream product Maintenance and Troubleshooting In the unlikely event of a malfunction only a qualified service technician trained by Honeywell Enraf and with the knowledge of safety regulations for working in hazardous areas must
332. rature amp pressure compensation is not applicable for the FAME commodity group Density input used With this entity you can select whether False default the density sensor input at metering True conditions is used for volume conversion calculations instead of laboratory observed density value Range options With this entity you can select the None default options enabled when using the VCF Extended range table The extended temperature pressure and range give the ability to do the volume conversion over a broader range than covered by the earlier versions of the standard For instance at locations where it is very cold like Alaska When None is selected and the application goes beyond the normal range an error occurs Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 117 Operation Stream Configuration Derive manual status Description With this entity you can select if the manual status of the density is propagated in the GSV and Mass Disable Manual status does not appear in the status of the GSV and Mass default setting Enable Manual status appears in the status of the GSV and Mass 5 9 1 4 3 2 Lab Observation Data Observed density Value range Enable Disable default On the Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion screen select Lab observa
333. re Product density Measured Configured Commodity group GOV Product volume Observed Calculated CTPL CTL CPL i O 5 Calculated S lt G s GSV 1519 Product volume 3 n ol 2 Base 5loiloicsi 2 5 9 CIE o Q SZ o oo o 9 z o 2 To o Cp m TO o c c olo 3 m Rol A n The MSC L implements volume conversions for the product groups commodity groups as follows A Crude oil B Refined products C Special applications thermal expansion factor needed D Lubricating oils E NGL and LPG FAME Fatty Acid Methyl Esters So 5 110 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration The volume conversion is implemented according to procedures calculations prescribed in various current standards for these commodity groups Standard Description Temperature and Pressure Volume Correction Factors for Generalized Crude Oils Refined Products and Lubri cating Oils Adjunct to ASTM D 1250 04 API MPMS 11 1 2004 NOTE designated as D1250 04 in MSC L user inter face API MPMS 11 2 4 2007 Temperature Correction for the Volume of NGL and LPG Tables 23E 24E 53E 54E 59E and 60E GPA Tech nical Publication TP 27 NOTE designated as TP27 07 in MSC L user i
334. re stream volume it generates a stream closing alarm DCV period With this entity you can configure the 100 msec 1000 msec time in between DCV output updates default 300 msec DCV minimum pulse width NOTE With this entity you can configure the lt 50 gt msec 950 msec minimal time in between solenoid default 50 msec changes For accurate DCV control performance it is recom mended to configure the Digital Outputs DO s locally That is use the SSR s for valve control on the CAN AHM MSC board where the flow meter is configured to the Pulse Input s PI Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 109 Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 4 5 9 1 4 1 Volume Conversion Volume Conversion Essential Information The MSC L volume conversions are meant for the conversion of the measured Gross Observed Volume GOV to the Gross Standard Volume GSV The GSV is defined at base reference conditions for temperature and pressure and hence it is suitable for highly accurate custody transfer of various products Volume conversion e GOV Gross Observed Volume volume at observed T P e GSV Gross Standard Volume volume at baseT P CTL Correction for the effect of Temperature on Liquid CPL Correction for the effect of Pressure on Liquid Observed Product temperature Product pressu
335. re missing in a batch of 1000 pulses then a pulse hardware error is generated if the pulse integrity check is configured Missing pulses that occur when the pulse input frequency is below the meter cutoff frequency are not counted towards the pulse hardware alarm A quad pulse phase error also increments the pulse hardware error count K factor type With this entity you can specify if the Linear default meter is configured to use a linear or lt Non Linear gt non linear K factor This setting affects the calculation of the effective K Factor entity DI hysteresis time With this entity you can set the active default lt 250 gt MS time in milliseconds ms of the input signal before accepting it as a valid input signal The time between two signal transitions must be greater than the Hysteresis time Flow meter serial With this entity you can program the manufacturer serial number of the flowmeter Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 72 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 3 RTD On the System Config Device I O settings screen select an available RTD The following entities are displayed on the System Config RTD n screen System Config RTD 1 RTD serial Temperature offset 0 0 F RTD wiring 4 wire HH alarm threshold 1 8e222 F H alarm threshold 1 8e222 F L alarm threshold 1 8e222 F LL alarm thres
336. red Unshielded Cable AC cable 1 gland 1 17 18 0 18 H 19 ED iR 19 H 20 fo iR 20 H AC Inputs Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 2 AC Cable 2 Gland 2 Cable gland Armoured Unshielded Cable DO EN B DO EMR T L 1 DO EMR 55 iS DO EMR 18 B DO EMR 18 A DO EMR 16 181 DO EMR 17 A an DO EMR 17 B DO EMR 18 FIGURE 4 12 AC cable 2 gland 2 DO EMR 1 A DO ENR 1 E DO EMR 2 DO EMR 2 DO EMR 3 A DO EMR 3 B DO EMR 4 A DO EMR 4 B D O EMR amp 2 DO EHR 5 DO EMR 8 A OFE A B CO EMA 7 A DO EMR 7 B DO EMR 8 A DO EMR 8 Ej DO EMR 11 A DO ENMBR 11 DO EMR 12 A DO EMR 12 B DO EMR 13 A DO EMR 13 B DO EMR 14 A DO ENR 14 B DO EMR 15 1A DO EMR 15 B DO EMR 18 A DO EMR 18 5 DO EMR 17 A DO EMR 17 E DO EMR 18 A DO EMR 18 E 4 7 6 3 DC cable 1 Gland 3 Cable gland Armoured Unshielded Cable DO EMR Z B Destination DO EMR 9 A DO EMR 8 B DO EMR 10 B DO EMR 19 A DO EMR 19 B DO EMR 20 A DO EMR 20 B FIGURE 4 13 DC cable 1 gland 3 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 4 34 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 4 AC Cable 3 Gland 4 Cable gland Unshielded Cable
337. reset which is typically installed on a loading bay at a terminal in the petro chemical industry The MSC L is capable of operating in an explosion hazardous area The MSC L is mainly used for accurately transferring products from the storage area into another containment vessel lt takes into account the volume changes necessary for legal measurements Apart from loading a single product the MSC L also provides necessary functionality for blending products additive injections and for loading the final products accurately as required in the global oil storage and distribution industry The MSC L controls the following B Loading Transferring the base or the stock oil or the petroleum derivative from a storage tank to a vehicle for example road trucks rail cars or barges m Additive injection Improving and differentiating the base or stock oil or petroleum derivatives by changing the physical properties and specifications of the oil product fuel during loading transferring m Blending Combining two or more fluid products to a predetermined specification during loading The MSC L utilizes Local Access Device LAD for interfacing local commissioning configuration calibration troubleshooting and data exchange using the Secure Digital SD card Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 1 1 General Product Overview
338. rm ON OFF toggling situations at an alarm level e A High High alarm occurs when the value becomes higher than HH H Alarm Threshold A Low Low alarm occurs when the value becomes lower than LL L Alarm Threshold e A High High alarm disappears when the value becomes lower than HH H Alarm Threshold Alarm Hysteresis and a Low Low alarm disappears when the value becomes higher than L LL Alarm Threshold Alarm Hysteresis Value range NOTE The entity is blank empty by default Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 4 Al On the System Config I O settings Al screen select the available Analog Inputs Als The following entities are displayed on the System Config Al n screen System Config AI 1 Upper boundary 100 00 Lower boundary 0 00 AI threshold 0 00 Logic state Positive AI serial HH alarm threshold 1 00e 22 H alarm threshold 1 00e 22 L alarm threshold 1 00e 22 LL alarm threshold 1 00e 22 Alarm hysteresis 1 00e 22 M AE Mi 10 06 50 Description Value range PV value 20mA With this entity the process value at default 100 00 20 mA can be configured PV value 4mA With this entity the process value at default 0 00 4 mA can be configured AI threshold With this entity the analog input default 0 00 threshold value defines the range for 0 or
339. rm Selection screen appears A A ad wa Press OK to select Arm 1 a MI 07 51 53 2 Select any one of the arms For example Arm1 The Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen appears Calibration Arm 1 Stream Type Selection Product stream selection Additive stream selection Press OK to select 4 a 07 52 03 5 206 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Calibration 3 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select Or to calibrate the product stream or additive stream accordingly oee the following sections for more information 5 13 4 1 Product Stream Selection 1 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select The Calibration Arm n Product Streams screen appears Calibration Arm 1 Product Streams O DIESEL HS DIESEL A LJ 2 07 52 15 2 Select any one of the streams For example Stream 1 The Calibration Stream n Meter Profile Wizard screen appears which displays the Calibration No Meter Factor and the Flowrate Calibration Stream 1 Meter Profile Wizard Calibration No Meter Factor Flowrate 1 0 99571 946 36 L min M Press select gE ER 07 52 43 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation
340. rmware and Add the users are also sometimes performed by the service technician A user must be created in the user database with service level SL2 or SL3 based on the activities that need to be performed Holding the ESC key on the keyboard anytime during the operation displays the log on screen If the correct password or PIN is entered then the Main Menu is displayed Enter PIN Present card DODO mun E 10 26 36 Press OK to confirm value You are automatically logged out in the following scenarios If the time out is reached and there are no trans actions running The LAD is not connected Session time out can be configured from Device Configuration General Settings Configuration Options A service technician has various options that can be used for configuring the MSC L as follows B User Interface Fusion4 LAD Fusion4 IR interface or keyboard m Configuration file Fusion4 LAD can be used for downloading the configuration file m Fusion4 Portal The MSC L can be interfaced to Fusion4 Portal on the RS 485 or the Ethernet ports Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 267 Operation Service Technician Operations FIGURE 5 40 5 18 2 Configuration Order When the MSC L is configured for a specific application it is important to follow a particular order This is to ensure that the MSC L can perform the loading activities as
341. rol EU E5 E5 E10 1096 ethanol 9096 petrol EU E10 E10 E20 20 ethanol 8096 petrol EU E20 E20 DERV DERV B5 5 FAME 95 diesel EU B5 B10 10 FAME 90 diesel EU B10 1 20 20 80 diesel 20 2 Gas oil marked heating oil Gas Oil Marine Gas Oil Marine Gas Oil ti MAR GO F 7 Ultra low sulfur gas oil marked ULS gas oil with less than 10 ppm sulfur Marine destilates Marine destilates Premium kerosine Premium kerosine V Regular kerosine Regular kerosine Y Fuel oil light medium heavy Fuel Oil z For example HFO for heavy fuel oil Bitumen penetration cutback oxi Bitumen dised For example 100 PEN for 100 pene tration Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 148 Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration Description Menu text displayed FAME FAME FAME B100 Fuel grade ethanol Fuel Grade Ethanol NOTE These streams are not physical streams but abstract placeholders which can configure a stream Each stream must also have an associated flow meter 5 Enter the product 96 for main stream The Arm Configuration Arm n Recipe n stream selection screen appears which allows you to select one of the streams bound to the arm as the main stream Arm Configuration Arm 1 Recipe 5 9 0 DIESEI HS DIESEL EO stream 7 NI O Stream 8 9 Stream 9 IO Stream 10 z O None 0 0 6 Ente
342. s On the System Config Device I O Binding screen select Outputs The following entity is displayed Description Value range Emergency sto With this entity you can select the Any of the unused DO SSR DO EMH PO gency stop physical output of the emergency stop or None The default value is lt None gt Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 62 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 8 1 3 System Config Device Communication 1 On the System Config Device screen select Communication The System Config Device Communication screen appears System Config Device Communication Serial Ethernet IR HHC Press to select A 30 Mi 10 29 46 2 On the System Config Device Communication screen select each entity The Serial Ethernet or IR HHC communication entities can be configured The built in communication monitoring in the MSC L are as follows Up to seven 485 communication ports Up to three Ethernet ports Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 3 1 Serial 1 On the System Config Device Communication screen select Serial The System Config Communication Serial screen appears and displays 5 COM ports oelect a COM port and the System Config COM n screen appears
343. s name of the alarm are allowed for configuration Response time With this entity you can set the time in 0 lt 255 gt seconds which is the time required for default 0 S the input to change from one state to other Alarm activation Idle With this entity you can set the state of None default the input when the MSC L is in idle Active state for the alarm function The MSC L lt Deactive gt state is idle when the transactions are not started for loading process e None The alarm is ignored e Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active e lt Deactive gt The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 98 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration Description Value range Alarm activation Running With this entity you can set the state of the input when the MSC L is in running state for the alarm function After successful authorization and permissives gets connected to start a loading process the MSC L is in the running state and continues to be in this state till all the permissives are disconnected after the transactions are complete None The alarm is ignored e Active The alarm occurs when the input state is active e Deactive The alarm occurs when the input state is deactive 5 8 2 4 System Config Bay Permi
344. s which displays the calibration details Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 202 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Calibration 10 Select OK on the IR controller or LAD to exit to the Main Menu Calibration Stream 1 Overview Date 09 04 14 Time 09 20 08 Calibration 5 Bay Bay 01 Arm Arm 1 Original meter profile Meter factor Flowrate 0 99245 905 28 L min 1 01000 1000 00 L min New meter profile Meter factor Flowrate 0 99245 905 28 L min 1 01000 1000 00 L min 0 99000 1500 00 L min fa 09 20 10 NOTE Select lt ESC gt to restore the old meter factor Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 203 Operation Calibration 5 13 3 2 Additive Stream Selection 1 On the Calibration Arm n Stream Type Selection screen select lt Additive stream selection The Calibration Arm n Additive Streams screen appears Calibration Arm 3 Additive Streams 2 Select any one of the streams For example Stream 1 The Calibration Stream n Manual 1 3 screen appears on which the new meter factor must be entered Calibration Stream 2 Manual 1 3 Enter new meter factor 0 998 muu Hoe Press to confirm value T A aa 09 29 10 3 On the Calibration Stream n Manual 1 3 screen enter the new meter factor and then select Confirm The Calibration Stream n Manual
345. s for the IR Controller 2 12 MC 2 13 Precautions 2245 agiata ed ERG REOS SA 2 13 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual i Table of Contents 2 4 2 1 EC declaration of conformity for EU 2 14 2 4 9 WMSANAUON 2 14 2 4 4 Commissioning 2 14 2 4 5 Operation n m diis eal 2 14 2 4 6 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 2 14 2 4 7 Additional Information 2 15 2 4 8 IR Controller Labels 2 15 SNB m eee each eee sta een 2 16 CHAPTER 3 System 3 1 SI Introduction ssi sc cede ee SEDE eee RA RUN ee ee usa sms 3 1 Generali istriani 3 1 3 1 1 1 Transactions and lt 3 1 3 1 2 3 1 3 1 2 1 Batch Flow Stages 3 2 3 1 3 Types of Blending 3 3 3120 1 Sifaiglt Loading eiss as K Eu boi 3 3 3 1 3 2 Ratio Blending MeO iaia 3 9 3 1 3 3 Sid
346. scharge ESD 1 Perform step 1 through step 3 in section 4 3 Opening the MSC L before removing replacing the CAN HMI MSC CAN IN OUT MSC CAN ARM MSC and MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 2 Ensure that the thermal conductive pads on all the boards are in place 3 Before placing the boards remove the protection film if present To remove the CAN HMI MSC board 1 Remove the PCB protector plate MSC lid Remove the subD 15 2x cables Remove the contra connector with the blue color cable CN2 Remove the display cables CN9 and CN10 Loosen and remove the screws that hold the CAN HMI MSC board to the MSC L lid pL ce De To replace the CAN HMI MSC board perform the previous steps in reverse order To remove the CAN IN OUT MSC or CAN ARM MSC boards 1 Remove the screw that holds the CAN IN OUT MSC or CAN ARM MSC boards to the enclosure The screws for both the grounding and the protection cable are M4 Socket Cap screws which need a 3 mm hex key or Allen key To replace the CAN IN OUT MSC and CAN ARM MSC boards perform the previous steps in reverse order To remove the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD 1 Remove the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD from the backplanes by pulling the MSC L fuse board cover To replace the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD perform the previous steps in reverse order Do not remove the CAN PSF MSC board Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Fusing and Po
347. select DIESEL 0 0 The Diagnostics Stream n Clear Tasks screen appears which displays the following options to clear the tasks selected for the stream e Clear all alarms Clears all the alarms on all the streams and device level alarms e Clear all totals Clears all the totals e Clear wild stream totals only Clears the wild stream totals e Clear additive stream totals only Clears the additive stream totals Diagnostics Stream 1 Clear Tasks Clear all alarms Clear all totals Clear wild stream totals only Clear additive stream totals only Press OK to select H 10 09 32 3 Select Additive Streams Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 187 Operation Diagnostics The Diagnostics Clear Task Additives screen appears Select the appropriate stream Diagnostics Clear Task Additives O Stream 1 O Stream 13 O All streams O Dye Stream 14 LORTE Stream 15 O Stream 4 Stream 16 O Stream 5 Stream 17 O Stream 6 Stream 18 O Stream Stream 19 Stream 20 Stream 21 Stream 22 O Stream 8 GNE Stream 10 Stream 11 Stream 12 Stream 23 Stream 24 Press OK to select Stream 1 o 4 ia 10 09 45 The Diagnostics Stream n Clear Tasks screen appears which displays the following options to clear the tasks selected for the str
348. select the engineering units for preset Value range GOV default lt GSV gt lt Mass gt Units of volume With this entity you can select the engineering units for volume lt Liter gt default lt Cubic Meter gt lt Cubic Centimeter gt lt Cubic Decimeter gt lt US Gallons gt lt UK Gallons gt lt Barrel gt Units of additive volume With this entity you can select the engi neering units for additive volume lt Milliliter gt default lt Cubic Centimeter gt Units of temperature With this entity you can select the engineering units for temperature lt Degree Celsius gt default lt Degree Fahrenheit gt Units of pressure With this entity you can select the engineering units for pressure lt Pascal gt default lt Kilo Pascal gt lt Pounds per Square Inch gt lt Bar gt Units of density With this entity you can select the engineering units for density lt Kilogram per Cubic Meter gt default Degrees gt lt Pounds per Cubic Feet gt lt Relative Density at 60 F gt Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration Description Value range Units of mass With this entity you can select the Kilogram default engineering units for mass Metric ton Pound Long ton UK Short ton US Description Transac
349. ss OK to select a a 09 27 59 13 Perform any one of the following B Select Yes if you want to load another compartment The selected arm screen appears After entering all the details another batch can be started B Select No to go back to one of the following screens e Running screen if there are batches still in progress e Transaction Overview screen if there are no batches in progress 5 260 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Truck Driver Operations Balance Icon Transaction details 01 Comp 1 2003 L DIESEL 02 Comp 2 2002 L KEROSINE 03 Comp 3 2003 L PETROL 04 Comp 4 2002 L USED OIL End transaction No A Press CK to select z A 11 20 16 A Balance icon is displayed on the screens of the MSC L which are intended for W amp M custody transfer The Transaction details screen is a W amp M intended screen It displays the balance icon as displayed in the figure above The screen displays all the batches in the GOV when the preset type is configured as the Load control on the GOV The Transaction details screen can be viewed by the truck driver or the operator having security level SL1 or higher 14 Perform any one of the following m Select No to load another batch m Select Yes if you want to end the transaction Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Op
350. ssives Entity Grounding None default Active Deactive 1 On the System Config Bay screen select lt Permissives gt The System Config Bay Permissives screen appears System Config Bay Permissives Grounding Pause Overtill Vapour recovery Pause Pause 2 On this screen the following entities are displayed Description With this entity you can configure the action taken when the grounding input is detached Value range lt Pause gt default lt Shutdown gt Timeout Manual Reset Overfill With this entity you can configure the action taken when the overfill input is detached Pause default Shutdown Timeout Manual Reset Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration Description Value range Vapour recovery With this entity you can configure the Pause default action taken when the vapor recovery Shutdown input is detached lt Timeout gt lt Manual Reset gt The various permissive types and the associated actions are described as follows 1 Pause If the physical input associated with the permissive is discon nected during loading all the batches running on this bay are paused If the input is reconnected then the alarm is auto cleared and the batch can be resumed 2 Shutdown If the physical input asso
351. stallation Wiring Termination Guidance FIGURE 4 19 4 7 6 9 DC Cable 3 Gland 9 Cable gland Shielded Cable zx DI DC 29 H m DI DC 29 C s Proc so 09 DC cable 3 gland 9 DFDC 1 DFDC 1 C DFDC 2 H DFDC 2 C DFDC 3 H DFDC 3 C DFDC 4 H DFDC 4 C DFDC 5 H DFDC 5 C DFDC 6 DFDC 6 C DFDC 7 H DFDC 7 C DFDC 8 H DFDC 8 C DFDC 9 H DFDC 9 C DFDC 10 H DFDC 10 C DFDC 11 H DFDC 11 C DFDC 12 H DFDC 12 C DFDC 13 H DFDC 13 C DFDC 14 H DFDC 14 C DI DC 15 H DI DC 15 C DI DC 16 H DI DC 16 C DI DC 17 H DI DC 17 C DI DC 18 H DI DC 18 C DI DC 19 H DI DC 19 C DI DC 20 H DI DC 20 C DI DC 21 H DI DC 21 C DI DC 22 H DI DC 22 C DI DC 23 H DI DC 23 C DI DC 24 H DI DC 24 C DI DC 25 H DI DC 25 C DI DC 26 H DI DC 26 C DI DC 27 H DI DC 27 C DI DC 28 H DI DC 28 C DI DC 29 H DI DC 29 C DI DC 30 H DI DC 30 C Destination Digital DC Inputsi Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance 4 7 6 10 DC Cable 4 Gland 10 Cable gland Shielded Cable OFI 1B iP FIGURE 4 20 DC cable 4 gland 10 4 7 6 11 DC Cable 5 Gland 11 Cable gland Shielded Cable Destination 23372 z Dus Puke Inputs 4 JB 124 2 FIGURE 4 21 DC cable 5 gland
352. switching AC or DC output control Alarm shutdown Alarm indication Pump start Product block valve Deadman callout Deadman bell Secondary interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID gat pets description Type functions DO EMR 31 A EMRS31 no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 31 B common Neutral cunicoli Product block DO EMR 32 A EMR32 no Signal Output valve Deadman callout DO EMR 32 B EMR common Neutral Deadimarnbell DO EMR 33 A no Signal Output DO EMR 33 B EMR Neutral DO EMR 34 A EMR34_no Signal Output Secondary DO EMR 34 B EMR_common Neutral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 35 A EMR35_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 35 B common Neutral contol Diode block DO EMR 36 A EMR36 no Signal Output valve Deadman callout DO EMR 36 B Neutral Deadman bell DO EMR 37 A EMR37_no Signal Output DO EMR 37 B EMR common Neutral DO EMR 38 A EMR38_no Signal Output Secondary DO EMR 38 B EMR_common Ne
353. t Lid O ring standard available part Glass Glass retainer rings not visible in the front view of the MSC L Keyboard W amp M switch Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 16 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Hardware Structure 3 5 2 Interior m he boards are mounted on the connector slots provided on the backplanes m The CAN HMI MSC board is connected to the backplane using a pair of Sub D 15 cables The MSC SHORTCUT BOARD CAN PSF MSC CAN ARM MSC board and CAN IN OUT MSC boards are mounted on the connector slots provided on the backplane boards The following boards can be placed in the MSC L m MSC SHORTCUT BOARD m ARM1 BACKPLANE MSC ARM2 BACKPLANE MSC EX I O HMI MSC L CAN PSF MSC CAN HMI MSC CAN ARM MSC CAN IN OUT MSC CAN ARM MSC ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC FIELD WIRING CONNECTORS CAN PSF MSC MSC SHORTCUT BOARD CAN HMI MSC KEYBOARD W amp M SWITCH FIGURE 3 10 PCB configurations MSC SHORTCUT BOARD and the CAN HMI MSC Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 17 System Description Hardware Structure PCB name CAN HMI MSC Module name Description Controls the display and the LAD interface CAN ARM MSC Provides the I O functions required for load ing blending and additive injection pro cesses FM PI
354. t lt Display pause gt default No solution With this entity you can configure the Disabled No solution alarm behavior in case Display this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Illegal argument With this entity you can configure the Illegal argument alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Pressure comp not support With this entity you can configure the Pressure comp not support alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Bad sensor health With this entity you can configure the Bad sensor health alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default 5 124 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 0 10 Entity Pulse hardware Fixed On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Fixed The Product Stream Config Stream n Fixed screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the Pulse hardware alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled
355. t Confirm The Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears on which the start delay time in seconds must be entered A suitable delay time must be entered so that you can move to another Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 209 Operation Calibration place for example to observe the result until the process continues Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard Set start delay s DODO muu Boe Press to confirm value 2 A 07 54 25 7 Enter the start delay in seconds and then select Confirm The Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears with the Preset volume Flowrate Start delay time in seconds and the Metered Volume Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard Preset volume 1000 00 Target flowrate 900 00L min Flowrate 0 001 min Start delay Ds Metered Volume 0 00 u A X A Press to start calibration 07 55 41 8 Select lt OK gt on the IR controller or LAD to start the calibration The countdown of the delay time starts After the expiration of the delay time the calibration process starts Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 210 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Calibration Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard Preset volume 1000 00 Target flowra
356. t OK on the IR controller or the LAD The Logs Load profiles screen appears which displays a list of Load Profile batches Logs Load profiles Time stamp Batch Nc Product 24 11 14 11 23 2l BA 24 11 14 11 09 20 BA 21 11 14 16 16 19 BA 21 11 14 15 12 18 BA 20 11 14 11 48 17 MS 20 11 14 10 05 16 BA 19 11 14 17 36 15 19 11 14 17 33 14 19 11 14 17 32 3 19 11 14 17 30 12 19 11 14 17 26 11 19 11 14 17 21 19 11 14 16 37 19 11 14 16 35 Press OK to select 06 12 30 Use the LAD controller to navigate through the list select a batch and then select lt OK gt The Logs Load profile batch screen appears which displays a profile graph showing the target and actual flow rates of the currently selected batch Logs Loac A a 15 58 18 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 167 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 Diagnostics To perform Diagnostics functions m On the Main Menu screen select the Diagnostics icon The Diagnostics screen appears SES Main Menu Diagnostics 5 07 40 49 FIGURE 5 27 Diagnostics icon Diagnostics function has the following features B Provides a high level view of the current state of all the device I O functions m Provides system health overview m Provides digital inputs outputs display for the state as High Low m Provides the values of all output channels digital and analog which can be set exp
357. t Batch GOV gt lt Batch GSV gt lt Batch mass gt lt Batch Flowrate gt lt Batch instant temp gt lt Batch instant pressure gt lt Batch instant density gt Upper boundary With this entity you can select the PV value at 20 mA For the actual current value linear interpolation is used between Lower boundary and Upper boundary default 0 00 For units see Value range of PV address Note The Upper boundary values are set as per the units selected in the PV address entity Lower boundary With this entity you can select the PV value at 4 mA For the actual current value linear interpolation is used between Lower boundary and Upper boundary default 0 00 For units see Value range of PV address Note The Lower boundary values are set as per the units selected in the PV address entity Burn out value default 3 60 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 6 PO On the System Config Device l O Settings screen select the available Pulse Outputs POs The following entities are displayed on the System Config PO n screen j _ System Config PO 1 Pulse output selection None ia 10 07 42 Available I Os Pulse output selection None any of the QPls FPO default None 5 8 1 4 7 EMR On the System Config Devic
358. t DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 13 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 14 H DC14 hi Signal Input DI DC 14 C COMMON Common DI DC 15 H DC15 hi Signal Input DI DC 15 C COMMON Common Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID Pigna meme description functions DI DC 16 H DC16 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 16 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 17 H DC17 hi Signal Input DI DC 17 C COMMON Common DI DC 18 H DC18 hi Signal Input DI DC 18 C COMMON Common DI DC 19 H DC19 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 19 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 20 H DC20 hi Signal Input DI DC 20 C COMMON Common DI DC 21 H DC21 hi Signal Input DI DC 21 C COMMON Common DI DC 22 H DC22 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 22 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 23 H DC23 hi Signal Input DI DC 23 C COMMON Common DI DC 24 H DC24 hi Signal Input DI DC 24 C COMMON Common DI DC 25 H DC25 hi Signal Input DC input control Programmable Inputs DI DC 25 C COMMON Common ESD input DI DC 26 H DC26 hi Signal Input DI DC 26 C COMMON Common DI DC 27 H DC27 hi Signal Input DI DC 27 C COMMON Common
359. t Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Valve fault timeout 5 9 1 5 0 9 Vcf out of range With this entity you can set the time in seconds in which the product stream valve must close after sending the signals close to the product stream valve If product stream valve did not close within Valve fault timeout an alarm occurs depending on the Alarm action Volume Conversion On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select lt Volume conversion The Product Stream Config Stream n Volume Conversion screen lt 1 gt S lt 99 gt S default lt 5 gt s is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can configure the VCF out of range alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Non convergence With this entity you can configure the Non convergence alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Supercritical fluid With this entity you can configure the Supercritical fluid alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default No reference fluids With this enti
360. t and actual flow rates of a currently active batch Diagnostics Arm 3 Load Profile Main Blend 1 1448 3 3 Select W amp M info The Diagnostics W amp M Info Stream Selection screen appears Select the required stream Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 191 Operation Diagnostics The W amp M Information Product Stream n screen appears which displays the intermediate volume conversion calculations values W amp M Information Product Stream 3 Commodity group D1250 04 Refined Prod Tables reference N A Base temperature 15 00 C Base pressure 0 kPa Compensation used Temperature amp pressure Observed tem perature 55 00 amp C Observed pressure 40 amp kPa Observed density Lab 1000 0 kg m Observed temperature Lak 15 00 C Observed pressure Lab Base density 1000 0 kg m CTPL 0 97289 faa 12 58 27 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 192 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Diagnostics 4 Select OIML info The Diagnostics OIML screen appears These values are used only during OIML testing Diagnostics OIML GOV QPI 1 1003 09 L GOY QPI 4 3002 00 L GSV QPI 1 0 001 GSV QPI 4 0 001 Temp RTD 1 99999 99 C Temp RTD 2 99999 99 C Pressure AI 1100000 kPa Pressure AI 7 100000 kPa Density AI 6 100000 0 kg m Density AI 2 100000 0 kg
361. t are available in Honeywell MSC L Generic Firmware directory from previous upgrades before updating the files To update the firmware using the LAD 1 Replace the following updated firmware files in the Honeywell MSC L Generic Firmware directory e FM HMI FC FPGA bin FM HMI FC IMG bin FM IN OUT APP bin optional e FM ARM FC APP bin FM HMI FC APP bin The FM IN OUT APP bin file is only required if the CAN IN OUT MSC card is installed in the device 2 Connect the LAD to the MSC L and make sure that the SD card is inserted in the LAD before connecting A green status light on LAD indicates that the SD card is inserted correctly and a red status light indicates that the SD card is missing B Update the firmware only when the device is not being used B Lo not insert or remove the SD card when the LAD is connected to the device and do not remove the LAD when an upgrade file is downloading B Lo not perform the update procedure during a power outage as this can cause problems and or make the device unusable 5 238 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation LAD Functions 3 On the LAD screen select Firmware update to either update the firmware of the MSC boards or LAD firmware itself The LAD Firmware Upgrade screen appears LAD Firmware Upgrade LAD Press OK to select e a 06 18 52 4 Select lt Fusion4 device gt to update
362. t off time Torr 3 8 3 Single Pulse Input 3 8 3 1 Functional Description The function of the Single Pulse Input is to accept pulse signals from a product stream single pulse flowmeter or an additive stream single pulse flowmeter Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 40 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Input Functions FIGURE 3 25 illustrates the simplified block diagram of the Single Pulse Input connections External equipment CAN ARM MSC 5V CN135 R PULSE A 3 COMMON 7 2 e es NU NPN open collector emitter d Load computer PLC or TAS i or External equipment CAN ARM MSC 5V CN135 E sii e gt c 2 Voltage free contact x 0V FIGURE 3 25 Single Pulse Input connections NOTE The connector CN135 used in the illustration refers to the connector on the backplane that connects to QPI1 This is only an example Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 41 System Description Input Functions 3 8 3 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation voltage 2500 Vac Switching level 5 30 Vpc Switching level Vj 0 8 Vpc Switching current law 10 mA Input switching frequency 10 kHz Input on time Ton 50 us Input off time Torr 50 Us 3 8 4
363. t serves the batch B lf itis a device alarm The difference between a Shutdown amp Display alarm and a Pause amp Display alarm is that the Shutdown amp Display alarm terminates the affected batch es and that the Pause amp Display alarm pauses the affected batch es Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Alarm Handling Alarm Severity NOTE 6 2 5 6 3 6 3 1 6 3 2 6 3 3 Active stream alarms that are not associated with any arm have no effect on batches and do not drive alarm indication and or alarm shutdown outputs Date amp Time The Date and Time associated with an alarm indicates the most recent date and time at which the alarm is activated In the alarm log it is the date and time at which the state of the alarm is changed Alarm Severity The alarm severity is a concept that applies to loading arms The alarm severity of a loading arm is the highest severity of the active alarms that affects the loading arm The alarm severity is further explained in the following example Setup Consider the MSC L that is set up as follows m hree product streams P1 P2 and P3 Three loading arms L1 L2 and L3 One Device alarm D Two product stream alarms PS1 and PS2 Configuration The streams are configured as follows B associated to L1 B P2 is associated to L2 B P3is not being associated to any arm The alarms are configured as fol
364. tal from each device The transaction record is stored and can be printed directly or distributed through OPC to third party systems for separate reconciliation The Fusion4 Portal BoL Print facility is fully MID compliant and therefore can facilitate a stand alone blending infrastructure that meets all the MID requirements Along with the MID print functionality and the OPC capability built in modules for the Portal software suite also include remote configuration remote event monitoring and alarm handling and advanced LAD interaction tools System Architecture The MSC L is installed as per the Honeywell Enraf s proprietary FlexConn architecture The MSC L is a member of Fusion4 portfolio of Loading Automation and Control products The MSC L system is built up of interchangeable hardware modules These modules consist of uniform Printed Circuit Boards PCBs each of them representing a different and a unique functionality See section 3 6 1 PCB Details for more information Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description System Architecture With the software implemented on these hardware parts each PCB makes up a FlexConn module These modules communicate with each other through the serial CAN bus See FIGURE 3 6 for more information IDENTIFICATION 9 WEIGHBRIDGE STRAINER SYSTEM RS 485 SS RS 485 DEAD MAN TAS FUSION4 I PORTAL MSC L D
365. tart of the batch Preset Volume When used with a preset this value defines the pre set quantity for the batch If not used in preset mode then this value is O Product Stream Details Batch Product Name The name of product Batch Product Calibration Number A counter incremented each time flow meter cali bration is performed Batch Product Gross Observed Volume The total observed volume of the product dispensed during the batch Batch Product Gross Standard Volume The total gross standard volume net of the product dispensed during the batch Batch Product Mass The total mass of the product stream for the batch Actual Blend Percentage The actual percentage of the product in the finished product Batch Product Start Accumu lated Gross Observed Volume The gross observed accumulated volume at the start of the batch for the stream Batch Product Stop Accumu lated Gross Observed Volume The gross observed accumulated volume at the end of the batch for the stream 5 228 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Transfer Transaction Record Parameter Batch Product Start Accumu lated Gross Standard Volume Description The gross standard net accumulated volume at the start of the batch for the stream Batch Product Stop Accumu lated Gross Standard Volume The gr
366. te 900 001 min Flowrate 900 001 min Start delay Os Metered Volume 236 991 gt M Press ESC to abort calibration 2 6 A wm 07 56714 9 When the preset volume is loaded completely the Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears on which the actual volume must be entered Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard Enter actual volume L 1025 nunn m Fir Boo Press to confirm value faa 07 57 20 10 Enter the actual volume and then select Confirm The Calibration Arm n Stream n Wizard screen appears on which the new calculated meter factor appears Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 211 Operation Calibration Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard New meter factor 0 99760 Average meter factor 0 99760 Target Flowrate 900 001 Average Flowrate 900 361 u n n Press OK to accept ESC to reject w ga 07 57 43 11 Select lt OK gt on the IR controller or LAD to accept the new meter factor or lt ESC gt to reject the meter factor If OK is selected then a message appears informing if you want to repeat the calibration runs Calibration Arm 1 Stream 1 Wizard New meter factor 0 99760 Do you want to repeat the calibration run Average Vwi aLe ZV V 2Q9L
367. te and time stamping of the transaction data External backup battery is connected to the RTC to retain the real time information even when the main power of the MSC L is turned off Transaction storage memory Is the external non volatile memory for storage of the transaction details Display image memory Stores video data and it is interfaced to the Field Programmable Gate Array FPGA Power failure memory management Is the non volatile memory for storage of measured values as a protec tion against the power failure HHC IR interface Is the HHC IR interface for the Fusion4 IR Controller Ambient light sensor Is the device used for sensing the ambient light condition It is sensitive to visible light and has peak sensitivity at 570 nm RS COM 2 wire or 4 wire The RS 485 serial communication block is used by the FlexConn micro processor to communicate with external devices using an RS 485 com pliant physical layer It can be configured for a 2 wire half duplex or a 4 wire full duplex RS 485 communication ETHERNET The Ethernet communication block is used for allowing the FlexConn microprocessor to communicate with the external devices using an Ethernet compliant physical layer Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 22 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout FIGURE 3 15 RTC battery backup COMMS RS485 4 wire isolated Display interface
368. te is limited by various physical constraints such as product piping isolation valves the availability of pumps and blend valves The MSC L can create composite products by combining products through one of the following methods m Blending The process of combining two or more products contin uously m Additive injection The process of injecting small and discrete amounts of a product an additive into another product Transactions and Batches The MSC L uses the following terms to control and record the product transfer process m Transaction A single user session during which one or more batches may be initiated A transaction also defines the basic unit of financial reconciliation m Batch Loading of a preset amount of final product into a compartment on the vehicle Batch principle Batch is defined as the loading of a preset amount of the final product into a compartment on the vehicle This final product may be a single product or a blended product made on the fly by the MSC L If more than one compartment is available then more than one batch per transaction can be initiated There are no dependencies between batches That is each compartment has its own independent operation If there are more than one load arm associated with the MSC L then multiple batches may be running simultaneously in the MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 1 Syst
369. ter the name A text string of maximum 20 characters of the additive product Use maximum 7 characters to view the complete name on the MSC L display screen 5 9 2 2 Additive Config Stream n I O Bindings On the Additive Stream Config Stream n screen select lt l O binding The new Flexible I O Allocation architecture forms the basis of the Fusion4 product family The architecture is designed around the common I O building blocks that can be arranged in different configurations to be used in the MSC L I O allocation can either be performed through the IR controller through the infrared link or the LAD connected to the MSC L front connector NOTE lO bindings must be configured for each stream Also following entities must be unique for each stream e Additive stream meter e Pump feedback e Additive temperature Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 127 Operation Stream Configuration Solenoid control e Block valve e Injection feedback e Pump start e Factored pulse out To configure Input Output entities On the Main Menu screen select the Stream Configuration icon The Stream Configuration screen appears On the Stream Configuration screen select Additive streams The Stream Config Additive Stream Selection screen appears On the Stream Config Additive Stream Selection screen select any one of the stream or all the
370. ter the name A text string of maximum 20 characters of the loading arm Use maximum 7 characters to view the The Arm name appears on the running complete name on the MSC L screen screens Arm address With this entity you can enter and default 123 assign a reference number to the arm Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 139 Operation Arm Configuration Progress bar color Entity Alarm reset Description With this entity you can configure the color to be used on a loading arm progress bar Note The Progress bar color is located on the loading arm progress tab Value range Black White Gray Yellow Mid Blue Light Blue Purple Green default Dark Green Brown Red Pink Gold 5 10 2 Arm Configuration Arm n I O Bindings On the Arm Configuration Armi screen select lt 1 0 binding The Arm Configuration Arm1 I O Bindings screen is displayed with the following entities 5 10 2 1 The I O Bindings Input Parameters Description With this entity you can select the physical source for the alarm reset function NOTE The default value for all the Input entities are None Can be linked to Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None RIT ack Wi
371. terms of customary and metric units The following table shows the defining limits and their associated units These values are shown in bold italics Also shown in the table are the limits converted to their equivalent units and in the case of the densities other base temperatures ui Crude Oil Refined Products Lubricating Oils Density kg m 60 F 610 6 to 1163 5 800 9 to 1163 5 Relative Density 60 F 0 61120 to 1 16464 0 80168 to 1 1646 API Gravity 60 F 100 0 to 10 0 45 0 to 10 0 kg m 15 611 16 to 1163 79 611 16 to 1163 86 801 25 to 1163 85 kg m 20 C 606 12 to 1161 15 606 12 to 1160 62 798 11 to 1160 71 Temperature C 50 00 to 150 00 58 0 to 302 0 Pressure psig 0 to 1 500 kPa gauge 0 to 1 034x10 bar gauge 0 to 103 4 5 9 1 4 2 2 3 9 1 4 2 3 230 0x10 to 930 0x10 414 0x10 to 1674 0x10 MPMS 11 1 D1250 04 Commodity Group C Special Applications For volume conversion this commodity group requires knowledge of the thermal expansion factor agg The product density data is not necessary for volume conversion for cases where compensation for pressure effects is not required but the density is still needed for product mass determination It is recommended always to configure appropriate product density or use the density sensor Valid ranges for this commodity group are specified in MPMS 11 1 see table above MPMS 11 2 4 TP27 07 Commodity Group E NLG amp LPG T
372. th this entity you can select the Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana physical source for the RIT acknowledgment log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC function n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None RIT start With this entity you can select the Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana physical source for the RIT start log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC function n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None RIT stop With this entity you can select the Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana physical source for the RIT stop log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC function n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None Block valve feedback With this entity you can select the Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana physical source for the block valve feebdack function log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None Bay 1 in position Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None Bay 2 in position Any one of unused Pulse Inputs QPI Ana log Inputs Al n Digital Inputs DC DI DC n Digital Inputs AC DI AC n or None 5 140 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation Arm Configuration Stop flow switch Description Can be linked to Any one of unused Pulse Inputs
373. the MSC L 5 14 5 4 Menu and Navigation 5 15 DAT oo antenata 5 15 5 4 2 Key benefits of the HMI on the Main 5 15 5 4 3 Navigation Rules for the Menu based Screens 5 15 DEA Main Men sau io cr a itr D C att cor h k o di RC rs Nl 5 16 5 4 5 Stream Selection 5 17 9 4 5 1 Product SUCAMS oe dob nm Eher eR REUS i EDI q omara baa eee a 5 17 5 4 5 2 Additive 5 lt 5 18 546 SCICCUOM a u ac deae d dicar oe a eae EORR RC e EROR RA RR 5 19 5 4 7 Text Input 5 5 20 5 4 8 Numeric Input Screen 5 21 5 4 9 Enumeration Input Screen 5 21 9 4 10 Status 34866600605 0555546802 5 22 59 DEVICE SECUTI Me ETT 5 23 5 5 1 Security Levels SL 22 466 cuu En sed UR x Dee Ron 5 24 5 5 2 Rules of Navigation 5 24 5 6 Device Commissioning 5 27 5 6 1 Using the 5 27 5 6 2 Menu Structure 5 27 5 6 2 1 System Configuration 5 29 5 6 2 2 Stream Configura
374. the individual boards and the firmware modules available in the device The module information includes the following e Module name Bootloader version Application firmware version Application build version Serial number Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 219 Operation Info Device Information Info Device Info Device serial number 12345678 Production date 2014 04 11 Sales code XL4 License Fusion4 MSC L XL4 Module Info Modlule Boot version App version App build Serial FM ARM 1 A1003 T1 053 3 01 2 FM IN OUT 1 N A T1 053 3 01 6 FM ARM 2 A1003 T1 053 3 01 10019 FM IN OUT 3 N A T1 053 3 01 4 FM IN OUT 4 N A T1 053 3 01 3 FM HMI A1003 11 053 3 01 10050 FM PI N A 496DC2B0 N A TRA nr RIJA RIA ka Press OK to view detailed info 11 36 09 FIGURE 5 33 Device Info Module Info screen m Select FM ARM n The following FM ARM n Info appears Info Device Info Device serial number 12345678 Production date 2014 04 11 Sales code XL4 License Fusion4 MSC L XL4 FM ARM 1 Info Application checksum 0000DB58 Hardware version 1 FlexConn library version 2 001 FlexConn build 1188M Serial number chip 092144104021000000 Board serial number 2 Manufacturer serial number 2 72 ta 07 40 02 B Select FM HMI n Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 220 Installation amp
375. tings and the status The Diagnostics COM 1 Settings screen appears which displays the details of the communication settings Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 182 Installation amp Operation Manual Enraf Operation Diagnostics The Diagnostics COM 1 Status screen appears which displays the errors that have occurred on the port and also the number of packets that are received and transmitted 4 On the Diagnostics Comms Info screen select Ethernet to view the ethernet communication details The Diagnostics Comms Info Ethernet screen appears which displays the ethernet communication details Diagnostics Comms Info Ethernet Received Transmitted 0 O O u A Press to view detailed data 2 a 10 01 28 5 On the Diagnostics Comms Info Ethernet screen select any one of the ethernet ports to view the details of the ethernet settings and the status The Diagnostics ETH n Settings screen appears which displays the details of the ethernet settings The Diagnostics ETH n Status screen appears which displays the number of packets that are received and transmitted Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 183 Operation Diagnostics 5 12 8 Device Tasks 1 On the Diagnostics screen select
376. tion Stream Configuration 5 9 1 5 Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms On the Product Stream Config Stream n screen select Alarms Alarms can have the following alarm actions B Disabled The alarm is ignored m Display e he alarm appears the display The alarm indication output is set to ON B Display shutdown e he alarm appears on the display The alarm indication output is set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is stopped B Display pause he alarm is shown on the display alarm indication output set to ON The alarm shutdown output is set to ON e Running batch is paused 5 9 1 5 0 1 Leaking Valve On the Product Stream Config Stream n Alarms screen select Leaking valve The Product Stream Config Stream n Leaking Valve screen is displayed with the following entities Entity Description Value range Alarm action With this entity you can configure the lt Disabled gt alarm behavior in case this particular lt Display gt en Coeur lt Display shutdown gt lt Display pause gt default Leaking volume limit With this entity you can configure the lt 0 0 gt L lt 999 gt L amount of product volume that needs default 0 00 L to be measured within the Product Leaking volume timeout period to raise an alarm when the stream is idle Leaking timeout period With this entity you can configure t
377. tion LL 5 34 5 6 2 3 Arm 5 40 5 6 2 4 Calibration 5 42 5 6 2 5 Info Device 1 5 44 5026 Diagnosis a u r sus amupa rale ie di 5 45 024 HISO va be ous B Qe ja oh ak Q eee la a 5 50 50239 LAD FUNCOMS sintonia Sal pus qusa 5 51 5 7 Loading Application Overview 5 52 5 8 System 5 53 5 8 1 Device Configuration 5 54 5 8 1 1 Device Configuration General 5 54 5 8 1 1 1 System Config General Identification 5 55 5 8 1 1 2 System Config General UnifS 5 55 5 8 1 1 3 System Config General Display 5 58 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Table of Contents 5 8 1 1 3 1 5 8 1 1 3 2 5 8 1 1 4 5 8 1 1 5 5 8 1 2 5 8 1 2 1 5 8 1 2 2 5 8 1 3 5 8 1 3 1 5 8 1 3 1 1 5 8 1 3 1 2 5 8 1 3 1 3 5 8 1 3 1 4 5 8 1 3 1 5 5 8 1 3 2 5 8 1 3 3 5 8 1 4 5 8 1 4 1 5 8 1 4 2 5 8 1 4 3 5 8 1 4 4 5 8 1 4 5 5 8 1 4 6 5 8 1 4 7 5 8 1 5 5 8 1 5 1 5 8 1 5 2 5 8 1 5 3 5 8 1 5 3 1 5 8 1 5 3 2 5 8 1 5 3 3 5 8 1 5 3 4 5 8 1 5 3 5 5 8 1 5 4 5 8 1 5 5 5 8 1 6 5 8
378. tion data The Product Stream Config Stream n Lab Data screen is displayed with the following entities Description With this entity you can enter the density of the product stream as it is measured in a lab Value range Value Units default 1000 0 kg m3 Observed temperature With this entity you can enter the temperature of the lab sample used for determining the product stream observed density Value Units default 15 00 C Observed pressure With this entity you can enter the pressure of the lab sample used for determining the product stream observed density lt Value gt Units default 0 kPa Thermal expansion coeff With this entity you can enter the expansion coefficient used during the volume conversion This is only applicable for Special application commodity group Observed density units default lt 0 00000E 00 gt 1 C lt Kilogram per Cubic Meter gt Degrees API gt lt Pounds per Cubic Feet gt lt Relative Density at 60 F gt Observed temperature lt Degrees Celsius gt lt Degrees Fahrenheit gt Observed pressure gt lt Pascal gt lt Units gt lt Bar gt Kilo Pascal Pounds per Square Inch NOTE The pressure should be entered as a gauge pressure 5 118 Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Opera
379. tion should be given to the pump intake position in the tank and to the amount of blend volume required for a normal fuel delivery The switch activation level should be positioned so that it is slightly higher than the level required for the normal delivery If the tank low level switch indicates low immediately upon the start of the delivery there is still an adequate volume in the tank to allow the delivery to complete prior to the pump inlet drawing air If the low level condition exists the MSC L can operate under normal condition To clear the tank low level signal the tank must be refilled to a point that closes the level switch At that time the alarm disappears There is no need to reset the condition as with normal alarms 5 9 2 2 1 3 Tank Empty Switch If the tank empty condition exists the MSC L cannot operate under normal condition To clear the tank empty signal the tank must be refilled to a point that closes the level switch At that instance the alarm disappears and the MSC L resumes to normal use It is not required to reset the condition with normal alarms Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 5 129 Operation Stream Configuration Entity Solenoid control 5 9 2 2 2 The Bindings Output Parameters NOTE The default value for all the Output entities are None Description Can be linked to With this entity you can select the Any
380. tion volume General MSC L BoL The following table lists the units that are displayed on the device screen Liter Cubic meter Cubic centimeter Cubic decimeter US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel Range min Range max 999999 99 999 99999 999999990 999999 99 99999 999 99999 999 9999 9999 Format 6 ds 2 3 ds 5 9 6 ds 2 5 ds 3 5 ds 3 4 ds 4 Transaction volume MSC L running idle screens Liter Cubic meter Cubic centimeter Cubic decimeter US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel 99999999 99999 999 99999999000 99999999 9999999 9 9999999 9 999999 99 8 5 ds 3 11 8 7 ds 1 7 ds 1 6 ds 2 Accumulated total volume Liter Cubic meter Cubic centimeter Cubic decimeter US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel 99999999 99999 999 99999999000 99999999 9999999 9 9999999 9 999999 99 8 5 ds 3 11 8 7 ds 1 7 ds 1 6 ds 2 Transaction additive vol ume Milliliter Cubic centimeter 999999 99 999999 99 6 ds 2 6 ds 2 Accumulated total addi tive volume Liter Cubic meter Cubic centimeter Cubic decimeter US Gallons UK Gallons Barrel cm dm gal gal bbl 99999 999 99 999999 99999999 99999 999 99999 999 99999 999 999 99999 5 ds 3 2 ds 6 8 5 ds 3 5 ds 3 5 ds 3 3 ds 5 Kilogram Metric ton Pound Long ton UK Short ton US kg ton Ib long ton US ton Oo O o So OO CO oo o o ooo oo O oO O O ooo O ooo O OO ooo id 999999 99 999 9999
381. tional Mandatory Carrier identification Alllows you to enable or disable the carrier identification prompt Disabled Optional Mandatory Vehicle identification Allows you to enable or disable the vehicle identification prompt Disabled Optional Mandatory Trailer identification Allows you to enable or disable the trailer identification prompt Disabled Optional Mandatory Load number identification Allows you to enable or disable the load number prompt Disabled Optional Mandatory Compartment identification Allows you to enable or disable the compartment number prompt Disabled Optional Mandatory Return quantity entry Allows you to enable or disable the return quantity prompt Disabled Optional Mandatory Preset entry Allows you to enable or disable the preset entry prompt Disabled Optional Mandatory Preset unloading entry Disabled Optional Mandatory Contract identification Allows you to enable or disable the contract identification prompt Disabled Optional Mandatory Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 9 Device Configuration RIT Panel 1 On the System Config Device screen select RIT
382. tions for handling tools and use of electricity The contents descriptions and specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice Honeywell International Inc accepts no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this manual WARNING Only certified technicians are authorized to make changes to the MSC L configuration All modifi cations must be in accordance with the guidelines as set forth by Honeywell International Inc Modifi cations not authorized by Honeywell International Inc invalidates the approval certificates Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 2 16 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Introduction CHAPTER 3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 3 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 2 Introduction General The main function of the MSC L is to assist in loading the liquid products from a storage area to another containment vessel That is the MSC L helps the smooth movement and accurate measurement of the liquid product being transferred The MSC L is also capable of creating a new composite product during the transfer operation by combining one or more different products together to form a new product The MSC L creates the final required product based on a user supplied specification known as a Recipe For more information about Recipes refer to the section 5 10 6 Arm Configuration Arm n Recipes The types of composite products that the MSC L can crea
383. turing the equipment and those who seek to utilise it In the downstream oil and gas sector the volume of that legislation is vast In the case of MID where the legislation crosses the boundaries of mechanical and electronic hardware software communications and reconciliation and reproduction of data correctly understanding the legislation can be particularly vexing For this reason the provision of system solutions is seen by many as the most efficient method of procuring equipment that is in compliance with their regulatory needs Instead of having to understand the individual technical requisites of each individual component of a system they only need to understand their end game need an MID compliant ethanol blending system is far easier to define than specifying the individual technical specifications of each component of that system For this to work though the acquirer has to have confidence that the supplier is suitably knowledgeable to accurately provide them with the correct solution for their needs The provision of a solution circumnavigates the minefields associated with integrating multiple components into compliant system arrangement Pre configured biofuel blending systems such as the MSC L do exactly this Piecing together accurately specified MID compliant components to provide an end to end solution Combining the physical measuring element with the electronic control device and associated reconciliation
384. ty you can configure the No reference fluids alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation Stream Configuration Entity Memory allocation Description With this entity you can configure the Memory allocation alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Value range Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Temperature out of range With this entity you can configure the Temperature out of range alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs lt Disabled gt lt Display gt lt Display shutdown gt Display pause default Pressure out of range With this entity you can configure the Pressure out of range alarm behavior in case this particular alarm occurs Disabled Display Display shutdown Display pause default Density out of range With this entity you can configure the Disabled Density out of range alarm behavior in Display case this particular alarm occurs Display shutdown Display pause default Alpha60 out of range With this entity you can configure the Disabled Alpha60 out of range alarm behavior lt Display gt in case this particular alarm occurs lt Display shutdown g
385. ty you can configure the Positive active input signal to low or high Negative Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 70 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation System Configuration 5 8 1 4 2 PI Meter type On the System Config Device I O Settings screen select the available Pulse Inputs Pls and then select a QPI n A B The following entities are displayed on the System Config QPI nA screen System Config QPI 1A Meter type Volume K factor Meter integrity check MMQ Minimum linear flow rate Maximum flow rate Flow rate range margin 750 000 pulses L Disable 0 00 L 200 00 L min 2000 00 L min 5 00 96 Meter error threshold 3 K factor type Linear DI hysteresis time 250 Flow meter serial Description With this entity you can select type of meter connected to a stream Value range Volume default Mass K factor With this entity you can set the K factor of the flow meter supplied by the vendor in pulses per Units of volume or Units of mass The K factor must be the number of pulses per liter gallon regardless of the configured unit of volume selection default lt 750 000 pulses L gt Meter integrity check With this entity you can select the pulse type of the flow meter lt Disable gt single pulse default lt Enable gt dual pulse quad MMQ With this entity you can
386. u can enable the required loading bay 5 8 1 3 2 Ethernet DHCP status The following table lists the entities available for the Ethernet Bay default Bay2 None communication on the System Config ETH n screen Description With this entity you can enable the DHCP to use a dynamic IP address Value range Disabled default Enabled DNS server IP address With this entity you can configure the DNS server IP address default 0 0 0 0 Static IP address With this entity you can assign static IP address to the MSC L when the DHCP is disabled default lt 192 168 1 100 gt Gateway IP address With this entity the default gateway IP address can be entered default lt 0 0 0 0 gt Subnet mask With this entity the subnet mask can be entered default 255 255 0 0 Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Operation System Configuration Description Value range Modbus byte order With this entity you can select the byte lt Little endian default representation of the information Big endian gt retrieved by the modbus protocol Little endian the LSB is sent first Big endian the MSB is sent first FlexConn address With this entity the unit address for lt 0 to 999 flexcon protocol can be entered default lt 0 gt 5 8 1 3 3 IR HHC
387. ual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf System Description PCB Layout AI AO Quad PI 2 wire E act pass passive COMMS Ethernet 2 wire isolated isolated gt FlexConn generic FIGURE 3 17 CAN ARM MSC functions top and physical layout bottom Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual System Description PCB Layout 3 6 1 2 2 Component Locations FIGURE 3 18 CAN ARM MSC component locations Item reference CN1 CN2 Connectors for interfacing with the ARM1 BACKPLANE MSC or ARM2 BACKPLANE MSC CN3 Programming connector for U56 ARM controller Description CN4 Programming connector for U46 PI processor Cortex MO B Si FlexConn jumper function switches Reference Jumper name Function when set to ON S1 1 FlexConn JP1 W amp M entities protection S1 2 FlexConn JP2 Password is read protected Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 3 28 Installation amp Operation Manual ail Enraf System Description PCB Layout Reference Jumper name Function when set to ON S1 3 FlexConn JP3 Nothing is used S1 4 FlexConn JP4 Spare S1 5 FlexConn JP5 Spare S1 6 FlexConn JP6 CAN bus termination m JP7 to JP8 Jumper for RS communication terminating setting Position Description S1 2 Closed RS 485 communication terminated with 120 S2 3
388. ulations EN14214 08 pressure compensation not supported 5 112 Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation Stream Configuration Stream Config Stream 1 Commodity group D1250 04 Crude Oil D1250 04 Refined Prod D1250 04 Special Apps D1250 04 Lub Oils TP27 07 NGL amp LPG EN14214 08 FAME Press to select If density sensor is not used then laboratory observation density is used to derive density at base conditions and conveniently this laboratory data can represent conditions different from base conditions Laboratory data parameters also include thermal expansion coefficient which is required for commodity group C Special Apps Product Stream Config Stream 1 Lab Data Observed temperature 15 00 C Observed pressure 0 kPa Thermal expansion coeff 0 00000E 00 1 C Product mass is determined by multiplying volume and density at metering conditions M Vm Pm Part No 4418 309_Rev05 Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 113 Operation Stream Configuration 11312743 5 9 1 4 2 Volume Conversion Calculation Details 5 9 1 4 2 1 MPMS 11 1 D1250 04 Commodity Groups A B D Valid ranges for this commodity groups are specified in MPMS 11 1 in paragraph 11 1 2 3 as follows Temperature Pressure and Density Limits The limits on this Standard are defined in a mixture ot
389. um metering installations for a considerable time MID Approval Approach One of the key changes in the Measurement Instruments Directive MI 005 compared to previous national legislation is that the total metering system is now subject to perform in the accuracy specification and not just specific components This means that not only the flow meter is subject to certification but also others Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 3 7 System Description MID Compliance NOTE 3 2 3 Essential parts of the metering system such as temperature transmitters electronic volume converters air eliminators and so on In addition to this the method with which the system is built is also examined by the Notified body In turn the Notified Bodies are scrutinized by the European Board of Accreditation The system approval process for MID consists of two main steps m Bringing on the market type examination by a Notified body in accordance with Annex B of the MID This generates a so called type examination certificate m Putting it into use conformity check of the essential parts and a wet calibration in the legal specification This is implemented in accordance with Annex F or D of the MID This generates the system approval The system can now be used for trade and excise applications The received approval is subject to recalibration at 1 or 2 year interval
390. ume The additive gross accumulated volume at the start of the batch Batch Stop Additive Accumulated Gross Observed Volume The additive gross accumulated volume at the end of the batch Additive PPM The actual calculated parts per million of additive in the final product Additive Percent Deviation The percentage additive deviation from the accu mulative target additive injection volume Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual 5 229 Operation Transfer 5 15 3 Configurations On the Transfer screen select Configurations to install or retrieve the configuration on the SD card The Transfer Configurations screen appears which displays the options to install and retrieve configuration on the SD card Transfer Configurations Install configuration Retrieve configuration Retrieve configuration amp databases Retrieve device info fa Press to select EM UM 1425340 The following entities are available on the Transfer Configurations screen Install configuration Select this option to install the configuration present on the SD card Retrieve configuration Select this option to save the present configu ration on the SD card Retrieve configuration amp darabases Select this option to save the present configuration along with the authorization database on the SD card Retri
391. update file is 3 minutes approxi mately Update the file only if it is available NOTE Update the files in the above sequence unless mentioned in the release notes 5 16 2 1 Verify the Firmware Update Verify the following to make sure that the files are updated 1 On the Module Info screen make sure that the latest version is available in the column App version as shown on the Device Module Info screen 2 Verify the parameter settings to check if they are the same as they were in the previous old firmware 3 On the Diagnostic screen select System health on any one of the boards and then select OK on the IR controller or the LAD The test Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 5 240 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf Operation LAD Functions 5 16 3 NOTE Good No Error must appear on the screen as shown in the Diag nostic Module Health screen FM ARM 1 FM IN OUT 1 FM ARM 2 FM IN OUT 3 FM IN OUT 4 FM HMI Good Good Good Good Good Good Press OK to view function health Test LED and LAD Information Submenus Fe Diagnostics Module Health No erro No error No error No error No error No error On the LAD screen select Test LED to view the diagnostics or the I O tests on the Test LED of LAD The LAD Test LED screen appears which displays the I O tests available on the MSC L QPLIA Sl OPI 2B OPI 3A QPI 4A QPI 4B QPI 5B QPI 6A LA
392. utral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid DO EMR 29 A EMR29_no Signal Output Low frequency Alarm shutdown slow switching Alarm indication DO EMR 29 B common Neutral AC or DC output Pump start DO EMR 30 A EMR30 no Signal Output control Product block valve DO EMR 30 B common Neutral DO EMR 39 A EMR39 no Signal Output Deadman bell DO EMR 39 B EMR common Neutral DO EMR 40 A EMR40_no Signal Output Secondary DO EMR 40 B common Neutral interface for Actuator output Additive solenoid Fusion4 MSC L Installation amp Operation Manual Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Honeywell Enraf Installation Wiring Termination Guidance Floor plan Signal Typical ID gat pets description Type functions DO SSR 21 F SSr21 feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 21 O SSr21 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection DO SSR 21 N N Neutral control feedback DO SSR 21 L L Live DO SSR 22 F SSr22 feed ac Feed DO SSR 22 N N Neutral Alarm indication Pump start DO SSR 22 L L Live Additive blocking valve DO SSR 23 F SSr23_ feed ac Feed High frequency Actuator outputs fast switching Additive solenoid DO SSR 23 O 55 23 sw ac Signal Output AC output Additive injection control feedback DO SSR 23 N N Neutral DO SSR 2
393. wer Consumption ARM 1 BACKPLANE MSC ARM 2 BACKPLANE MSC FIELD WIRING CONNECTORS CAN PSF MSC MSC SHORTCUT BOARD CAN HMI MSC KEYBOARD W amp M SWITCH 4 6 Fusing and Power Consumption 4 6 1 Fusing 4 6 1 1 Internal Fusing The MSC L provides internal fuses for the protection of the AC mains as follows m Ihe CAN PSF MSC Power supply board Converts the mains AC voltage into three different DC voltages See section 3 6 2 CAN PSF MSC for more information The CAN PSF MSC board has an internal fuse to protect the external AC mains against any over current condition or fault condition inside the MSC L m MSC SHORTCUT BOARD The mains AC input which is supplied to the MSC L is also routed to the external devices through the MSC SHORTCUT BOARD The fuses on the MSC fuse board deliver fuse protected AC power to the external devices Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 4 13 Installation Fusing and Power Consumption FIGURE 4 3 illustrates the block schematic of a single MSC SHORTCUT BOARD fuse on the SSR1 Feed AC SSR Feed AC FUSE SSR1 SW AC AC FUSED 1 SSR1 SW AC SSR AC Neutral AC IN 4 pin connector for field connec 4 pin connector for Fuse board CAN IN OUT board FIGURE 4 3 Block schematic of
394. x_feed_ac e vA SSrx sw ac e LOAD Solid State Relay NA Typical load is an additive solenoid or blend DVC FIGURE 3 34 Solid State Relay Self powered connections Fusion4 MSC L Part No 4418 309_Rev05 3 58 Installation amp Operation Manual Honeywell Enraf System Description Output Functions CAN ARM MSC or External equipment CAN IN OUT MSC CNx Fuse SSRx feed ac e 1 5 L A AC N SSRx sw ac e LOAD oolid State Relay i FIGURE 3 35 Solid State Relay Externally powered connections 3 9 6 2 Characteristics Minimum Typical Maximum Isolation voltage 2500 Vac Operating voltage 90 265 Vac Operating frequency 47 63 Hz Output steady state load 25 750 mA current Maximum output power 15 W Output surge load current 6 A Off state output leakage 5 mA current Off state output dV dt 250 V us Switching time 10 ms Control voltage must turn 2 Vpc on Control voltage must turn 0 4 Vpc off Control current 1 mA Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 3 59 System Description Communication Functions 3 10 3 10 1 3 10 2 3 10 2 1 Communication Functions General The following table describes the electronic communication functions the MSC L supports Communication function VO DOCK
395. z max 90 W NOTE to FM label f Class Devision 1 Groups C amp D T6 refer to certificate and control drawing 135 1395000 3 Ta 40 F to 149 F for LS terminations Ta 40 C to 65 C Ail NEMA 4X warning seal all conduits within 18 inches warning do not open when an explosive atmosphere may be present DOO r62ti02 FIGURE 2 3 Identification labels with the safety note on the MSC L Part No 4418 309 Rev05 Fusion4 MSC L Honeywell Enraf Installation amp Operation Manual 2 7 Safety Safety Instructions for the LAD FIGURE 2 4 2 3 Safety Instructions for the LAD Local Access Device LAD AN WARNING You must strictly follow all the safety instructions mentioned in this manual and the safety instructions shipped with the MSC L during installation commis sioning operation and maintenance for the safe operation of the device The LAD may be used in hazardous areas as follows USA FM and Canada CSA Canada CSA Rest of the World ATEX IECEx Safety level Class 1 Division 1 WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Safety Level Class 1 Division 1 resp Zone 1 Remarks WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Safety level Remarks Class 1 Division 2 WARNING Substitution of components may impair intrinsic safety Class 1 Division 2

Installation & Operation Manual Fusion4 MSC-L

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Installation &amp; Operation Manual Fusion4 MSC-L

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Installation & Operation Manual Fusion4 MSC-L